SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES INC
SB-2/A, 1997-06-13
SOCIAL SERVICES
Previous: SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES INC, 10QSB, 1997-06-13
Next: PEOPLES TELEPHONE COMPANY INC, DEF 14A, 1997-06-13



   
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 13, 1997.
                                                      Registration No. 333-28307
    
================================================================================
                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
   
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           The Securities Act of 1933

                       SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES, INC.
                 ----------------------------------------------
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

           DELAWARE                        8351                   86-0532619
- -----------------------------   ---------------------------  -------------------
  (State or Jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)  Classification Code Number)  Identification No.)

                         9128 E. San Salvador, Suite 200
                            Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
                                 (602) 860-1611
               ---------------------------------------------------
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                 including area code, of registrant's principal
               executive offices and principal place of business)
                                   ----------
                                 James R. Evans
                       Chairman of the Board and President
                         9128 E. San Salvador, Suite 200
                            Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
                                 (602) 860-1611
       ------------------------------------------------------------------
       (Name, address including zip code, and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)
                                   ----------
                                 with copies to:
                          Christopher D. Johnson, Esq.
                        Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.
                             Two Renaissance Square
                       40 North Central Avenue, Suite 2700
                             Phoenix, Arizona 85004
                            Telephone: (602) 528-4000
                               FAX: (602) 253-8129

Approximate  date of  commencement  of proposed  sale to the public:  As soon as
practicable from time to time after the date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, as amended, check the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

If the delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [X]

   
    
================================================================================
<PAGE>

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 13, 1997
    
PROSPECTUS
                        1,382,229 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                       SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

         All of the  1,382,229  shares of $0.01 par value Common Stock  ("Common
Stock") of Sunrise  Educational  Services,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  offered hereby (the  "Offering")  are being sold by certain Selling
Securityholders  of the Company.  See "Selling  Securityholders."  The number of
shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby  includes such  presently  indeterminate
number of shares of Common Stock as may be issued on conversion  of  outstanding
shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the conversion provisions thereof
and  300,000  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  outstanding
warrants (the "Warrants"). The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from
the sale of shares by the Selling Securityholders.

         The  shares of Common  Stock  registered  for resale  hereby  have been
registered pursuant to the Company's obligations contained in written agreements
with certain of the Selling  Securityholders.  The Selling  Securityholders  may
elect to sell all, a portion or none of the  shares of Common  Stock  offered by
them hereunder.

         The  Company's  Common  Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market
("Nasdaq")  under the symbol  "SUNR." On May 27, 1997,  the last  reported  sale
price of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq was $1 3/8 per share.  See  "Market for
Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters."

         The shares of Common Stock  registered for resale hereby may be sold by
the Selling Securityholders from time to time, in ordinary brokers' transactions
through Nasdaq at the price prevailing at the time of such sales. The commission
payable will be the regular  commission a broker  receives  for  effecting  such
sales.  The  Common  Stock  also  may  be  offered  in  block  trades,   private
transactions, or otherwise. The net proceeds to the Selling Securityholders will
be the proceeds  received by them upon such sales,  less brokerage  commissions.
All expenses of registration incurred in connection with this Offering are being
borne by the Company, but the Selling Securityholders will pay any brokerage and
other  expenses of sale  incurred by them.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Selling  Securityholders  will sell any or all of the  shares  of  Common  Stock
registered hereunder.

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE  SUBSTANTIAL  RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON
PAGE 6 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

EACH SELLING SECURITYHOLDER AND ANY BROKER EXECUTING SELLING ORDERS ON BEHALF OF
THE  SELLING  SECURITYHOLDER  MAY BE DEEMED TO BE AN  "UNDERWRITER"  WITHIN  THE
MEANING OF THE SECURITIES  ACT.  COMMISSIONS  RECEIVED BY ANY SUCH BROKER MAY BE
DEEMED TO BE UNDERWRITING COMMISSIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES AGENCY NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY
SUCH AGENCY  PASSED  UPON THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                The date of this Prospectus is __________, 1997.
<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  Company  is  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules
and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  and in  accordance  therewith  files
periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such reports, proxy statements and other
information  filed by the  Company  can be  inspected  and  copied at the public
reference  facilities  maintained  by the  Commission  at Room  1024,  450 Fifth
Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549,  as well as at the following  regional
offices:  Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York,
New York 10048 and Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549   at   prescribed   rates.   The   Commission   maintains   a   web   site
(http://www.sec.gov)  that contains reports,  proxy, and information  statements
and other  information  regarding  registrants,  such as the Company,  that file
electronically with the Commission.

         The Company has filed with the Commission a  Registration  Statement on
Form SB-2 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto,  the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
with respect to the securities offered hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain
all the information set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  certain parts of
which  are  omitted  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Commission.  For  further  information,  reference  is made to the  Registration
Statement  and the exhibits  thereto,  copies of which may be obtained  from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549,  upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission.
Statements  contained in this  Prospectus  as to the contents of any contract or
other document are not  necessarily  complete and in each instance  reference is
made to the copy of such contract or other  document  filed as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement for a full statement of the provisions hereof; each such
statement contained herein is qualified in its entirety by such reference.

         The Company hereby  undertakes to provide without charge to each person
to whom a Prospectus is delivered upon written or oral request of each person, a
copy of any document  incorporated herein by reference,  (not including exhibits
to the document  that have been  incorporated  herein by  reference  unless such
exhibits are  specifically  incorporated by reference in the document which this
Prospectus  incorporates).  Requests  should be directed to  President,  Sunrise
Educational  Services,  Inc.,  9128 East San  Salvador,  Suite 200,  Scottsdale,
Arizona 85258, telephone (602) 860-1611.



                                        2
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     THE  FOLLOWING  SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE  DETAILED
INFORMATION  AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  (INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO)  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS.  WHEN USED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS,  THE TERM "COMMON
STOCK"  SHALL  REFER TO THE $.01 PAR  VALUE  COMMON  STOCK OF THE  COMPANY.  SEE
"CAPITALIZATION"  AND  "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES".  AS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
UNLESS THE CONTEXT  INDICATES  OTHERWISE,  THE TERM "COMPANY"  REFERS TO SUNRISE
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES, INC., AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND PREDECESSORS.

                                   THE COMPANY

         Sunrise Educational Services,  Inc. operates a chain of premium quality
child care  centers that offer  comprehensive  educational  child care  services
primarily  for children ages six weeks to twelve  years.  The Company  currently
operates  36 child care  centers in Arizona,  Hawaii,  Colorado  and  Wisconsin.
Enrollment on April 30, 1997 was approximately  4,000 children and the aggregate
licensed  capacity of the Company's child care centers was 5,160  children.  The
Company  offers both full and half-day  programs,  as well as extended  hours at
several of its facilities.

         The  Company's  strategy  is to be a  comprehensive  provider  of  high
quality educationally oriented child care services in demographically  desirable
markets.  The Company  intends to pursue this  strategy by acquiring  individual
centers and small chains of community-based centers, by promoting and developing
employer  sponsored  and other  partnership  child care programs and by assuring
that its child care centers reflect quality  facilities and equipment as well as
innovative  learning  programs.  Due to the fragmented  nature of the child care
industry,  the Company  believes  that it has many  opportunities  to pursue its
strategy of acquiring  individual  centers and small  chains of  community-based
centers.

         The Company  differentiates  itself from most child care  providers  by
offering  a  comprehensive  educationally  based  curriculum  that  incorporates
innovative  teaching  techniques  and programs,  and by offering its parents and
children modern facilities and equipment. The Company's education-based programs
emphasize,  among  other  things,  the use of  learning  centers to enhance  the
child's development. The programs are designed to appeal to parents who consider
education and  development,  rather than custodial care, as being most important
in choosing a child care facility. In addition to the regular learning programs,
all of the Company's child care centers offer  computer-based  learning programs
using state-of-the-art  software and a number of extra-curricular  programs such
as gymnastics,  piano lessons and aquatic  activities.  Upon  acquisition of new
child care centers,  the Company implements its learning programs and curriculum
and, if necessary,  updates and  modernizes  the equipment and facilities of the
acquired  centers.  The  Company  believes  that such  programs  and  strategies
contribute significantly to its revenues.

                                        3
<PAGE>

         The  Company's  strategic  emphasis on child  development  and learning
programs  are  geared  toward  modern  attitudes  about  child  care  and  early
education. Surveys show that working mothers believe that their children benefit
from  center-based  child care because it is  educational,  contributes to child
development  and builds social  skills.  Surveys also show that working  mothers
believe that  one-on-one  child care is of lesser  educational  value than group
care.

         The Company was organized  under  Delaware law in May 1987,  and is the
successor to two corporations  that initially  operated the Company's child care
centers. Venture Educational Programs, Inc. ("Venture"), an Arizona corporation,
was formed in 1980.  Venture  operated the first two Sunrise  Preschools,  which
opened in September 1982 and September 1984,  respectively,  and also operated a
child care center under another name until August 1984.  An affiliated  company,
Sunrise Preschools, Inc., an Arizona corporation ("Sunrise Arizona"), was formed
in November 1985 and operated five child care centers, which opened from January
1986 to May 1987. On May 27, 1987, Venture was merged into Sunrise Arizona,  and
on May 28, 1987,  Sunrise  Arizona was merged into the Company.  The Company has
one wholly owned subsidiary,  Sunrise Preschools Hawaii,  Inc., formed in fiscal
1990 to operate  child  care  centers in  Hawaii.  Another  subsidiary,  Sunrise
Holdings,  Inc.,  formed in fiscal 1987 to construct  the  Company's  child care
centers,  was  dissolved  effective  September 10, 1994. On January 31, 1997 the
Company  amended its Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  to change its name
from Sunrise Preschools, Inc. to Sunrise Educational Services, Inc.

          Effective February 1, 1994, a portion of the Company's operations were
transferred to a Hawaii nonprofit corporation, Preschool Services, Inc. ("PSI").
Because of PSI's nonprofit status, PSI is eligible to receive certain grants and
subsidies.  Under a written  agreement  between the Company and PSI, the Company
provides  PSI  with  management  and  administrative  services  and  educational
programs in exchange  for a  management  fee.  See  "CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND
RELATED TRANSACTIONS."

         In December  1995, the Company  completed a public  offering of 333,333
newly issued shares of Series C Preferred  Stock at $15 per share.  Net proceeds
from the offering were $4,026,475.

         In February 1996, the  underwriters  of the public  offering  exercised
their option to purchase 24,000 additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock to
cover  over-allotments.  These shares were sold by the Company at the same price
and same terms as those applicable to the initial offering of Series C Preferred
Stock, and resulted in net proceeds to the Company of $298,072.

         The  Company  intends  to use the  proceeds  from the  public  offering
primarily  to acquire,  open and equip  additional  child care  centers.  During
fiscal 1996, the Company acquired or opened six additional  centers,  increasing
its licensed capacity by approximately 1,011 additional children.  Management is
continuing to pursue various expansion and acquisition opportunities. During the
six months ended January 31, 1997, the Company acquired four additional  centers
and opened one newly constructed center, increasing the licensed capacity by 702
additional children.

         The Company's  principal executive offices are located at 9128 East San
Salvador,  Suite 200,  Scottsdale,  Arizona 85258,  and its telephone  number is
(602) 860-1611.

                                        4
<PAGE>

         The fiscal year of the Company consists of eight four-week  periods and
four five-week  periods.  Each quarter of the Company's  fiscal year consists of
two four-week periods and one five-week  period.  The Company's fiscal year ends
on  the  Saturday  nearest  July  31 of  each  year.  However,  for  clarity  of
presentation,  all information has been presented as if the fiscal year ended on
July 31.

         This  Prospectus  contains   "forward-looking   statements,"  including
statements regarding,  among other items, the Company's growth strategy,  future
products, sales, ability to license future software programs and market products
and anticipated  trends in the Company's  business.  Actual results could differ
materially  from  these  forward-looking  statements  as a result of a number of
factors,  including,  but not limited to, intense competition in various aspects
of its  business,  adverse  publicity,  insurance,  the  seasonal  nature of its
business,  government  regulation,  and  other  factors  described  under  "Risk
Factors" set forth below and elsewhere herein.

                                        5

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY  INVOLVES A
HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD ONLY BE MADE BY INVESTORS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS
OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS, PRIOR TO MAKING AN INVESTMENT
DECISION,   SHOULD  GIVE  CAREFUL  CONSIDERATION,   IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  OTHER
INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,  TO THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS.  THIS
PROSPECTUS   CONTAINS   "FORWARD-LOOKING   STATEMENTS,"   INCLUDING   STATEMENTS
REGARDING,  AMONG OTHER ITEMS, THE COMPANY'S  GROWTH STRATEGY,  FUTURE PRODUCTS,
SALES,  ABILITY TO LICENSE  FUTURE  SOFTWARE  PROGRAMS  AND MARKET  PRODUCTS AND
ANTICIPATED  TRENDS IN THE  COMPANY'S  BUSINESS.  ACTUAL  RESULTS  COULD  DIFFER
MATERIALLY  FROM  THESE  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  AS A RESULT OF A NUMBER OF
FACTORS,  INCLUDING,  BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INTENSE COMPETITION IN VARIOUS ASPECTS
OF ITS  BUSINESS,  ADVERSE  PUBLICITY,  INSURANCE,  THE  SEASONAL  NATURE OF ITS
BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT REGULATION, AND OTHER FACTORS DESCRIBED IN THE RISK FACTORS
SECTIONS SET FORTH BELOW AND ELSEWHERE HEREIN.

         NO ASSURANCE OF CONTINUED PROFITABLE  OPERATIONS.  For the fiscal years
ended July 31, 1996 and July 31, 1995,  the Company had a net loss of $(857,308)
($0.40 per share) and net income of $806,852  ($0.29 per  share),  respectively.
Operating  income  (loss) for the fiscal  years ended July 31, 1996 and July 31,
1995 was $(934,018) and $611,485, respectively.  Although the Company expects to
have  profitable  operations in the future,  there can be no assurance  that the
Company will, in the future, achieve or sustain profitability.

         COMPETITION.   The  child  care  industry  is  highly   fragmented  and
competitive,  and Phoenix, Arizona is one of the most competitive markets in the
United  States.  The Company  competes with child care centers owned by national
chains  as well as  child  care  facilities  operated  by  local  community  and
church-affiliated  profit and non-profit  organizations.  Some of the non-profit
child care  centers  that the Company  competes  with are  supported  to a large
extent by endowments, charitable contributions and other forms of subsidies, and
consequently charge less for their services than the Company.  In addition,  the
Company  competes  with  individually  owned  proprietary  child  care  centers,
licensed  and  unlicensed  child  care  homes,  in-home  individual  child  care
providers,  public  schools and  businesses  that  provide  child care for their
employees.  A number of the Company's  competitors  have  substantially  greater
resources than the Company. See "BUSINESS -- Competition."

         ADVERSE PUBLICITY.  Some providers of child care have received negative
publicity  concerning  alleged child abuse,  inadequate  supervision and on-site
accidents.  Although  the  Company  has not  been  the  subject  of any  adverse
publicity,  any  such  publicity,  whether  accurate  or not,  could  result  in
decreased enrollment and have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         INSURANCE.  In addition  to general  liability  insurance,  the Company
maintains  insurance coverage for child physical and sexual abuse claims,  which
is subject to an annual  aggregate  limitation  of  $2,000,000.  Recently,  some
operators of child care centers, including the Company, have experienced greater
difficulty in obtaining such insurance at reasonable rates. Although the Company
has  never  had a claim for child  physical  or  sexual  abuse,  there can be no
assurance that insurance for child physical and sexual abuse will continue to be
available  to the  Company in the  future or that  increased  premiums  for such
insurance  will not require the Company to increase the cost of providing  child
care services. If such insurance is not available to the Company, or if  amounts

                                        6
<PAGE>

of  coverage  are not  adequate,  the Company may be  materially  and  adversely
affected. See "BUSINESS -- Insurance."

         SEASONAL  FLUCTUATIONS.  Child  care  centers,  including  those of the
Company,  experience decreased  enrollment,  and therefore decreased revenue, in
the summer months and around certain major  holidays.  There can be no assurance
that  Company  programs  designed to increase  enrollment  in the summer will be
successful. See "BUSINESS -- Curricula and Programs."

         GOVERNMENT  REGULATION.  Child care  centers  must comply with  various
state and local statutes and regulations.  Centers are periodically inspected by
state agencies to review  adherence to child care  standards,  including,  among
other things,  staffing,  cleanliness and safety standards.  The Company has not
experienced  any  difficulty in complying with various  government  regulations.
Additional regulations or changes in existing regulation might impose additional
compliance  costs on the Company,  which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. In addition, certain tax laws presently provide for certain credits
and other  incentives  relating  to child care  costs.  Changes in such tax laws
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "BUSINESS -- Government
Regulation."

         GEOGRAPHIC  CONCENTRATION.  Currently,  all of the child  care  centers
operated by the Company are located in Arizona,  Colorado, Hawaii and Wisconsin.
The success of such  operations  is  therefore  dependant  to some extent on the
economies of such  regions.  If these  geographic  areas  experience an economic
downturn or recession,  the Company's financial condition and business prospects
could be materially and adversely affected.

         EXPANSION.  The  Company  intends  to  continue  to open new child care
centers  and to  acquire  individual  and  community-based  chains of child care
centers.  In addition,  the Company  plans to continue to expand its  operations
through various  partnership and contractual  relationships  with third parties.
Although the Company's current operations are based in Arizona, Colorado, Hawaii
and  Wisconsin,  the  Company's  current  expansion  plans  include  considering
opportunities in the  southwestern  United States as well as in other geographic
regions of the country.  There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve
its planned  expansion or that its expansion will be profitable.  The success of
the  Company's  expansion  program  will depend on a number of factors,  many of
which may be  beyond  the  Company's  control,  including  the  availability  of
sufficient capital, the identification of appropriate acquisition candidates and
suitable  build-to-suit  child  care  center  sites,  the  Company's  ability to
attract,  train and retain  qualified  employees and management,  the continuing
profitability  of existing  operations,  the  successful  management  of planned
growth and the  ability of the  Company to operate  new child care  centers in a
profitable  manner.  Although the Company  currently intends to lease from third
parties newly constructed child care facilities developed for the Company rather
than undertaking its own construction,  if the Company were to undertake its own
construction,  there can be no assurance that it could  construct its child care
centers  on a  cost-effective  basis  or that  appropriate  financing  could  be
obtained.  Construction  of child care  centers is subject to the risk of delays
and cost overruns,  and such occurrences could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. See "BUSINESS -- Expansion."

          DEPENDENCE  UPON KEY  PERSONNEL.  The success of the  Company  will be
largely  dependent  upon the efforts and abilities of James R. Evans,  President

                                        7
<PAGE>

and  Chairman  of the Board,  and Barbara L. Owens,  Executive  Vice  President,
Secretary and Treasurer. See "MANAGEMENT." The Company has employment agreements
with Mr. Evans and Ms. Owens. The Company also maintains for its benefit key man
life  insurance  on Mr.  Evans  in the  amount  of  $1,000,000.  See  "EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION -- Employment Contracts." Nevertheless, the loss of the services of
Mr. Evans or Ms. Owens could have a material  adverse effect on the Company.  In
addition,  the  Company's  success is also  dependent  upon its  ability to hire
additional qualified  personnel,  and there can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to hire or retain qualified personnel.

         LIMITATION  ON  DIRECTOR  LIABILITY;  CONTROL OF  COMPANY.  Among other
matters,   certain   provisions  of  the  Company's   Restated   Certificate  of
Incorporation  and Bylaws  limit or  eliminate  director  liability  for certain
actions and require  approval of greater than 50% of the shares eligible to vote
on  certain   matters.   These  and  other  provisions   could,   under  certain
circumstances,  prevent redress by stockholders for certain actions taken by the
directors and  management  and make it more  difficult for an outsider to obtain
control of the Company. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES."

         RELATIONSHIP  WITH PSI.  Certain  officers and directors of the Company
also serve as officers and directors of PSI. The Company believes it is unlikely
that any conflicts of interest will arise with PSI; however,  any transaction to
which both the Company and PSI are a party that involves a potential conflict of
interest  may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company only with the
approval  of a majority  of the  Company's  directors  including  the  Company's
outside directors that are not also officers or directors of PSI.  Currently the
Company has one outside  director who is not also an officer or director of PSI.
See "CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS."

         FUTURE SALES OF COMMON STOCK.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  the
Company had  outstanding  3,079,491  shares of Common  Stock,  excluding  shares
issuable upon the exercise of convertible  stock,  warrants and options.  Of the
shares of Common  Stock  currently  outstanding  82,229  shares are  "restricted
securities"  as that  term is  defined  under  Rule 144  promulgated  under  the
Securities Act and under certain  circumstances may be sold without registration
pursuant  to such rule.  The  Company is unable to predict the effect that sales
made under Rule 144, or otherwise, may have on the then prevailing, market price
of the Company's securities, although any future sales of substantial amounts of
securities pursuant to Rule 144 could adversely affect prevailing market prices.
See "Principal  Stockholders,"  "Description of Securities--Shares  Eligible For
Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

          DIVIDENDS UNLIKELY. The Company does not intend to declare or pay cash
dividends on its Common Stock in the  foreseeable  future.  The Company  expects
that it will retain all  available  earnings,  if any, to finance and expand its
business. See "Dividends."

         STOCK  MARKET  VOLATILITY.  General  market  price  declines  or market
volatility in the future could  adversely  affect the price of the Common Stock.
In certain  cases,  volatility in the price of a given  security can result from
the short-term  trading  strategies of certain market segments.  Such volatility
can distort market value and can be  particularly  severe in the case of smaller
capitalization  stocks and  immediately  before or after an important  corporate
event such as a public  offering.  In recent years, the stock markets in general
have experienced  extreme price  fluctuations in response to such occurrences as
quarterly  variations  in operating  results,  changes in earnings  estimates by
analysts,  adverse publicity,  strategic relationships or other events or facts.
This pattern of extreme volatility in the stock market,

                                        8
<PAGE>

which  in  many  cases  was  unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  of,  or
announcements concerning, the issuers of the affected stock may adversely affect
the market price of the Common Stock.

         EFFECT OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.  Certain events,  including
the  issuance  of  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  upon the  exercise  or
conversion of outstanding options, warrants and preferred shares of the Company,
could result in substantial  dilution of the Common Stock. As of April 30, 1997,
the Company had outstanding (i) 500,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock; (ii)
357,333  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock;  (iii)  options  to  purchase  an
aggregate  of 648,080  shares of Common  Stock;  (iv)  warrants  to  purchase an
aggregate  of 495,000  shares of Common  Stock;  and (v) warrants to purchase an
aggregate  of 33,333  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company has an
additional  183,874  shares of Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance  under its
existing  stock option plans.  For the  respective  terms of such  options,  the
holders  thereof  are given an  opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market
price of the Company's  Common Stock with a resulting  dilution in the interests
of the other  stockholders.  Further,  the terms on which the Company may obtain
additional  financing  during  that  period  may be  adversely  affected  by the
existence of such  options.  The holders of the options may  exercise  them at a
time when the Company might be able to obtain  additional  capital through a new
offering of securities on terms more favorable than those provided therein.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations," "Description of Securities" and "Underwriting."

         NON-REGISTRATION  IN CERTAIN  JURISDICTIONS OF SHARES; NEED FOR CURRENT
PROSPECTUS.  Although the Common Stock will not  knowingly be sold to purchasers
in  jurisdictions  in which the Common  Stock are not  registered  or  otherwise
qualified for sale, purchasers may buy Common Stock or the components thereof in
the  aftermarket.  In addition,  investors in this  Offering will not be able to
purchase their shares,  unless at the time of purchase the Company has a current
prospectus  covering the shares of Common Stock. No assurances can be given that
the Company will be able to effect any required registration or qualification or
maintain a current prospectus. See "Description of Securities."

         POSSIBLE   ADVERSE  EFFECTS  OF   AUTHORIZATION   OF  PREFERRED  STOCK;
ANTI-TAKEOVER  PROVISIONS.  As of April 30,  1997,  the Company had  outstanding
500,000  and 357,333  shares of Series B Preferred  Stock and Series C Preferred
Stock, respectively. The annual dividend rate of the Series B Preferred Stock is
$.10 per share and each  share is  convertible  into one share of Common  Stock.
Each holder of the Series C Preferred  Stock is entitled to receive a cumulative
dividend of 9% per annum,  7.0588  shares of Common Stock upon  conversion,  and
certain additional  preferences and rights. In addition,  the Company's Board of
Directors  has the authority to issue up to 142,667  shares of preferred  stock,
$1.00 par value ("Preferred  Stock"), in one or more series and to determine the
price,  rights,  preferences  and  privileges  of the shares of each such series
without  any  further  vote or action  by the  stockholders.  The  rights of the
holders of Common  Stock will be subject to, and may be  adversely  affected by,
the rights of the holders of any shares of Preferred Stock that may be issued in
the future. The Preferred Stock currently outstanding,  as well as the potential
future issuance of additional Preferred Stock could have the effect of making it
more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding voting
stock of the Company,  thereby  delaying,  deferring  or  preventing a change of
control  of the  Company.  In  addition,  certain  provisions  in the  Company's
Articles  of  Incorporation  and  By-laws  creating a  staggered-term  board and
relating to supermajority  stockholder approval of certain business combinations
by the  Company,  restrictions  on calling  special  meetings  of  stockholders,
restrictions on

                                        9
<PAGE>

removal  of  directors  and  restrictions  on  amendments  to  the  By-laws  may
discourage or make more difficult any attempt by a person or group of persons to
obtain control of the Company.  See "Description of Securities -- Special Voting
and Other Provisions."

         RISK OF LOW-PRICED  STOCK;  PENNY STOCK  REGULATIONS.  If the Company's
securities  were  delisted  from Nasdaq (See "Risk  Factors--Nasdaq  Listing and
Maintenance Requirements; Risk of Delisting"), they could become subject to Rule
15g-9  under  the  Exchange  Act,  which  imposes   additional   sales  practice
requirements on broker-dealers  which sell such securities to persons other than
established customers and "accredited  investors"  (generally,  individuals with
net worth in excess of  $1,000,000  or annual  incomes  exceeding  $200,000,  or
$300,000 together with their spouses).  For transactions covered by this rule, a
broker-dealer  must make a special  suitability  determination for the purchaser
and have received the purchaser's  written  consent to the transaction  prior to
sale. Consequently, such rule may adversely affect the ability of broker-dealers
to sell the  Company's  securities  and may  adversely  affect  the  ability  of
purchasers in this Offering to sell any of the securities acquired hereby in the
secondary market.

         The Commission  adopted  regulations  which  generally  define a "penny
stock" to be any non-Nasdaq  equity security that has a market price (as therein
defined)  of less than  $5.00 per share or with an  exercise  price of less than
$5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions.  For any transaction involving a
penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require delivery, prior to any transaction
in a penny stock, of a disclosure  schedule prepared by the Commission  relating
to the  penny  stock  market.  Disclosure  is also  required  to be  made  about
commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered  representative
and current  quotations  for the  securities.  Finally,  monthly  statements are
required to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held
in the account and information on the limited market in penny stocks.

         The foregoing  required penny stock  restrictions will not apply to the
Company's  securities if such  securities  are listed on Nasdaq and have certain
price and volume information  provided on a current and continuing basis or meet
certain minimum net tangible assets or average revenue criteria. There can be no
assurance  that the Company's  securities  will qualify for exemption from these
restrictions.  In any event,  even if the Company's  securities were exempt from
such  restrictions,  it would remain subject to Section  15(b)(6)of the Exchange
Act,  which gives the  Commission  the  authority to prohibit any person that is
engaged in unlawful  conduct while  participating  in a distribution  of a penny
stock from  associating  with a broker-dealer or participating in a distribution
of a penny stock,  if the Commission  finds that such a restriction  would be in
the public interest.

         If the  Company's  securities  were subject to the existing or proposed
rules on penny stocks,  the market liquidity for the Company's  securities could
be severely adversely affected.

         NASDAQ LISTING AND  MAINTENANCE  REQUIREMENTS;  RISK OF DELISTING.  The
Company's Common Stock is currently  quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market.  See
"Cover  Page." Under the rules for  continued  listing in the Nasdaq  system,  a
company is  required  to  maintain  at least  $2,000,000  in total  assets,  two
market-makers,  a public  float of at least  $200,000 and a minimum bid price of
$1.00 per share or, if the share price  criterion  cannot be met,  $2,000,000 in
capital and surplus and a public float of  $1,000,000.  In addition,  Nasdaq has
proposed more stringent  maintenance  criteria for continued listing,  including
eliminating the alternative to the $1.00 minimum bid price, establishing minimum
net tangible assets,

                                       10
<PAGE>

net income and market  capitalization  tests,  increasing the required amount of
public float shares,  the minimum bid price and the number of market makers, and
instituting more stringent corporate  governance  standards.  Adoption of any or
all of the  proposals  could make it more  difficult for the Company to maintain
compliance  with the listing  criteria,  assuming  the  Company is accepted  for
listing on the SmallCap  Market.  Upon notice of a deficiency  in one or more of
the maintenance requirements, the Company would be given 90 days (30 days in the
case of the number of market-makers)  to comply with the maintenance  standards.
Failure of the  Company to meet the  maintenance  requirements  of Nasdaq  could
result in the Company's  securities being delisted from Nasdaq,  with the result
that the Company's  securities  would trade on the OTC Bulletin  Board or in the
"pink sheets"  maintained by the National  Quotation Bureau  Incorporated.  As a
consequence  of such  delisting,  an investor  could find it more  difficult  to
dispose  of or to  obtain  accurate  quotations  as to the  market  value of the
Company's securities. Among other consequences,  delisting from Nasdaq may cause
a decline in the stock price,  the loss of news  coverage  about the Company and
difficulty in obtaining future financing.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  Company  will not  receive  any of the  proceeds  from the sale of
Common Stock in this Offering.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Company has never paid a dividend on its Common Stock.  The Company
presently  does not  anticipate  paying any dividends on its Common Stock in the
foreseeable  future.  Pursuant to the terms of the Series C Preferred Stock, the
Company is obligated to pay a cumulative annual dividend of 9% to the holders of
the  Series C  Preferred  Stock,  which  currently  amounts  to  $32,159  in the
aggregate based on 357,333 issued and  outstanding  shares of Series B Preferred
Stock.  One year  after  the date of the  first  issuance  of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock (December 22, 1996),  the Company may, in its discretion,  elect
to pay  dividends  on the  Series C  Preferred  Stock in shares of Common  Stock
having a fair  market  value equal to the amount of the  dividend.  The Series C
Preferred Stock ranks junior to the Series B Preferred Stock of the Company and,
consequently,  all  dividends  payable on the Series B  Preferred  Stock must be
current prior to the payment of any  dividends on the Series C Preferred  Stock.
The  annual  dividend  rate of the Series B  Preferred  Stock is $.10 per share,
which  currently  amounts to $50,000 per year in the aggregate  based on 500,000
issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. As of April 30, 1997,
accrued  but  unpaid  dividends  payable on the  Series B  Preferred  Stock were
$4,167.  In addition,  the Company has a credit facility with a bank pursuant to
which it may borrow up to $500,000. As of April 1, 1997,  approximately $323,000
had been borrowed  under this credit  facility and certain other loans with such
bank.  Pursuant to the terms of the credit facility and such loans,  the Company
may not pay any cash  dividends,  including  dividends on the Series C Preferred
Stock,  without the consent of the bank.  Furthermore,  under Delaware corporate
law,  the  Company  may be  prohibited  in  certain  circumstances  from  paying
dividends (whether in cash or otherwise). See "RISK FACTORS" and "DESCRIPTION OF
SECURITIES."

                                       12
<PAGE>

                    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
                          RELATED STOCKHOLDERS MATTERS

         The Common Stock was registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act
in 1987. From September 11, 1987 until January 27, 1991, when Nasdaq changed its
listing  requirements,  the Common  Stock was listed on Nasdaq  under the symbol
SUNR. From January 28, 1991 until December 19, 1995, the Common Stock was quoted
in the National Daily Quotation  Service ("Pink Sheets")  published daily by the
National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc. under the symbol SUNR.  Quotations  were also
available  through  the  Electronic  Bulletin  Board  operated  by the  National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  under the  symbol  SUNR.  Beginning
December  20,  1995,  the  Company's  Common Stock has been quoted on the Nasdaq
Small Cap Market under the symbol SUNR. The following  table sets forth the high
and low bid prices for the Common  Stock  based on closing  transactions  during
each  specified  period as  reported by the  National  Quotation  Bureau,  Inc.,
(through  December 19, 1995,  which prices reflect  inter-dealer  prices without
retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual
transactions),  and  the  high  and low  sales  prices  as  reported  by  Nasdaq
(subsequent to December 19, 1995).

     Fiscal 1997                                   HIGH          LOW
                                                  ------        ------
         First Quarter                            $1.625        $1.188
         Second Quarter                            1.375         1.125
         Third Quarter (through April 1, 1997)     1.938         1.250

     Fiscal 1996                                   HIGH          LOW   
                                                  ------        ------
         First Quarter                            $3.313        $2.125
         Second Quarter                            2.500         1.813
         Third Quarter                             2.063         1.250
         Fourth Quarter                            1.938         1.375

     Fiscal 1995                                   HIGH          LOW   
                                                  ------        ------
         First Quarter                            $1.375        $1.000
         Second Quarter                            1.688          .938
         Third Quarter                             1.563         1.125
         Fourth Quarter                            2.625         1.250

         There were  approximately 260 record holders and 700 beneficial holders
of the Company's  Common Stock as of April 15, 1997.  On May 15, 1997,  the high
and low sale prices for the Common Stock were $1 3/8 and $1 3/8, respectively.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         THE  FOLLOWING  DISCUSSIONS  SHOULD  BE READ IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH  THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO SET FORTH ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.  On January 31, 1997, the Company  operated 36 child care
centers  versus 27 centers as of January 31, 1996. The increase in the number of
centers was the result of the Company  purchasing  the operations of six centers
in Arizona (five of which were  previously  operating and one of which was newly
opened) and one center in Colorado,  and opening one newly constructed center in
Arizona.  In  addition,  through its  contract  with  Preschool  Services,  Inc.
("PSI"),  the  Company  assumed  management  of a newly  opened  center in Hales
Corner,  Wisconsin.  These  additional  centers  increased  the  total  licensed
capacity  of  the  Company's  centers  by  1,065  children.  The  impact  of the
acquisitions  on the operations of the Company are included in the discussion of
operating  revenues  and expenses  below.  During the first six months of fiscal
1996, the Company purchased the operations of two centers in Colorado.

         On  January  24,  1997,  the  stockholders  of the  Company  approved a
proposal to change the Company's name from Sunrise  Preschools,  Inc. to Sunrise
Educational  Services,  Inc. This change was made to reflect the widened area of
services  provided by the  Company  through  its  Sunrise  Preschools,  Suncrest
Private Schools and Sunburst Child Care divisions,  and any subsequent direction
the Company takes relative to educational services provided.

SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 (FIRST SIX MONTHS OF FISCAL 1997)  COMPARED TO
SIX MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1996 (FIRST SIX MONTHS OF FISCAL 1996)

         Operating  revenue  for  the  first  six  months  of  fiscal  1997  was
$6,342,854,  an increase of $1,603,093,  or 33.8% from revenue of $4,739,761 for
the first six months of fiscal 1996. Of this increase, $1,415,120 was due to the
inclusion of revenues of the acquired and newly opened centers, and $187,973 was
due to a 4.0%  increase in  same-center  revenues.  The increase in  same-center
revenues  was due to a  moderate  tuition  increase,  but was  offset by a large
decrease  in child  attendance  during  the  Christmas  and New  Year's  holiday
periods.  Due to the timing of the holidays  this year (both  Christmas  and New
Year's fell on  Wednesdays),  many children were absent from the centers for the
entire  holiday  weeks  rather  than for just one or two days  each  week.  This
decrease in attendance had a significant  negative impact on revenues during the
holiday  period.  Revenues  at three of the  acquired  centers  were  negatively
impacted by a change in the regulations for  reimbursement  for food costs under
the USDA Food Program.  This change  resulted in Food Program  revenues at these
centers being approximately $50,000 lower than they would have been otherwise.

         Operating  expenses  for the  first  six  months  of  fiscal  1997 were
$6,388,501  (100.7% of operating  revenue),  an increase of  $1,619,048 or 33.9%
from  operating  expenses of  $4,769,453  (100.6% of operating  revenue) for the
first six months of fiscal 1996. Of this increase, $1,590,075

                                       14
<PAGE>

was due to the acquired and newly opened centers. The remaining increase was due
to increases in payroll and general and administrative  costs,  partially offset
by a decrease in facilities and maintenance expenses.

         Payroll  expense for the first six months of fiscal 1997 was $3,217,165
(50.7% of  operating  revenue),  an increase  of $891,848 or 38.4% from  payroll
expense of $2,325,317  (49.1% of operating  revenue) for the first six months of
fiscal 1996. Of this increase, $755,845 was due to the acquired and newly opened
centers, $13,686 was for additional corporate staff added in connection with the
Company's expansion program, and $122,317 was for increased same-center salaries
due to slightly higher average salaries.

         Facilities  and  maintenance  costs for the first six  months of fiscal
1997 were $2,265,666  (35.7% of operating  revenue),  an increase of $478,213 or
26.8% from  facilities and maintenance  costs of $1,787,453  (37.7% of operating
revenue)  during the first six months of fiscal 1996.  This  increase was due to
$524,201  in costs at the  acquired  and newly  opened  centers,  an increase in
equipment  lease  expense  of  $37,776,  and an  increase  in  depreciation  and
amortization of $32,777.  These  increases were offset by a $54,831  decrease in
rent expense,  a decrease in cleaning and maintenance  services costs of $37,817
due to a change in the  contractor  used by the Company to provide  cleaning and
maintenance  services,  and a decrease in other facilities and maintenance costs
of $23,893.

         In the first six months of fiscal 1996, rent expense  included  $97,581
of deferred  sublease  payments  payable by PSI. In the fourth quarter of fiscal
1996, the Company  established a reserve for rental  commitments  related to the
remaining lease payments due by PSI. Future unpaid sublease  payments are offset
against this reserve rather than being charged to rent expense. This resulted in
a decrease  in rent  expense in the first six months of fiscal  1997 of $97,581,
partially offset by an increase of $42,750 in same-center  rents due to moderate
rent increases at several of the centers.

         General and administrative  expenses for the first six months of fiscal
1997 were $905,670 (14.3%) of operating  revenue),  an increase of $248,987,  or
37.9% from general and  administrative  expenses of $656,683 (13.9% of operating
revenue) during the first six months of fiscal 1996. Of this increase,  $189,646
was  attributable  to the  acquired  and  newly  opened  centers.  In  addition,
advertising  costs  increased  $66,859  due  to  continuance  of  a  multi-media
advertising  program into the Fall, and higher yellow pages costs as a result of
the new centers. This was partially offset by a decrease of $30,770 in insurance
costs. The remaining increase was due to moderate increases in other general and
administrative costs such as office supplies and bank charges.

         Net income for the first six months of fiscal 1997 was $2,601  compared
to a net loss of $20,927 for the first six months of fiscal 1996,  primarily due
to improved same-center operations and the reduction in rent expense,  partially
offset by lower child  attendance  during the Christmas  and New Year's  holiday
periods.

                                       15
<PAGE>

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1996, COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1995

         Operating  revenue  for fiscal  1996 was  $10,237,418,  an  increase of
$462,395,  or 4.7% from revenue of $9,775,023 for fiscal 1995. This increase was
due to the  inclusion  of revenues of the  acquired  centers of  $599,163.  This
increase was partially offset by the transfer of one of the Company's child care
centers to PSI as of August 1, 1995. The Company  continues to manage this child
care center under a management agreement with PSI, for which the Company earns a
management fee; however,  the consolidated  financial statements for fiscal 1996
no longer  include the revenues or expenses of this center.  As a result of this
transfer,  operating  revenue  decreased  by  $257,409  and  operating  expenses
decreased  by $239,409  from  fiscal  1995.  The impact of this  transfer on net
income for  fiscal  1996 was a  reduction  of  $18,000.  In  addition,  revenues
decreased $42,000 due to the deferral of administrative fees from PSI.

         Excluding  the items  discussed  above,  operating  revenues  increased
$120,641  from  fiscal  1995.  Due to  increased  enrollments  at certain of the
Company's centers and a moderate tuition increase in January, revenues increased
$386,222.  This was offset by a decrease of $181,705 in revenues  received under
one of the Company's  employer child care contracts as a result of large layoffs
by the  employer  and a decrease  of $83,876 in revenue at one of the  Company's
centers due to lower enrollment levels.

         Operating  expenses  for  fiscal  1996  were  $11,171,436   (109.1%  of
operating  revenue),  an increase of $2,007,898 or 21.9% from operating expenses
of $9,163,538  (93.7% of operating  revenue) for fiscal 1995. Of this  increase,
$655,519 was due to the  inclusion of the acquired  centers and $602,000 was due
to the establishment of a reserve for impaired assets and rental  commitments in
connection with the Company's agreement with PSI which is included in facilities
and maintenance  costs.  The remaining  increase was due to an increase in other
facilities  and  maintenance  costs and  general  and  administrative  expenses,
partially offset by a decrease in payroll expense.

         Payroll  expense for fiscal  1996 was  $5,055,138  (49.4% of  operating
revenue),  an increase of $264,176 or 5.5% from  payroll  expense of  $4,790,962
(49.0% of operating  revenue) for fiscal 1995. This increase was due to $341,906
in salaries at the acquired centers,  an $88,572 increase in corporate  salaries
due to staff added in connection  with the Company's  expansion  program,  and a
$221,594 increase in other salaries.  These increases were partially offset by a
decrease of $210,843 due to the transfer of one of the Company's centers to PSI,
as discussed above. In addition,  payroll expense decreased  $177,053 due to the
Company's  decision,  in May 1995,  to  outsource  its  maintenance  operations.
Accordingly,  the Company now pays a monthly fee for maintenance services, which
is included in facilities and maintenance costs, rather than paying for staffing
directly as part of payroll expense.

         Facilities and maintenance costs for fiscal 1996 were $4,478,373 (43.7%
of operating  revenue),  an increase of $1,502,457 or 50.5% from  facilities and
maintenance costs of $2,975,916 (30.4% of operating revenue) during fiscal 1995.
Of this increase,  $231,579 is attributable to the acquired centers and $602,000
was due to the  establishment  of a  reserve  for  impaired  assets  and  rental
commitments in connection  with the Company's  agreement with PSI. The remaining
increase is due to an increase of $279,715 in rent expense,  a $219,060 increase

                                       16
<PAGE>

in maintenance  costs and a $179,103  increase in depreciation  and amortization
expense,  partially  offset by a  decrease  of $9,000  in other  facilities  and
maintenance costs.

         Due to continued  operating losses incurred during 1996, PSI approved a
plan to close two of its schools upon the  expiration  of the leases.  Since the
estimated   cash  flows  will  not  be   sufficient  to  recover  the  leasehold
improvements  related to these two schools,  the Company  recorded an impairment
reserve for these assets which totaled approximately  $184,000 which is included
in facilities and maintenance expenses in fiscal 1996.

         Also,  since the Company is the lessee for two of the leases,  they are
contingently liable for the lease payments to third parties. Since the estimated
future  cash flows of PSI will not be  sufficient  to make the  scheduled  lease
payments,  the Company recorded a contingent liability of approximately $418,000
related to the remaining  lease  payments  which is included in  facilities  and
maintenance expenses in fiscal 1996.

         The  increase in rent  expense was due to moderate  rent  increases  at
several of the  centers,  and to the  deferral of $228,971 in sublease  payments
payable by PSI under the PSI Agreement. Maintenance costs increased $177,053 due
to the Company's decision, in May 1995, to outsource its maintenance  operations
(see Payroll above for discussion of  corresponding  decrease in payroll costs).
The  remaining  increase in  maintenance  costs is  primarily  due to  increased
cleaning  and  maintenance  supplies  costs.  The increase in  depreciation  and
amortization  expense is  primarily  due to the  deferral  of  $134,612 in lease
payments  payable under the PSI  Agreement,  and to $11,568 in  amortization  of
intangible acquisition costs. These increases were partially offset by decreases
in other costs, such as auto expenses and taxes.

         General and  administrative  expenses  for fiscal 1996 were  $1,637,925
(16.0% of operating revenue), an increase of $241,265, or 17.3% from general and
administrative expenses of $1,396,660 (14.3% of operating revenue) during fiscal
1995. Of this increase,  $82,034 was  attributable to the acquired  centers.  In
addition,  advertising costs increased  $105,267 due to the  implementation of a
new advertising program. The remaining increase was due to $70,859 in preopening
expenses for new centers and $57,600 in  expenditures  related to developing the
Company's  strategic  growth and acquisition  plans,  and moderate  increases in
other general and  administrative  costs such as office  supplies,  licenses and
fees.  These  increases  were partially  offset by a $103,816  decrease bad debt
expense.

         Other income for fiscal 1996  decreased  $8,386 from fiscal 1995 due to
reduced gain on sale of fixed assets, primarily vans, traded in during the year.
Net interest  income  increased  $109,729 due to interest income on the invested
proceeds of the December 1995 public offering.

         Net loss for the year  ended  July 31,  1996 was  $857,308  ($0.40  per
share)  compared to net income of $806,852  ($0.29 per share) for the year ended
July 31,  1995  which  was the  second  most  profitable  year in the  Company's
history.   This  decrease  is  primarily  due  to  the  allowance   provided  of
approximately  $406,000  for amounts  receivable  under the PSI  Agreement;  the
establishment of a $602,000  reserve for impaired assets and rental  commitments
in connection with the Company's  agreement with PSI; the inclusion of an income
tax benefit of  $220,000 in fiscal  1995;  $70,859 in  preopening  costs for new
centers; and a decrease in enrollments under one of the Company's employer child
care  contracts due to layoffs by the employer.  In addition,  costs incurred in
connection with the Company's advertising

                                       17
<PAGE>

and expansion  programs,  and in developing the Company's  strategic growth plan
have, in the current period, decreased net income.

SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY RESULTS

         The following  table  reflects  certain  selected  unaudited  quarterly
operating results for the first two quarters of fiscal 1997 and for each quarter
of fiscal  1996.  The  operating  results  of any  quarter  are not  necessarily
indicative of results of any future period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Quarter Ended (In Thousands)
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------
                                   Jan. 31,   Oct. 31,  Jul. 31,  Apr. 30,  Jan. 31,  Oct. 31,
                                     1997      1996      1996       1996     1996       1995
                                   --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Operating revenue                  $ 3,100    $ 3,243   $ 2,187   $ 2,681   $ 2,304   $ 2,435
Operating expenses                  (3,264)    (3,124)   (3,787)   (2,615)   (2,413)   (2,356)
Income (loss) from operations         (164)       119      (970)       66      (109)       79
Income (loss) before income taxes  $  (134)   $   136   $  (943)  $   107   $   (93)  $    72
</TABLE>

         The Company's operations are subject to seasonal fluctuations in summer
months and around certain major holidays.  These  fluctuations  have resulted in
lower  occupancy  levels  and lower  operating  results in the second and fourth
fiscal quarters and higher occupancy  levels and operating  results in the first
and third fiscal quarters.

TRENDS

         School  enrollments,  (excluding  acquisitions) while remaining strong,
were lower during the first ten months of fiscal 1996 than in the  corresponding
months of fiscal 1995. To boost enrollment levels, the Company implemented a new
multi-media  advertising  program in January.  This program continued during the
third  quarter.  During June and July,  the last two months of the fiscal  year,
enrollment  levels  equaled  or  exceeded  those  from  June  and  July of 1995.
Management believes that the advertising program, which will be continued during
the first  quarter of fiscal 1997,  coupled  with  moderate  tuition  increases,
should continue to have a positive effect on the Company. The establishment of a
reserve  for  impaired  assets and rental  commitments  in  connection  with the
Company's  agreement with PSI should also have a significant  positive impact on
the Company's future operations.

         The  Company's  expansion  program,  funded  with the  proceeds  of the
December,  1995 public offering,  resulted in the addition of six centers during
fiscal 1996. In addition,  on August 22, 1996, the Company acquired four centers
in the Phoenix  metropolitan  area,  and, on October  14,  1996,  opened a newly
constructed free-standing center in Gilbert, Arizona. It is anticipated that the
costs incurred by the Company in connection with developing its strategic growth
plan and  implementing  its  expansion  program  will benefit the Company in the
future; however, there can be no assurance in this regard.

                                       18
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         Net cash provided by operating  activities  for the year ended July 31,
1996 was $91,595. Cash was sufficient to meet the normal operating  requirements
of the Company.  Due to the  Company's  public  offering of  preferred  stock in
December 1995,  working capital  increased by $1,986,021,  from $210,600 at July
31, 1995 to $2,196,621 at July 31, 1996.

         Net cash used in  operating  activities  for the  first  six  months of
fiscal  1997 was  $235,555.  Cash was  sufficient  to meet the normal  operating
requirements  of the Company.  Due to the Company's  purchase of four child care
centers in August,  1996, and amounts spent to upgrade the existing equipment at
the  acquired  centers  as well as to equip the newly  opened  centers,  working
capital  decreased by $700,439,  from $1,904,621 at July 31, 1996, to $1,204,182
at January 31, 1997.

         In December 1995, the Company completed a $5 million public offering of
a new series of convertible preferred stock. Net proceeds from the offering were
$4,026,475,  a portion of which has been used  primarily  for  expansion  of the
Company's operations,  both through the opening of additional Company facilities
and the acquisition of other existing child care centers.  In February 1996, the
underwriters  of  the  offering   exercised  their  option  to  purchase  24,000
additional shares of preferred stock to cover over-allotments. These shares were
sold by the Company at the same price and same terms as those  applicable to the
initial offering of the preferred stock resulting in net proceeds to the Company
of $298,072.

         On November  6, 1995,  holders of  warrants  representing  the right to
purchase  47,074  shares of the  Company's  common  stock  were  exercised.  Net
proceeds from this exercise were $40,404.

         Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended July 31, 1996,
was  $2,013,207,  consisting  of purchases of property  and  equipment  totaling
$916,886  and  $1,107,121  in costs  related  to  acquisitions.  These uses were
partially  offset  by  $10,800  in  proceeds  from  disposals  of  property  and
equipment.

         Net cash used in  investing  activities  for the  first  six  months of
fiscal 1997 was  $694,189,  consisting  of purchases  of property and  equipment
totaling $496,691,  and $494,264 in costs related to the centers acquired by the
Company in August. These uses were partially offset by $296,766 in proceeds from
the sale and leaseback of a portion of the equipment purchased over the past six
months.

         Net cash provided by financing  activities  for the year ended July 31,
1996, was  $3,970,917,  consisting of proceeds from the exercise of warrants and
the sale of preferred stock of $4,364,951 and additional borrowings of $319,360,
offset by repayments of notes payable and capital leases of $147,311 and payment
of  dividends  on Series B and C Preferred  Stock of  $566,083.  The  additional
borrowings  consisted of notes payable for the purchase of vehicles and $100,000
borrowed under the Company's working capital line of credit.

         Net cash used in  financing  activities  for the  first  six  months of
fiscal 1997 was $164,378,  consisting of additional notes payable of $54,408 for

                                       19
<PAGE>

the purchase of vehicles and $50,000 in borrowings  under the Company's  working
capital credit line, offset by repayments of notes payable and capital leases of
$123,182 and payment of dividends on Series B and C Preferred Stock of $145,604.
Dividends payable on Series B and C Preferred Stock as of January 31, 1997, were
$44,367.

         Dividends  payable  on Series B and C  Preferred  Stock as of July 31,
1996 were $44,367, as reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

         The Company is current on all  principal  and interest  payments on its
notes  payable  and capital  leases.  The Company has two lines of credit with a
financial institution totaling $500,000: 1) a $250,000 revolving working capital
line,  bearing interest at prime (8.25% at January 31, 1997) plus 1.00%, and; 2)
a  $250,000  nonrevolving  line of  credit  for the  purchase  of  vehicles  and
equipment,  bearing  interest  at prime plus  1.25%.  These  lines of credit are
renewable  each year on January  31, and are secured by the  Company's  accounts
receivable,  inventory,  furniture,  vehicles and  equipment.  At July 31, 1996,
borrowings under the working capital line totaled $100,000. Borrowings under the
vehicle and equipment  line  consisted of $106,000 in drawdowns  which were then
converted into five-year notes payable.

         In April,  1997,  the Company  received a  commitment  from a financial
institution  for three new lines of credit  totaling  $3 million to replace  the
Company's  existing credit  facilities.  These credit facilities are as follows:
(1) a $500,000  revolving  working  capital line bearing  interest at prime plus
1.5%;  (2) a $500,000  nonrevolving  line of credit for the purchase of vehicles
and  equipment,   bearing  interest  at  prime  plus  1.75%;  (3)  a  $1,000,000
nonrevolving  line of credit for  acquisition  financing,  and; (4) a $1 million
nonrevolving  line of credit to refinance the Company's  existing  notes payable
and capital leases at a more  favorable  average  interest rate.  These lines of
credit are  renewable  each year on April 30, and are  secured by the  Company's
accounts receivable, inventory, furniture, vehicles and equipment.

         The Company  currently  expects that it will be able to renew the lines
of credit under  similar  terms upon their  maturity.  However,  if the lines of
credit are not renewed,  there is no assurance that they can be replaced. If the
Company  were  unable to renew or  replace  these  lines of credit  and was then
unable  to repay  any  outstanding  balance,  the bank  could  foreclose  on the
collateral.

         During  fiscal  1996,  the  Company  purchased  the  operations  of the
following  five  child care  centers:  two child  care  centers  in the  Denver,
Colorado  metropolitan area on November 1, 1995, one center in Colorado Springs,
Colorado  on April 5,  1995,  one center in Sierra  Vista,  Arizona on April 16,
1996,  and one center in Phoenix,  Arizona on June 28, 1996. On August 22, 1996,
the Company  purchased the  operations of four child care centers in the Phoenix
metropolitan area, which have an aggregate licensed capacity of 504. The Company
is also considering  additional  acquisitions of established  child care centers
operated  in the  southwestern  United  States,  as well as in other  geographic
areas. The Company intends to finance these  acquisitions  through a combination
of cash and long-term notes.

         The Company also plans to open several additional centers in the summer
and fall 1997.  Under  current  plans,  one of these  centers will be an on-site
center at the corporate  headquarters of Swift Transportation  Company, Inc. The

                                       20
<PAGE>

other new centers to be opened by the  Company  will be  constructed  by a third
party and the  Company  will then enter into  long-term  leases for the land and
buildings.  Preopening  costs of a center  normally  range  between  $90,000 and
$110,000 per center.  Management expects cash generated from operations and cash
on hand as a result of the public offering to be sufficient to satisfy the needs
at its  existing  schools  for the next 12 months and to open the new centers as
planned.

         The Company is also  considering  various  additional  acquisitions  of
established  child care centers operated in the southwestern  United States,  as
well as in  other  geographic  areas.  The  Company  intends  to  finance  these
acquisitions through a combination of cash and long-term notes.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT

          In February  1997,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
Statement  No. 128,  "Earnings  per  Share",  which is required to be adopted in
fiscal  1998.  At that time,  the Company  will be required to change the method
currently  used to compute  earnings per share and to restate all prior periods.
Under the new  requirements  for  calculating  primary  earnings per share,  the
dilutive  effect of stock options will be excluded.  The impact of  implementing
the  provisions  of this  new  standard  has  not yet  been  fully  analyzed  by
management, but it is not expected to be material to any of the quarters.

IMPACT OF INFLATION

         Inflation  has had no material  effect on the  Company's  operations or
financial condition.

OUTLOOK

         The Company's future operating  results and many of the forward looking
statements  contained in this document are  dependent  upon a number of factors,
including competition,  government regulations,  geographic concentration of the
Company's child care centers,  the Company's ability to successfully  expand its
operations as well as other factors. See "Risk Factors."

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS
GENERAL

         Sunrise Educational Services,  Inc. operates a chain of premium quality
child care  centers that offer  comprehensive  educational  child care  services
primarily  for children ages six weeks to twelve  years.  The Company  currently
operates  36 child care  centers in Arizona,  Hawaii,  Colorado  and  Wisconsin.
Enrollment on April 30, 1997 was approximately  4,000 children and the aggregate
licensed  capacity of the Company's child care centers was 5,160  children.  The
Company  offers both full and half-day  programs,  as well as extended  hours at
several of its facilities.

         The  Company's  strategy  is to be a  comprehensive  provider  of  high
quality educationally oriented child care services in demographically  desirable
markets.  The Company  intends to pursue this  strategy by acquiring  individual
centers and small chains of community-based centers, by promoting and developing
employer  sponsored  and other  partnership  child care programs and by assuring
that its child care centers reflect quality  facilities and equipment as well as
innovative  learning  programs.  Due to the fragmented  nature of the child care
industry,  the Company  believes  that it has many  opportunities  to pursue its
strategy of acquiring  individual  centers and small  chains of  community-based
centers.

         The Company  differentiates  itself from most child care  providers  by
offering  a  comprehensive   educational-based   curriculum  that   incorporates
innovative  teaching  techniques  and programs,  and by offering its parents and
children modern facilities and equipment. The Company's education-based programs
emphasize,  among  other  things,  the use of  learning  centers to enhance  the
child's development. The programs are designed to appeal to parents who consider
education and  development,  rather than custodial care, as being most important
in choosing a child care facility. In addition to the regular learning programs,
all of the Company's child care centers offer  computer-based  learning programs
using state-of-the-art  software and a number of extra-curricular  programs such
as gymnastics,  piano lessons and aquatic  activities.  Upon  acquisition of new
child care centers,  the Company implements its learning programs and curriculum
and, if necessary,  updates and  modernizes  the equipment and facilities of the
acquired  centers.  The  Company  believes  that such  programs  and  strategies
contribute significantly to its revenues.

         The  Company's  strategic  emphasis on child  development  and learning
programs  are  geared  toward  modern  attitudes  about  child  care  and  early
education. Surveys show that working mothers believe that their children benefit
from  center-based  child care because it is  educational,  contributes to child
development  and builds social  skills.  Surveys also show that working  mothers
believe that  one-on-one  child care is of lesser  educational  value than group
care.

THE CHILD CARE INDUSTRY

         There are two primary types of child care: center-based and home-based.
Center-based  care is provided by churches,  nonprofit and  for-profit  entities
that  provide  a wide  variety  of  services  ranging  from  custodial  care  to

                                       22
<PAGE>

comprehensive  preschool  curricula.  Home-based  care is much less uniform than
center-based  care.  There is usually greater  dependence on the availability of
and training by one or only a few adults,  and  facilities are less likely to be
customized to the needs of children. Payment for child care services may be made
completely  by parents or  subsidized  in whole or in part by others,  including
governmental programs, employers and nonprofit churches or community groups.

         The for-profit child care market segment is highly  fragmented,  due to
the large number of facilities  offering child care  services.  Revenues for the
for-profit  child care market are  estimated to be about $9 billion,  based on a
licensed capacity estimated at 3.5 million. The largest 50 for-profit child care
providers are  estimated to account for only 11% of industry  revenues and it is
estimated that there are more than 76,000 for-profit  providers of child care in
the United States. Based on its licensed capacity, the Company believes it ranks
among the largest forty providers of child care services in the country.



                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                  [DESCRIPTION]
                    A pie chart depicting the for-profit child 
                    care market that is large  and  fregmented  
                    showing that the top 50 chains account for 
                    only 11% of the market, with small operators
                    accounting for about 89% of the market.



DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS

         The for-profit child care market segment has grown substantially in the
last 20 years.  Prior to that time,  child care was provided almost  exclusively
through in-home care,  church-sponsored  and other local  nonprofit  facilities.
Demand has  increased  for  additional  child care  facilities  as the result of
increasing  numbers of single  parents,  dual income families and the increasing
use by many  parents of quality  child care  programs  for the  educational  and
developmental benefit of their children.  This demand is somewhat seasonal, with
slightly lower enrollment levels typically  experienced  during July and August,
as well as around holidays, such as Christmas.  National and regional chains and
other independent for-profit child care centers compete to meet these needs.

         In  recent  years,  a  number  of  national   demographic  trends  have
significantly increased the demand for the Company's services.  According to the
United States Bureau of the Census,  in 1989 (for the first time since 1964, the
final year of the "baby boom") and again in 1990,  1991 and 1992,  the number of
babies born in the United States surpassed four million.  From 1980 to 1990, the

                                       23
<PAGE>

number of children  under age five increased 13% and the number of children ages
five through nine  increased 7%. In addition,  there has been an increase in the
number of mothers in the workforce  that have children ages three to five years,
which  has  increased  from 45% in 1978 to 53% in 1992.  The  number of women of
child-bearing age in the work force has also increased in recent years. In light
of the industry trends, the Company believes that demand for use of center-based
educational and developmental  programs of the type provided by the Company will
continue to grow.



                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                  [DESCRIPTION]
                    A graph depicting the labor force 
                    participation of women of child-bearing  
                    age that starts with 41 million in 1990,
                    increases to an estimated 43 million for 
                    1995 and to an estimated 44 million in 
                    the year 2000.




                                [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                  [DESCRIPTION]
                    A graph depicting the percent of mothers 
                    of preschool age children who work from 
                    1970 through 1990. In 1970, 30% of mothers 
                    with preschool age children worked, in 1980,  
                    47% worked and in 1990, 59% worked.


Source:  U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics

                                       24
<PAGE>

CHILD CARE CENTER OPERATIONS

         Consistent with the Company's  strategic emphasis on high quality child
care,  the  Company's  operations  are  designed  to appeal to parents  who want
innovative  learning programs  emphasizing  child development  offered in modern
facilities.  The  Company's  approach to its  operations  includes the following
concepts:

                  FACILITIES  --  Facilities  are  designed  with  a  number  of
         features that promote an optimal atmosphere for child  development,  as
         well  as  efficient  adult  child  interaction  and  observation.   The
         Company's child care center design incorporates  individual  classrooms
         and  provides a quiet  atmosphere  within  each  classroom  while still
         allowing  free  movement  from  activity to  activity.  An abundance of
         windows gives the facility an open, airy and clean appearance.  Most of
         the Company's child care facilities have observation  rooms for parents
         to view their children's  participation in the daily activities without
         interruption.  Bathrooms are adjacent to each classroom for easy access
         and safe monitoring of children.  Many facilities have video cameras in
         each  classroom  that are  monitored on a continual  basis at the front
         office.  Licensed  capacity of the Company's  child care centers ranges
         from 10 to 249 children, although in some centers actual enrollment may
         be higher because some children are enrolled on a part-time basis.

                  PROGRAMS -- The Company  believes in a developmental  approach
         to learning in which each classroom is arranged with learning stations,
         or centers,  that are designed to help children think,  communicate and
         create. A wide variety of learning  materials and equipment,  including
         at least two computers per center, are available to the children. Field
         trips in Company  vans are used to enhance  the  programs.  The Company
         also provides various full-day and half-day programs, including ballet,
         computer, piano and gymnastics lessons and, during the summer, swimming
         and related aquatic activities.

                  PLAYGROUNDS -- All playgrounds consist of areas with equipment
         such as wheeled toys and climbing  apparatus to help  children  develop
         their large muscle skills.  Playgrounds are divided between younger and
         older  children.  Sandy areas are  available,  as are  swings,  slides,
         balancing and other play equipment.

                  AVAILABILITY  -- The  Company  recognizes  that the parents of
         enrolled  children  have varying  child care needs.  Parents may enroll
         their  children for any mix of days per week with a minimum of two days
         per week.  Most of the Company's  child care centers are open from 6:00
         a.m.  to 6:30  p.m.,  five  days per week,  all  year,  except on major
         holidays.  The  Company  also  offers  extended  care at several of its
         facilities.  Parents may visit their child's facility at anytime during
         operating hours. Each child care facility  regularly  conducts parents'
         nights, during which parents can discuss the progress of their children
         with the staff,  watch their children perform or hear  professionals in
         the child care field speak on relevant subjects.

                                       25
<PAGE>

                  MANAGEMENT  -- Each child care  facility is operated as a unit
         under the  supervision  of a director  assigned to that  facility.  The
         director is responsible for hiring teachers,  organizing and monitoring
         programs, supervising all records and regulatory compliance, collecting
         tuition, marketing and corporate office reporting. Directors are paid a
         monthly  salary  plus a  bonus  based  on  several  factors,  including
         enrollment levels and profitability of the child care facility.

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS

         The Company believes that a developmental approach to learning, coupled
with a strong early  childhood  foundation,  is essential to positive  growth in
children.  Children  are grouped  within  each  center by age and  developmental
level. The following programs are offered by the Company:

                  INFANTS -- The infant program is available on a full-time and,
         in some cases, a part-time basis,  and includes  various  developmental
         activities  designed to foster visual perception and motor development.
         This program is offered in an environment that is conducive to learning
         and provides stimulation for very young children.

                  TODDLERS  --  The  toddler  program   includes  a  variety  of
         developmental  activities such as wet and dry tables, blocks, dolls and
         art experiences.  Development of social skills,  gross motor skills and
         language skills is emphasized in the toddler program.

                  PRESCHOOLERS -- The preschool  curriculum features pre-reading
         skills and other  activities to prepare  children for school.  Learning
         centers are  available  in each  classroom  to expose  children to art,
         music, science, sensory development, woodworking, math and language. In
         addition,  the program  includes daily  individual and group activities
         designed  to   stimulate   and  enhance   motor   skills  and  physical
         development.

                  PRIVATE   KINDERGARTEN   AND  FIRST  GRADE  --  The   Company,
         responding to parents'  general  desire for more academics and a longer
         program at Sunrise,  has  instituted a private  kindergarten  and first
         grade  program.  This  program  allows the parents of a child who is of
         public  school age the choice to stay at Sunrise for  kindergarten  and
         first grade.  This program has been successful and the Company plans to
         continue  to enhance  these  grade  levels at many of their  locations.
         Parents pay additional tuition for these programs. The Company believes
         that  the  higher  academic   standards,   the  lower  ratios  and  the
         flexibility  of the program will  continue to increase  enrollments  in
         this area.

                  SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN -- The Company provides a before and after
         school  program for children who are of primary school age. The Company
         offers  to  transport  children  in  Company  vans to the  neighborhood
         schools in the morning,  and back to each of the  Company's  child care
         centers  in the  afternoon.  A portion of each day is set aside to help
         the children  with  homework  from their  schools.  In  addition,  this
         program  includes  arts and crafts  projects,  field  trips,  dance and
         gymnastics classes,  physical  activities,  group sports and computers.
         When  neighborhood  schools are closed for certain holidays or summers,
         these children can become full-time students.

                                       26
<PAGE>

                  SUMMER -- In an effort to  increase  enrollment  in the summer
         months,  the Company  modifies its preschooler and school-age  programs
         during the summer.  The  programs are enhanced  with  additional  field
         trips and other  optional  activities.  Historically,  the  Company has
         experienced a decrease in revenues during the summer months,  which the
         Company believes is typical in the child care industry.

                  OPTIONAL  PROGRAMS -- The Company offers special  programs for
         children  whose  parents  seek  more  specialized  activities.  Through
         cooperative  efforts  with  outside  organizations  the Company  offers
         special  gymnastics  and other  classes for children ages three and up.
         Specialized gymnastics equipment has been  installed on site at most of
         the Company's  Arizona  child care centers, and all of the  classes are
         taught by  professionally  trained staff.

                  The Company also has contracted  with an outside  organization
         to offer sophisticated,  computer-based, educational classes on site to
         children  ages  three and up  utilizing  highly  trained  teachers  and
         state-of-the-art  software.  Other various special programs are offered
         by the Company including ballet, swimming, piano and karate. Presently,
         all of these special programs,  for which an additional fee is charged,
         account for a small  percentage  of the  monthly  revenue at each child
         care center;  however, the Company continues to expand and market these
         programs  to  seek  additional  student   participation  and  increased
         revenue.

                  SPECIAL NEEDS PROGRAM -- Since July 1987, the Company has been
         awarded  an  annual   contract  from  the  Division  of   Developmental
         Disabilities of the Arizona  Department of Economic Security to provide
         a goal-oriented  training program for and to integrate mild to severely
         handicapped  children in child care  centers.  In September  1991,  the
         Company  was  approved to be a private  provider  of special  education
         preschool  programs and related  services by the Arizona  Department of
         Education.   Since  June  1991,  the  Arizona  Department  of  Economic
         Security, as administrator of a child care block grant, has awarded the
         Company an annual  contract  to deliver  child  care to  families  with
         special needs children.  These contracts have been renewed through June
         1997.

TUITION

         The Company  determines  tuition charges based upon a number of factors
including  age of child,  number of days and hours of  attendance,  location and
competition.  Part-time students are charged  proportionately  higher rates than
full-time  students.  The Company's  charges for service vary,  depending on the
location of the center and the age of the child;  however,  the Company's  rates
are generally higher than its competitors.  Tuition is generally  collected on a
weekly or monthly basis in advance.

MARKETING

         The Company  targets a market  consisting  primarily of parents  having
above average  incomes and  education.  According to the United States Bureau of
the Census, families earning over $45,000 a year are twice as likely as families

                                       27
<PAGE>

with incomes below $20,000 to enroll their children in child care centers. Based
on a survey by the Company of its  participating  parents,  the Company believes
that over 50% of the families of enrolled children have annual incomes exceeding
$50,000.  The  Company  uses  demographic  studies  to locate  its  campuses  in
geographic  areas  consistent  with the Company's  target market.  The Company's
primary  sources of new enrollments  have been from  distribution of promotional
material in residential  areas  surrounding a child care facility in conjunction
with its opening, referrals from satisfied parents,  yellow-page advertising and
traffic exposure. For existing child care facilities the Company also advertises
through direct mail, newspaper,  telemarketing and by participating in community
child-related  events.  The  advertising  campaign  focuses  primarily on summer
promotion to enhance each fall's enrollment. For the fiscal years ended July 31,
1996,  1995 and 1994,  the  Company's  average  percentage  occupancy was 72.2%,
76.7%, and 78.3%,  respectively.  The average percentage occupancy is calculated
by dividing the operating  revenues for all of the Company's centers (other than
centers  operated on a  management  fee basis) for the  respective  years by the
product of (i) licensed  capacity for all of the Company's  centers  (other than
those  operated  on a  management  fee basis) and (ii) the  average of the basic
tuition  rate for  full-time  four year old children at all such centers for the
respective years based on 50 weeks of attendance per year.

EXPANSION

         The Company has implemented a plan to develop into a hybrid educational
management company.  The plan provides growth, both in the number of centers the
Company operates and in the range of services it provides.

         This expansion program is being funded, in part, by the proceeds of the
Company's  December 1995 public offering.  The Company is using a portion of the
proceeds to open new child care centers.  In addition,  the Company has actively
pursued  the  acquisition  of  established  child care  centers  operated in the
southwestern  United States,  as well as in other  geographic  areas.  Long-term
growth  opportunities  will also come from  build-to-suit  opportunities,  where
child care  facilities  are developed as an amenity to an overall  project or as
stand-alone facilities constructed for the Company. With regard to build-to-suit
opportunities, the Company contracts with unrelated third parties to develop and
construct child care centers based on the Company's specifications.  The Company
then leases the center back from the third party.  Additional  long-term  growth
opportunities  will continue to come from  partnership  and contract  child care
programs that provide relatively low risk expansion  opportunities.  The Company
will also  continue to evaluate  opportunities  related to employer  centers and
developer - assisted programs as they arise.

         Consistent with this plan, during fiscal 1996, the Company acquired the
assets of two child care centers in the Denver,  Colorado metropolitan area, one
center in Colorado Springs, one center in Sierra Vista,  Arizona, and one center
in Phoenix, Arizona. In addition,  through its contract with Preschool Services,
Inc. ("PSI"),  the Company assumed  management of a newly opened center in Hales
Corner,  Wisconsin. All but two of these additions occurred during the last four
months of the fiscal year.

                                       28
<PAGE>

         The expansion activity continued after the end of the 1996 fiscal year.
In August 1996, the Company  acquired the assets of four  additional  centers in
the Phoenix  metropolitan  area,  and in October 1996 the Company opened a newly
constructed free-standing center, also in the Phoenix metro area.

         Through October 1996, the Company's expansion program has increased its
licensed capacity by 1,713 additional children, a 50% increase over fiscal 1995.
The Company is continuing to evaluate  prospective  acquisition  candidates  and
additional  build-to-suit  opportunities,  and will  pursue  those  that fit its
strategy.

         In addition to expanding the number of centers it operates, the Company
has also expanded the types of services it provides. The Company has selectively
moved into  primary  education  by adding  first  grade  classes in three of its
Arizona centers in the fall of 1996. In addition, one of the centers it acquired
in the Phoenix area has been converted to a Suncrest  Private  School.  Suncrest
offers a state of the art environment,  with smaller class sizes,  lower teacher
to student ratios and more degreed teachers than most preschools.  Suncrest uses
the nationally  known and respected High Scope  teaching  method,  and currently
serves  children  age 2 through  kindergarten,  with  plans to expand to include
primary  grades.  The extra  services  provided by Suncrest allow the Company to
charge a higher tuition rate than at its other preschools.

         In addition to Sunrise and Suncrest schools,  the Company also operates
three Sunburst Child Care Centers.  Sunburst centers were designed to capitalize
on a market  segment that cannot afford the higher  tuition rates charged by the
Company at Suncrest. These centers provide quality care for lower tuition rates.
Sunburst  centers have lower operating  costs,  allowing for these lower tuition
rates.

         With Suncrest,  Sunrise and Sunburst centers, the Company can penetrate
three distinct income markets, thus expanding its market opportunities.

         From time to time,  the  Company  may decide to close one or more child
care centers and  contracts  relating to centers  operated for third parties may
expire or be terminated by the third party. In fiscal 1996, one contract for two
child care centers with a total licensed capacity of 38 children expired and was
not renewed. The Company continually monitors the enrollment levels at its child
care centers and the long-term  prospects of the  geographic  areas in which its
child care centers operate.

EMPLOYER CHILD CARE PROGRAMS

         Increasing  numbers of employers  are offering  child care  benefits to
their  employees.  To increase  enrollment,  the Company has capitalized on this
trend by actively pursuing contracts with various employers through its Employer
Child Care ("ECC")  programs.  The  Company's  ECC programs are tailored to meet
each  employer's  particular  needs.  The Company may also contract to operate a
child care center constructed by an employer for its exclusive or semi-exclusive
use. The Company also offers assistance to employers in marketing their programs
to employees  and  encourages  the  employers to subsidize  tuition costs and to
implement  programs that enable their employees to realize available federal tax
benefits.  The  Company  instituted  its first ECC  program  in May 1987 and has

                                       29
<PAGE>

consistently added employer participants since that time. Among the corporations
that have ECC programs  with the Company are America West  Airlines and American
Express.  For the fiscal years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, revenues from
ECC programs,  including  revenues received from employers as well as employees,
represented  43%, 45% and 31%,  respectively,  of the Company's  total operating
revenue.

         One of the more innovative ECC programs,  although not the largest,  is
the Child Development and Family Studies Laboratory  ("CDFSL") which is operated
under the  Company's  management  agreement  with PSI.  The CDFSL is a research,
teaching and community  service  facility at the Arizona State  University  West
Campus ("ASU  West") in Phoenix,  Arizona,  which has a licensed  capacity of 58
children and uses the High Scope  teaching  method.  The  laboratory  provides a
program for parents and  children to  participate  in  interesting  projects for
observational  research.  As  part  of  their  educational  training,   students
attending  ASU West are  permitted to observe the  interaction  of children in a
combined  environment of child care and teaching.  An advanced  program has been
developed  using lower teacher to child ratios than is required.  The program is
available to faculty,  staff and students of ASU West and to the general  public
if space permits.

PARTNERSHIP CHILD CARE PROGRAMS

         One strategic focus of the Company is to increase its enrollment levels
through various partnership  arrangements with third parties,  such as churches.
Typically, these partnership arrangements involve an agreement by the Company to
operate a child care center at facilities  owned by the third party. The Company
and the third  party  share the  operating  risks of the child care  centers and
share, at various rates,  any profits  generated by the centers.  The child care
centers are open to the general  public.  Because the third party  provides  the
facilities for the child care center,  these  partnership  programs  provide the
Company  with an  opportunity  to increase  its  enrollment  with only a minimal
capital investment and risk.

         Currently,  the  Company's  partnership  activities  are  undertaken in
connection with PSI, a nonprofit corporation. Because of PSI's nonprofit status,
PSI is eligible to receive  certain grants and subsidies.  PSI typically  enters
into  agreements  with third  parties to establish  child  centers or assume the
operations of existing child care centers and then contracts with the Company to
operate  the child care  centers  in  exchange  for a  management  fee.  Profits
generated by the entities are shared by PSI and the third party.
See "CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS."

         Currently,  the Company operates eight child care centers in connection
with PSI.  The total  licensed  capacity  of these  child  care  centers  is 901
children.

CONTRACT CHILD CARE PROGRAMS

         In  contrast  to  child  care  partnership   arrangements,   which  are
characterized  by a sharing of profits and  operating  risks,  the Company  also
operates  child care centers on a contract  basis.  Pursuant to the  contractual
arrangements,   the  Company  is   reimbursed   for  its  expenses  and  paid  a
predetermined fee for operating the child care centers. The contract arrangement

                                       30
<PAGE>

typically  provides  for the  Company to  operate a child care  center at a site
provided by the third party, which requires only a minimal capital investment by
the Company.

         In January  1993,  the  Company  opened four child care  facilities  in
conjunction  with a high school district in Phoenix.  These centers operate on a
cost  reimbursement  basis,  plus a profit component for the Company.  The child
care centers are located on various high school  campuses and provide child care
services for the children of at-risk  teen  parents  enrolled in the  district's
schools.  The number of centers  operated  under this  contract has changed from
year to year,  depending on the needs of the district.  During fiscal 1996,  the
Company operated five centers with a total licensed capacity of 63 children.

COMPETITION

         The child care industry is highly  competitive,  with Phoenix,  Arizona
being  one  of  the  most  competitive  markets  in the  United  States.  In the
geographic  areas in which the  Company  operates,  the  Company  competes  with
centers owned by national chains such as American Child Care Centers,  dba Ultra
Child Care/Mary Moppets,  Kinder-Care Learning Centers,  Inc.,  Children's World
Learning Centers, Inc., Child Time and La Petite Academy, Inc., as well as child
care centers owned by nonprofit  organizations  that may be supported to a large
extent by endowments,  charitable contributions and other forms of subsidies. In
addition,  the Company competes with  individually-owned  proprietary child care
centers, licensed child care homes, unlicensed child care homes, public schools,
the YMCA,  Boys and Girls Clubs,  public school  programs,  and businesses  that
provide child care for their employees at the work place.

         The Company  believes  that  competition  in the child care industry is
based on a variety of factors:

                  QUALITY  OF  FACILITIES,  STAFF AND  PROGRAMS.  A  significant
         competitive  factor is the  extent to which  programs  broader in scope
         than  custodial  care  are  provided.   The  Company  offers  extensive
         educational and developmental  programs which are broader in scope than
         those  offered by many of its  competitors.  See "BUSINESS -- Curricula
         and Programs."

                  COSTS. Due to the extensive  curriculum and program offerings,
         the tuition at Sunrise and Suncrest  Schools is  generally  higher than
         that of its  competitors.  For parents who choose child care facilities
         based on cost alone, these centers have difficulty competing.

                  LOCATION.  The  location  and  convenience  of the child  care
         center to the  parent  is very  important.  The  Company's  child  care
         centers are generally located in residential areas, and are intended to
         be convenient for the market segment targeted for enrollment.

                  OTHER  FACTORS.  Other  competitive  factors  include size and
         design of the facilities, parents' religious preferences,  availability
         of  in-home  or  school-sponsored  services,  hours  of  operation  and
         operating and educational philosophies.

                                       31
<PAGE>

         The Company  competes  favorably  within the industry and is one of the
largest providers of child care in both Arizona and Hawaii.

INSURANCE

         The  Company has not had any  material  claims  against  its  liability
insurance;  however, the Company, as well as other child care providers, has had
difficulty  obtaining liability insurance coverage at reasonable rates for child
physical  and sexual  abuse.  The Company has  comprehensive  general  liability
insurance with a limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate per
location,  including $2,000,000 coverage for child physical and sexual abuse. It
also has insurance  coverage for  automobile  liability,  with a per  occurrence
limitation of $1,000,000.  In addition,  the Company has a $10,000,000  umbrella
policy to cover claims in excess of the per occurrence limitation on the general
liability policy.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

         Operators  of child care centers are subject to a wide variety of state
and local regulations and licensing requirements,  including site inspection for
safety and compliance  with building  codes,  review of programs and facilities,
ratio of staff to the number of attending children,  health standards (including
food  service)  and  zoning.  Each child care  center  must be  licensed  by the
appropriate  state and local  authorities  before it may begin  operations.  The
Company  believes that each of its child care centers is in  compliance,  in all
material respects,  with such requirements.  No proceedings to suspend or revoke
any of the  Company's  licenses  have  ever  been  instituted.  Compliance  with
government  regulations,  including  changes in the minimum  wage,  increase the
Company's  operating  costs;  however,  these  costs  are  generally  offset  by
increases in tuition.  No significant  changes in government  regulations  which
would materially  affect the Company's  business are expected in the next twelve
months.

CHILD CARE INCOME TAX BENEFIT

         The Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  provides an income tax
credit  ranging  from 20% to 30% for parents for  certain  child care  expenses,
subject to certain maximum limitations and income levels. Under present law, the
fees paid to the Company by working  parents qualify for the federal tax credit.
In addition, many families also benefit from flexible spending plans that permit
families to pay a portion of their child care expenses with pre-tax income.

SERVICE MARK

         "Sunrise  Preschools"  and  the  logo  associated  with  the  name  are
federally  registered service marks of the Company that expire in February 2007.
Management believes that the Company's service marks provide adequate protection
against unauthorized use of its name and logo.

                                       32
<PAGE>

EMPLOYEES

         Individual child care centers are staffed with a director,  one or more
assistant directors,  teachers and teacher assistants. All personnel participate
in periodic  in-service and external  training programs and are required to meet
applicable state and local regulatory standards.

         Each of the  Company's  child care  centers is operated as a unit under
the supervision of a director  assigned to that child care center.  The director
is  responsible  for  hiring  teachers,   organizing  and  monitoring  programs,
supervising all records and regulatory compliance, collecting tuition, marketing
and  corporate  office  reporting.   The  Company  conducts  an  in-house  "LIT"
(Leadership-in-Training)  program  designed to instruct  and  motivate  existing
personnel for a future management position in one of its centers.

         All center personnel are carefully  monitored to ensure compliance with
current  state   regulations   regarding   age,   experience   and   educational
requirements.   The  background  check  of  prospective   employees  includes  a
fingerprint check with the Federal Bureau of Investigation. To date, the Company
has been able to attract  and retain  qualified  personnel,  but there can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  continue  to do so in the  future
without incurring additional payroll costs.

         As of April 1, 1997, the Company  employed  approximately  660 persons,
approximately   13  of  which  were  employed  in  the   corporate   office  and
approximately 647 of which (including 142 part-time employees), were employed at
the Company's child care centers.  All management and supervisory  personnel are
salaried;  substantially  all other  employees are paid on an hourly basis.  The
Company  provides  partial  child care benefits for its employees in addition to
partial payment of medical and dental insurance premiums.

         None of the Company's  employees are  represented  by a union,  and the
Company  does  not  anticipate  any  union  organization  activities  among  its
employees.

PROPERTIES

         Of the 36 child  care  centers  operated  by the  Company  in  Arizona,
Hawaii,  Colorado and  Wisconsin,  25 are leased with terms  expiring on various
dates between 1997 and 2011.  Two of these  centers,  in turn,  are subleased to
PSI. The building  leases  generally  include option renewal  periods of 5 to 25
years at the Company's  discretion.  The aggregate monthly lease payments on the
25 centers  (net of  monthly  sublease  income of  approximately  $2,300)  total
approximately $250,000. Each of the leases contains provisions for lease payment
increases  based on the  Consumer  Price Index or other  similar  formulas.  The
Company is generally  responsible  for taxes,  insurance,  maintenance and other
expenses  related to the  operation  of the leased  facilities.  The lessors are
unaffiliated  third parties who purchased the centers either from  affiliates of
the Company or from its former wholly owned subsidiary,  Sunrise Holdings,  Inc.
The remaining 11 facilities  are operated  pursuant to various  agreements  with
outside  agencies.  The  Company  pays no rent at any of these  facilities.  See
"BUSINESS -- Employer Child Care  Programs,"  "Partnership  Child Care Programs"
and "Contract Child Care Programs."

                                       33
<PAGE>

         The Company's  principal  executive  offices  consist of  approximately
4,700 square feet of leased space in Scottsdale,  Arizona.  The Company believes
that its  current  headquarters  facility  is adequate  for  operations  for the
foreseeable future.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The  Company  is  not a  party  to  any  pending  or  threatened  legal
proceedings  that it  believes  will have a  material  impact  on the  Company's
business.

                                       34
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         The  following  table sets forth the names,  ages and  positions of the
directors and  executive  officers of the Company as of April 1, 1997. A summary
of the background and experience of each of these individuals is set forth after
the table.

          Name                     Age                  Position
          ----                     ---                  --------
     James R. Evans                49       Chairman of the Board, President
     Dr. Richard H. Hinze          75       Director
     Robert A. Rice                41       Director
     Barbara L. Owens              48       Director, Executive Vice President,
                                            Secretary & Treasurer
     Ronald J. O'Connor            38       Controller

         The  Board of  Directors  currently  consists  of four  members  and is
classified  into three classes with each class  holding  office for a three-year
period.  The terms of Ms.  Owens and Mr.  Rice  expire in 1997;  the term of Dr.
Hinze  expires in 1998;  and the term of Mr.  Evans  expires in 1999.  Under the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate"),  the number
of directors may be increased to nine. The  Certificate  limits the liability of
directors   and   restricts   the  removal  of  board   members   under  certain
circumstances.

         Mr. Evans and Ms. Owens have  employment  agreements  with the Company,
and  Mr.  O'Connor  serves  at the  pleasure  of the  Board  of  Directors.  See
"EXECUTIVE   COMPENSATION  --  Employment   Contracts."   There  are  no  family
relationships among the directors and executive officers.

         JAMES R. EVANS has been the  President  and a Director  of the  Company
since  its  inception.  Prior to that  time,  Mr.  Evans was an  executive  with
Smitty's Super Value,  Inc., a large retail food and general  merchandise chain.
During his twenty years at Smitty's Super Value, Inc., Mr. Evans was responsible
at various times for marketing strategy, designing store layouts, development of
financial models and budgets and store management.  Mr. Evans is a member of the
Arizona  Child  Care  Licensure  Advisory  Committee  and  has  been a  national
presenter at various child care conventions on diverse child care topics.

         DR.  RICHARD H. HINZE has been a Director of the Company  since  August
1987.  Since  September  1984,  Dr. Hinze has been the president and chairman of
Flying H  Enterprises,  Inc.,  a  family-owned  Hawaii  corporation  focusing on
consulting  and  development  of child care  programs  for  public  and  private
entities,  which has been inactive since 1994. From 1972 until his retirement in
April  1987,  Dr.  Hinze  was a  researcher  for  the  Curriculum  Research  and
Development Group at the University of Hawaii-Manoa studying gifted children and
early  childhood  education.  He has also served from October 1985 through April
1987 as the  director for all  campuses of the  University  of Hawaii Child Care
Project,  where he developed a system for  offering  child care for students and

                                       35
<PAGE>

faculty.  Dr.  Hinze was also the  treasurer  of the  National  Association  for
Education of Young Children from 1976 through 1980. Dr. Hinze has published
several  articles  in  professional  publications  relating  to  child  care and
education and received his Ed.D from Stanford University.

         ROBERT A. RICE has been a Director of the Company  since  October 1993.
Mr. Rice has also been the President of Prime  Securities  Corp.,  an investment
management  company,  since he founded the entity in 1990. Mr. Rice is a general
partner of BR Partners,  a  partnership  that owns and operates  commercial  and
residential real estate in Maine. Until October 1996, Mr. Rice was a director of
Firstmark Corp.,  which is listed for trading on Nasdaq, and is a Vice-President
of two subsidiaries of Firstmark Corp., Firstmark Investment Corp. and Firstmark
Capital Corp.  Firstmark  Corp.  and its  subsidiaries  are engaged in financial
services and real estate and timber operations.

         BARBARA L. OWENS was a consultant to the Company  beginning in February
1987, and became a full- time employee, Vice President-Operations, in June 1987.
Ms. Owens became a Director in March 1988,  Secretary in August 1988,  Treasurer
in May 1989 and  Executive  Vice  President  in  September  1989.  Ms. Owens has
substantial  experience in the child care industry,  including employment for 13
years at Palo Alto Educational  Systems,  Inc., which had approximately 30 child
care centers in four states when it was sold to Gerber Children's  Center,  Inc.
in October 1984. Ms. Owens'  positions at Palo Alto  Educational  Systems,  Inc.
included  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer.  After that time,  Ms. Owens
provided child care consulting  services to various  organizations in the United
States.  Ms.  Owens  currently  serves on an  editorial  panel of the Child Care
Information  Exchange,  a national  child care  publication.  Ms. Owens has also
given presentations at various annual conferences of the National Association of
Early Childhood Professionals.

                                       36
<PAGE>
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table summarizes all  compensation  paid to the Company's
President  (the Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company)  and to the  Company's
other most highly compensated  executive officers other than the President whose
total  annual  salary  and bonus  exceeded  $100,000  (collectively,  the "Named
Officers"),  for services  rendered in all  capacities to the Company during the
fiscal years ended July 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Long Term Compensation
                                                               ------------------------------
                                        Annual Compensation            Awards         Payouts
                                 ----------------------------- ---------------------- -------
                                                               Restricted  Securities
      Name and           Fiscal                   Other Annual   Stock     Underlying  LTIP     All Other
 Principal Position       Year   Salary    Bonus  Compensation  Award(s)    Option(s) Payouts Compensation(1)
 ------------------       ----   ------    -----  ------------  --------   ---------  ------- ---------------
<S>                      <C>   <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>        <C> 
James R. Evans            1996  $154,500  $45,746    $-0-         $-0-     $    -0-    $-0-        $-0-
Chairman of the Board
and President             1995   150,000   65,151     -0-          -0-      373,200     -0-         -0-

                          1994   105,007   53,494     -0-          -0-          -0-     -0-         -0-

Barbara L. Owens          1996    87,550   45,746     -0-          -0-          -0-     -0-         -0-
Executive Vice
President, Secretary and  1995    85,000   52,777     -0-          -0-      135,858(2)  -0-         -0-
Treasurer
                          1994    56,632   62,792     -0-          -0-          -0-     -0-         -0-
</TABLE>

(1)  See the discussion under the caption "EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION -- Employment
     Contracts"  regarding  certain other  compensation the named officer may be
     entitled to upon certain specified events.

(2)  Of the stock options  granted to Ms.  Owens,  75,858 were options that were
     granted by the Company in 1995 to replace  84,558 options that were granted
     to Ms. Owens in prior years and canceled in 1995. The Board of Directors of
     the  Company  determined  that the  options  that were  canceled  no longer
     provided  the  intended  incentives  to Ms. Owens  because  their  exercise
     prices,  which  ranged from $1.38 to $2.00 per share,  exceeded the current
     market price for the Company's Common Stock.

         The following  table sets forth  certain  information  concerning  each
exercise  of stock  options  during the year ended July 31,  1996 by each of the
Named  Executive  Officers  and the  aggregated  fiscal  year-end  value  of the
unexercised options of each such Named Executive Officer.

                                       37
<PAGE>

               AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND
                        OPTION VALUE AS OF JULY 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Number of Securities         Value of Unexercised
                                                   Underlying Unexercised Options         In-the-Money
                                                        at Fiscal Year End(#)     Options at Fiscal Year End($)
                 Shares Acquired                   ------------------------------ -----------------------------
     Name         on Exercise(#) Value Realized($) Exercisable     Unexerciseable Exercisable    Unexerciseable
     ----        --------------- ----------------- -----------     -------------- -----------    --------------
<S>                 <C>              <C>           <C>                <C>          <C>              <C>   
James R. Evans        -0-              -0-          166,759            217,746      $17,740          $4,028

Barbara L. Owens      -0-              -0-          147,550                 -0-      31,073              -0-
</TABLE>

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

         Directors  who are not employees of the Company are entitled to receive
$500 per meeting attended, plus reimbursement of reasonable expenses;  directors
who are employees of the Company do not receive  compensation for such services.
Directors who are not employees of the Company also participate in the Company's
Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

         On October 15, 1993, the  Compensation  Committee  approved  employment
agreements  with James R. Evans for  services as  President  and with Barbara L.
Owens for services as Executive  Vice  President,  Secretary and Treasurer  (Mr.
Evans  and Ms.  Owens  are  sometimes  collectively  referred  to  herein as the
"Employee").  These agreements were  subsequently  amended on September 16, 1994
and May 4, 1995. As amended,  the agreements  require Mr. Evans and Ms. Owens to
devote their  full-time to the Company and provide for a base salary,  currently
$154,500 and $87,550 per year, respectively,  which may be increased on August 1
of each year to reflect  increases in the National  Consumer  Price Index of the
preceding year. The Employee is entitled to receive bonuses in the discretion of
the Compensation  Committee to be paid in accordance with Company bonus plans in
effect from time to time.  Each of the  agreements  has a  perpetual  three-year
term,  such that on any given date each  agreement  has a  three-year  remaining
term. The agreements may not be terminated  unilaterally by the Company,  except
for cause, which includes (i) conviction of a felony that impairs the ability of
the  Employee to perform  his or her duties with the Company or (ii)  failure of
performance as determined by the Board. The agreements provide that the salaries
of Mr. Evans and Ms. Owens will be reviewed annually,  but such salaries may not
be decreased.

         Each of the  agreements  provides that if the Employee is terminated by
the Company  other than for cause or  disability,  or by the  Employee  for good
reason (as defined in the agreements), the Company shall pay to the Employee (i)
his or her salary  through  the  termination  date plus any  accrued  but unpaid
bonuses,  and (ii) a lump  sum  payment  equal to the sum of three  years of the
Employee's annual salary and an amount equal to all bonuses paid to the Employee
in the three years immediately preceding  termination.  In addition, the Company
must  maintain  until the  first to occur of (i) the  Employee's  attainment  of
alternative  employment  or (ii) three years from the date of  termination,  the

                                       38
<PAGE>

Employee's  benefits under the Company's benefit plans to which the Employee and
his or her eligible beneficiaries were entitled immediately prior to the date of
termination.  If the  Employee  requests,  the  Company  must also assign to the
Employee any  assignable  insurance  policy on the life of the Employee owned by
the Company at the end of the period of coverage.  In  addition,  all options or
warrants  to  purchase  Common  Stock  held  by  the  Employee  on the  date  of
termination  become  exercisable on the date of  termination,  regardless of any
vesting  provisions,  and remain exercisable for the longer of one year from the
date of  termination  or the then  remaining  unexpired term of such warrants or
options.  If the Employee is terminated for cause or if the Employee  terminates
his or her employment  other than for good reason (as defined in the agreement),
the Company's only  obligation is to pay the Employee his or her base salary and
accrued vacation pay through the date of termination.

         If the  Employee is  incapacitated  due to  physical or mental  illness
during  the  term of his or her  employment,  the  agreements  provide  that the
Company  shall  pay to the  Employee  a  lump  sum  equal  to two  years  of the
Employee's  base  compensation  and all bonuses  paid to the Employee in the two
years  preceding the date of  termination  due to illness.  If the Employee dies
during his or her  employment,  the only  benefits  payable to his or her estate
under the  agreements  are those payable  pursuant to the  Company's  survivor's
benefits insurance and other applicable programs and plans then in effect.

         If the Employee's  employment is terminated,  the Company has agreed to
indemnify the Employee for claims and expenses  associated with certain personal
guarantees  made  by  the  Employee.  See  "CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED
TRANSACTIONS."  In  addition,  the Company has agreed to use its best efforts to
secure the release of such personal guarantees.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

         1987 STOCK OPTION PLAN

         The  Company's  Stock  Option Plan (the "1987 Plan") was adopted by the
Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders in July 1987. Only employees
(including officers and directors,  subject to certain limitations) are eligible
to receive  options under the 1987 Plan,  under which  240,000  shares of Common
Stock are  authorized  for  issuance.  As of April 30,1997,  options to purchase
231,954 of such shares have been granted; such options have terms of five to ten
years, with exercise prices of $0.50 to $2.375 per share, which is generally the
fair market value of the underlying shares as of the date of grant.  Options are
generally subject to a three or five-year vesting schedule.

         The  1987  Plan  provides  for the  granting  to  employees  of  either
"incentive  stock  options"  within the meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  or non-qualified  stock options.
The 1987 Plan is  administered  by the Board of Directors  of the Company,  or a
committee of the Board,  which determines the terms of options granted under the
1987 Plan,  including the exercise price and the number of shares subject to the
option.  Generally,  the exercise  price of options  granted under the 1987 Plan
must be not less than the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date
of grant,  and the term of each option may not exceed eleven years (ten years in

                                       39
<PAGE>

the case of incentive stock options). Incentive stock options granted to persons
who have voting  control  over 10% or more of the  Company's  capital  stock are
granted at 110% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of
grant and expire five years after the date of grant.

         The 1987 Plan  provides the Board of Directors  with the  discretion to
determine when options granted thereunder shall become  exercisable.  Generally,
such options may be exercised  after a period of time  specified by the Board of
Directors  at any time  prior to  expiration,  so long as the  optionee  remains
employed by the Company.  No option granted under the 1987 Plan is  transferable
by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution,  and
each  option is  exercisable  during the  lifetime of the  optionee  only by the
optionee.

         1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

         The Company's  1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan")  authorizes the
Board  to grant  options  to  employees  of the  Company  to  purchase  up to an
aggregate of 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Officers and other employees of the
Company who, in the opinion of the Board of Directors,  are  responsible for the
continued  growth and development  and the financial  success of the Company are
eligible to be granted options under the 1995 Plan. Options may be non-qualified
options,  incentive  stock options,  or any  combination  of the  foregoing.  In
general,  options  granted under the 1995 Plan are not  transferable  and expire
eleven years after the date of grant (ten years in the case of  incentive  stock
options).  The per share  exercise  price of an incentive  stock option  granted
under  the 1995 Plan may not be less than the fair  market  value of the  Common
Stock on the date of grant.  Incentive stock options granted to persons who have
voting  control over 10% or more of the  Company's  capital stock are granted at
110% of the fair market value of the underlying  shares on the date of grant and
expire five years after the date of grant. No option may be granted after May 2,
2005.

         The 1995 Plan  provides the Board of Directors  with the  discretion to
determine when options granted  thereunder will become  exercisable.  Generally,
such options may be exercised  after a period of time  specified by the Board of
Directors  at any time  prior to  expiration,  so long as the  optionee  remains
employed by the Company.  No option granted under the 1995 Plan is  transferable
by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution,  and
each  option is  exercisable  during the  lifetime of the  optionee  only by the
optionee.

         At  April 30,1997, under the 1995  Plan,  options to  purchase  376,126
shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding, with terms ranging from five
to ten years. The exercise prices of all such options range from $1.375 to $2.25
per share.

         NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

         The Company's Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the "Directors'
Plan") was  adopted by the Board of  Directors  in May 1995.  Only  non-employee
directors are eligible to receive options under the Directors' Plan, under which
100,000 shares are authorized for issuance. As of April 30,1997, options to
purchase  40,000 shares of Common Stock have been  granted;  such options have a
term of six years with an exercise  price of $1.375 to $2.1875 per share,  which

                                       40
<PAGE>

was the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant.  Except
for options  granted on the effective  date of the  Directors'  Plan,  which are
fully vested, all options granted under the Directors' Plan will be subject to a
one-year  vesting  schedule.  All  options  granted or to be  granted  under the
Directors' Plan are non-qualified stock options.

         On the date the Directors'  Plan was adopted by the Company's  Board of
Directors,  each  non-employee  director was granted an option to acquire 10,000
shares of the Company's common stock. Each  non-employee  director who joins the
Board of Directors after the date the Company's Board of Directors  approved the
plan will likewise  receive an option to acquire  10,000 shares of the Company's
Common  Stock.  In  addition to the  foregoing  option  grants,  each year every
non-employee director  automatically  receives an option to acquire 5,000 shares
of the Company's  Common Stock on the third  business day following the date the
Company  publicly  announces its annual  financial  results;  provided that such
director has attended at least 75% of the meetings of the Board of Directors and
of the Board Committees of which such  non-employee  director is a member in the
preceding fiscal year.

         No option  granted  under the  Directors  Plan is  transferable  by the
optionee  other than by will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and each
option is exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee.

CLASSIFIED BOARD

         Pursuant to the Company's  Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  and
Bylaws, the Board of Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in
number as is feasible. Each class serves for a term of three years, and election
of the classes is staggered so that one class is elected each year.

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         The Company's Restated  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws require
the Company to indemnify each of its officers and Directors against  liabilities
and  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  any  action  or  proceeding,  including
stockholders'  derivative actions, by reason of such person being or having been
an officer or Director of the Company,  or of any other corporation for which he
or she  serves as such at the  request of the  Company,  to the  fullest  extent
permitted  by Delaware  law.  Pursuant to Delaware  law, the Company has adopted
provisions  in  its  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  that
eliminate,  to the fullest  extent  available  under  Delaware law, the personal
liability of its Directors and Officers of the Company or its  stockholders  for
monetary damages incurred as a result of the breach of their duty of care. These
provisions  neither limit the  availability of equitable  remedies nor eliminate
Directors'  or Officers'  liability  for engaging in  intentional  misconduct or
fraud, knowingly violating a law or unlawfully paying a distribution.

         The Company has been advised that it is the position of the  Commission
that insofar as the foregoing provision may be invoked to disclaim liability for
damages  arising  under the  Securities  Act, such  provision is against  public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         James R. Evans and Barbara L. Owens have personally  guaranteed various
child care facility lease payments and other obligations to third parties. As of
April 30, 1997, the aggregate  amounts of lease  payments and other  obligations
guaranteed  by Mr.  Evans  and  Ms.  Owens  were  approximately  $3,527,000  and
$999,000,  respectively.  In addition,  the Company leases equipment used in two
child care centers and two vehicles from Mr. Evans and Ms. Owens.  Monthly lease
payments  made by the Company  under such leases to Mr.  Evans and Ms.  Owens in
fiscal  year  1996  were  approximately  $3,061  and  $962,  respectively.   The
prescribed  lease rates  reflected fair rental value at the time the leases were
entered into.

         Both James R. Evans and  Barbara  L. Owens have  employment  agreements
with the Company. See "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION -- Employment Contracts."

         In early 1994, the Board of Directors approved the transfer to PSI of a
portion of the Company's  operations.  Because of PSI's nonprofit status, PSI is
eligible to receive certain grants and subsidies. Pursuant to the PSI Agreement,
the  Company  provides  PSI  with  management,  administrative  and  operational
services and educational programs. Additionally,  pursuant to the PSI Agreement,
the Company leases to PSI all of the equipment and other property  necessary for
the operation of PSI's child care centers. Barbara L. Owens is the President and
James R. Evans is the Vice President of PSI. Dr.  Richard  Hinze,  Ms. Owens and
Mr.  Evans are  directors  of PSI. No  directors  or officers of the Company are
members of PSI and none of them receive any compensation from PSI.

         The  PSI  Agreement  stipulates  that  the  Company  is to  receive  an
administrative  services fee for providing the services described above.  During
fiscal 1995,  the Company agreed to defer future  administrative  fees and lease
payments  due  from PSI  (which  in the  aggregate  are  approximately  $170,000
annually)  until such time as PSI's cash flow is  adequate  to fund these  fees,
which the Company  estimates will occur no sooner than 1998. In connection  with
this  deferral,  the  accumulated  amounts  due from PSI at July 31,  1995  were
converted to a promissory note equal to the present value of the expected future
payments  to be  received  from PSI  related to the  balance  of the  receivable
outstanding at July 31, 1995,  over a period of seven years.  This resulted in a
reduction  in the  outstanding  receivable  balances  through  a  charge  to the
provision for bad debts of $176,500. The promissory note bears interest at 8.0%,
with monthly payments due beginning January 1998 through July 2002.

         Due to continued  operating losses incurred during 1996, PSI approved a
plan to close two of its schools upon the  expiration  of the leases.  Since the
estimated   cash  flows  will  not  be   sufficient  to  recover  the  leasehold
improvements  related to these two schools,  the Company  recorded an impairment
reserve for these assets which totaled approximately $184,000, which is included
in facilities and maintenance expenses in fiscal 1996.

         Also,  since the Company is the lessee for two of the leases,  they are
contingently liable for the lease payments to third parties. Since the estimated
future  cash flows of PSI will not be  sufficient  to make the  scheduled  lease
payments,  the Company recorded a contingent liability of approximately $418,000
related to the remaining  lease  payments  which is included in  facilities  and
maintenance expenses in fiscal 1996.

         All  transactions  between  the Company  and its  officers,  directors,
principal  stockholders,  or other  affiliates have been and will be on terms no
less  favorable to the Company than could be obtained  from  unaffiliated  third
parties on an  arms-length  basis and,  in the  future,  will be  approved  by a
majority of the Company's disinterested directors.

                                       42
<PAGE>
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

         The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  April  30,  1997,  certain
information  concerning the beneficial  ownership of the Company's Common Stock,
Series B Preferred  Stock and Series C Preferred  Stock, on a combined basis, by
(i) each stockholder  known by the Company to own beneficially 5% or more of the
outstanding  Common Stock of the Company,  (ii) each  Director,  (iii) the Named
Officers,  (iv) all executive  officers and Directors of the Company as a group,
and (v) each other  Selling  Securityholder.  Each  share of Series C  Preferred
Stock is convertible  into 7.0588 shares of Common Stock.  See  "Description  of
Securities"  for a  discussion  of the voting and other rights of holders of the
Company's Common Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Beneficial Ownership  Shares to  Beneficial Ownership
                                                       Before Offering (2)   Be Sold    After Offering (2)
                                                     ---------------------   in the    --------------------
              Name (1)                               Shares       Percent   Offering   Shares       Percent
- -----------------------------------------            ------       -------   --------   ------       -------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>  
James R. Evans(3)                                    813,211     25.1%           --    813,211        25.1%

Barbara L. Owens(4)                                  152,993      4.7%           --    152,993         4.7%

Ronald J. O'Connor(5)                                 11,000        *            --     11,000         0.4%

Robert A. Rice(6)                                     27,187        *            --     27,187         0.9%

Dr. Richard H. Hinze(7)                               26,000        *            --     26,000         0.8%

John Rutkowski                                       165,433      5.4%           --    165,433         5.4%
2828 N. Central Ave., Ste. 1100
Phoenix, AZ  85004

Private Opportunity Partners II, Ltd.(8)(9)          901,490     27.1%      291,116    610,374        16.5%

Herman and Rose Goodman, JTWROS(9)(10)                58,223      1.9%       58,223          0           0%

Rajesh and Indu Soin, JTWROS(9)(11)                   29,111        *        29,111          0           0%

Ronald Fieldstone Profit Sharing
Trust f/b/o Ronald Fieldstone,
dated February 1, 1984 (9)(12)                        29,111        *        29,111          0           0%

Alvin Katz (9)(13)                                    40,756      1.3%       40,756          0           0%

Leslie Reagin (9)(14)                                 58,223      1.9%       58,223          0           0%

Mark Allen Llano and Suzane Llano, JTWROS(9)(15)      29,111        *        29,111          0           0%

Bruce C. Barber and Karen Eva Barber, JTWROS(9)(16)   29,111        *        29,111          0           0%

Marwin S. Cassel and Leslie Cassel, JTWROS(9)(17)      8,734        *         8,734          0           0%

Martin R. Elkin and Dolores Elkin, TBE(9)(18)          8,233        *         8,233          0           0%

Steven N. Bronson(9)(19)                             181,800      5.6%      181,800          0           0%

James and Mindy Cassel, TBE(9)(19)                    92,400        *        92,400          0           0%
 
Eric Elliott(9)(19)                                    6,600        *         6,600          0           0%

Bruce Barber(9)(19)                                    6,600        *         6,600          0           0%

Scott Salpeter(9)(19)                                  3,000        *         3,000          0           0%

Barry Steiner(9)(19)                                   3,000        *         3,000          0           0%

All directors and executive officers as a group    1,030,391     29.9%           --  1,030,391        29.9%
(5 persons)(20)
</TABLE>
- ----------
* Less than one percent.
                                       43
<PAGE>

(1)  Unless otherwise noted, each of the executive officers and directors has an
     address at c/o The Company, 9128 East San Salvador,  Suite 200, Scottsdale,
     Arizona 85258.

(2)  As used in this  table,  "beneficial  ownership"  means  the sole or shared
     power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose or direct the  disposition
     of any  security.  A person is  deemed  as of any date to have  "beneficial
     ownership" of any security  that such person has a right to acquire  within
     60 days after such date pursuant to options, warrants and the conversion of
     Series B Preferred  Stock and Series C Preferred  Stock.  Any security that
     any person named above has the right to acquire  within 60 days of the date
     set forth above is deemed to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the
     ownership  percentage of such person,  but is not deemed to be  outstanding
     for purposes of calculating the ownership percentage of any other person.

(3)  Includes  immediately  exercisable  options to purchase  158,713  shares of
     Common Stock.

(4)  Includes  immediately  exercisable  options to purchase  147,550  shares of
     Common Stock.

(5)  Includes  immediately  exercisable  options to  purchase  10,000  shares of
     Common Stock.

(6)  Includes  immediately  exercisable  options to  purchase  25,000  shares of
     Common Stock.

(7)  Includes  immediately  exercisable  options to  purchase  25,000  shares of
     Common Stock.

(8)  Includes  250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares
     of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock.

(9)  The address for this Selling Securityholder is c/o BC Capital Corp., 201 S.
     Biscayne Blvd., Suite 2950, Miami, Florida 33131

(10) Includes  50,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon  conversion of shares
     of the Company's Series B Preferred Stock.

(11) Includes  25,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.

(12) Includes  25,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.

(13) Includes  35,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.
    
(14) Includes  50,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.
   
(15) Includes  25,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.
    
(16) Includes  25,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.
    
(17) Includes  7,500  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.
    
(18) Includes  7,500  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of the
     Company's Series B Preferred Stock.
    
                                       44
<PAGE>

(19) All of these  shares are issuable  upon  exercise of  outstanding  warrants
     originally  issued to BC Capital Corp. and subsequently  transferred to the
     listed Selling  Securityholder.  These warrants may be exercised at a price
     of $1.375  per share with  respect  to 50% of the  listed  shares of Common
     Stock and at $2.00 per share with respect to the remaining  shares.  All of
     the warrants expire on November 4, 2001.

(20) Includes  immediately  exercisable  options to purchase  366,263  shares of
     Common Stock.
    
         On November  4, 1996,  the Company  entered  into a two-year  Financial
Consulting  Agreement  with BC Capital  Corp.  Pursuant  to such  agreement,  BC
Capital Corp. is required to provide certain  financial  consulting  services in
exchange for a monthly fee of $3,000 and the issuance, for $100 in consideration
of  five-year  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  of  300,000  shares of the
Company's Common Stock.  Other than such agreement with BC Capital Corp.,  there
are  no   material   relationships   between   the   Company   and  the  Selling
Securityholders,  nor have any such material  relationships  existed  within the
past three years.

                                       45
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The  Offered  Securities  may be sold from time to time by the  Selling
Securityholders,  or by pledgees,  donees,  transferees  or other  successors in
interest,  in either underwritten public offerings,  in transactions pursuant to
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in privately negotiated transactions, through
the facilities of the Nasdaq,  or otherwise,  at market prices prevailing at the
time of such sale, at prices  relating to such prevailing  market prices,  or at
negotiated  prices.  The  Offered  Securities  may be sold by one or more of the
following:  (a) a block trade in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt
to sell the Offered Securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of
the block as  principal  to  facilitate  the  transaction;  (b)  purchases  by a
broker-dealer  as  principal  and resale by such  broker-dealer  for its account
pursuant to this Prospectus; (c) an exchange distribution in accordance with the
rules of such exchange; and (d) ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions
in which the broker  solicits  purchasers.  In effecting  sales,  broker-dealers
engaged by the Selling  Shareholders  may arrange  for other  broker-dealers  to
participate in the resales.

         In connection with distributions of their securities or otherwise,  the
Selling Securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers.
In connection with such  transactions,  broker-dealers may engage in short sales
of the  securities  in the course of hedging  the  positions  they  assume  with
Selling  Securityholders.  The Selling  Securityholders may also sell securities
short and  redeliver  the  securities  to close out such  short  positions.  The
Selling  Securityholders  may also enter into option or other  transactions with
broker-dealers  which  require  the  delivery  to  the  broker-dealer  of  their
securities, which the broker-dealer may resell or otherwise transfer pursuant to
this Prospectus.  The Selling Securityholders may also loan or pledge securities
to a broker-dealer  and the  broker-dealer may sell the Securities so loaned or,
upon a default,  the  broker-dealer  may effect sales of the pledged  securities
pursuant to this Prospectus.

         Broker-dealers  or  agents  may  receive  compensation  in the  form of
commissions,  discounts or concessions from Selling  Securityholders  and/or the
purchasers  from whom such  broker-dealer  may act as agents or to whom they may
sell  as  principals  or  otherwise  (which  compensation  as  to  a  particular
broker-dealer  may exceed  customary  commissions)  amounts to be  negotiated in
connection  with the  sale.  Such  broker-dealers  and any  other  participating
broker-dealers  may be deemed to be  "underwriters"  within  the  meaning of the
Securities Act in connection with such sales and any such  commission,  discount
or concession may be deemed to be  underwriting  discounts or commissions  under
the Securities Act. In addition,  each Selling  Securityholder  desiring to sell
securities will be subject to the applicable  provisions of the Exchange Act and
the rules and regulations  thereunder,  including without limitation Rules 10b-6
and 10b-7,  which  provisions may limit the timing of the purchases and sales of
shares of the Company's securities by such Selling Securityholders.

         All costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the
shares  will  be  borne  by the  Company.  Commissions  and  discounts,  if any,
attributable to the sales of the Offered Securities will be borne by the Selling
Securityholders.   The  Selling  Securityholders  may  agree  to  indemnify  any
broker-dealer or agent that participates in transactions  involving sales of the
Offered Securities against certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities arising
under the Securities Act. The Selling  Securityholders  may elect to sell all, a
portion or none of the share of Common Stock offered by them hereunder.

                                       46
<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
COMMON STOCK

         The Company's Certificate  authorizes the issuance of 10,000,000 shares
of Common Stock.  Each share of Common Stock  entitles the holder thereof to one
vote in the election of directors and all other  matters  submitted to a vote of
the Company's  stockholders.  Common  stockholders do not have cumulative voting
rights.  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to share  ratably in all dividends
declared by the Board of Directors and in all assets  available for distribution
upon  liquidation.  Except for holders of Series B and Series C Preferred Stock,
no holder of the Company's  capital stock has any preemptive  right to subscribe
for or purchase additional shares of the Company's capital stock.

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS AND OPTIONS

         In 1987, in connection  with its initial public  offering,  the Company
issued warrants (the  "Warrants") to purchase  1,000,000 shares of the Company's
Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of  $5.00  per  share.  The  Warrants  were
originally  scheduled to expire in 1989, and the Company extended the expiration
date of the Warrants on several occasions since their original  expiration date.
On September 21, 1995,  the Company  announced that it was extending the Warrant
expiration one final time,  through  November 6, 1995, and reducing the exercise
price of the Warrants to $1.00 per share. As a condition to the extension of the
Warrants and a reduction of their exercise price, the Company provided that each
holder of Warrants could exercise only one of every sixteen  Warrants held. Upon
termination of the extension period, in November 1995, Warrants representing the
right to purchase 47,074 shares of Common Stock were exercised,  and the Company
issued 47,074 shares of Common Stock in exchange for an aggregate  consideration
of  $47,074.  For a  discussion  of other  options and  warrants  granted by the
Company see "EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION -- Stock Option Plans" and Note 13 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.

         On November  4, 1996,  the Company  entered  into a two-year  Financial
Consulting  Agreement  with BC  Capital  Corp.  for  the  provision  of  certain
financial  consulting  services in exchange  for a monthly fee of $3,000 and the
issuance,  for $100,  of five-year  warrants to purchase an aggregate of 300,000
shares of Common Stock at a per share  purchase  price of $1.375 with respect to
150,000 shares and a per share purchase price of $2.00 for the remaining 150,000
shares. Such Warrants expire on November 30, 2001. The exercise price and number
of shares  purchasable  upon  exercise of the Warrants are subject to adjustment
upon the occurrence of certain events.

PREFERRED STOCK

         The Company's  Certificate  authorizes the issuance of 1,000,000 shares
of Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share. The Company's Board of Directors,
without further action by the Company's stockholders,  may issue Preferred Stock
in series and may, at the time of issuance,  determine  the rights,  preferences
and  privileges  of each series.  Satisfaction  of any dividend  preferences  of
outstanding  Preferred  Stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the

                                       47
<PAGE>

payment of dividends on Common  Stock.  Also,  holders of Preferred  Stock would
normally  be  entitled  to  receive  a  preference  payment  in the event of any
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company before any payment is made
to the holders of Common Stock.  The issuance of Preferred  Stock may be for the
purpose of, or have the effect of, delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of the Company without further action by the stockholders.  The issuance
of Preferred  Stock with voting and conversion  rights may adversely  affect the
voting  powers of the  holders  of Common  Stock,  including  the loss of voting
control to others.

         SERIES A PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

         On  March  2,  1995,  the  Company  paid a  distribution  of a right to
purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock
(a "Right")  for each share of Common Stock of the Company  outstanding  on such
date. Each Right entitled the registered holder to purchase from the Company one
one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating  Preferred Stock,  $1.00 par
value,  of the  Company,  subject  to  adjustment,  at a price of $8.00  per one
one-thousandth of a share,  subject to adjustment.  The description and terms of
the Rights are set forth in a Preferred  Shares  Rights  Agreement  (the "Rights
Agreement")  dated as of  February  10, 1995  between  the Company and  American
Securities Transfer, Incorporated, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent"). None of
the Rights have been exercised.

         SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

         The Board of  Directors of the Company has  authorized  the issuance of
500,000  shares  of Series B  Preferred  Stock,  all of which  were  issued  and
outstanding on April 1, 1997.

         The  Series B  Preferred  Stock  ranks  senior in  dividend  rights and
liquidation  preference  to all other series of  Preferred  Stock and the Common
Stock of the Company.  The holders of the Series B Preferred  Stock are entitled
to  receive,  out of any  assets  of the  Company  legally  available  therefor,
cumulative dividends at a rate of $.10 per share per annum, payable quarterly on
March  31,  June  30,  September  30 and  December  31 of each  year.  Upon  any
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Company, the Company may not make
any  distribution  to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or the Common
Stock  unless  prior  thereto,  the  holders  of Series B  Preferred  Stock have
received an amount equal to $1.00 per share, plus an amount equal to the accrued
and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon.

         At any time,  the  holders  of the  Series B  Preferred  Stock have the
right,  at their option,  to convert each share of Series B Preferred Stock into
one share of Common Stock.  The conversion price of the Series B Preferred Stock
is subject to  adjustment  from time to time if the  Company  issues  additional
shares of Common Stock,  convertible  securities,  options,  warrants or similar
rights  at prices  less than the  conversion  price for the  Series B  Preferred
Stock. In addition, the conversion price for the Series B Preferred Stock may be
adjusted   for   certain   stock   splits,   stock   dividends,    combinations,
reclassifications and similar events.

                                       48
<PAGE>

         Generally,  the holders of shares of Series B Preferred  Stock together
with the holders of the Common  Stock and Series C Preferred  Stock will vote as
one class on all matters  submitted  to a vote of  stockholders  of the Company.
Without  the  advance  consent  of the  holders  of  two-thirds  of the Series B
Preferred  Stock,  the Company may not amend its  Certificate in any manner that
would  materially  alter or change the powers,  preferences or special rights of
the Series B Preferred Stock.

         Unless  previously  converted,  all or any  portion  of  the  Series  B
Preferred  Stock  may be  redeemed  on a pro rata  basis by the  Company  at its
election  from the  holders  of such  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  at any  time;
provided,  however, that the Company may not redeem the Series B Preferred Stock
unless the  average  of the  closing  bid prices per share of Common  Stock have
equaled or exceeded $3.00 or more for any twenty (20)  consecutive  trading days
ending two days prior to the date on which a  redemption  notice is given by the
Company.  The price at which the Series B  Preferred  Stock may be  redeemed  is
$1.00 per share  together with all  dividends  accrued but unpaid  thereon,  but
computed without interest,  through the date of such redemption.  Each holder of
Series B  Preferred  Stock has the right to  require  the  Company to redeem the
shares  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock  held by such  holder  together  with all
dividends  accrued and  accumulated  but unpaid  thereon if, among other things,
there is a sale or merger of the Company or if the  Company (i)  defaults on the
payment of any  dividends  on the Series B Preferred  Stock and such default has
continued  for a  period  of ten  days,  (ii)  defaults  on the  payment  of its
indebtedness or certain other  obligations,  (iii) is unable to pay its debts as
they become due or (iv) files a petition in bankruptcy.

         SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK

         The  Series C  Preferred  Stock  ranks  junior in  dividend  rights and
liquidation  preference to the Company's Series B Preferred Stock, but senior to
all other series of Preferred Stock and the Common Stock of the Company. Subject
to the  superior  rights of the Series B  Preferred  Stock,  the  holders of the
Series C  Preferred  Stock are  entitled  to  receive,  out of any assets of the
Company legally  available  therefor,  cumulative  dividends at a rate of 9% per
annum (the "Dividend Rate") on the total dollar amount of the consideration paid
(the  "Original  Purchase  Price")  to the  Company  for each  share of Series C
Preferred Stock (the "Dividend Amount"). Such dividends are payable quarterly on
the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date (as hereinafter defined),  commencing on the
first  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date after the first  issuance of a share of
Series C Preferred  Stock.  Dividends on each share of Series C Preferred  Stock
accrue and are  cumulative  from the date of issuance  thereof to the redemption
date or the  conversion  date of each such share,  as  applicable  and whichever
first  occurs,  whether or not there are any profits,  surplus or other funds of
the Company legally available for the payment of such dividends at the time such
dividends  accrue and whether or not such dividends are declared.  Dividends are
payable  on each  share  of  Series  C  Preferred  Stock on the last day of each
September,  December,  March  and June of each  year  (the  "Quarterly  Dividend
Payment  Date") to the  holders of record on the date  thirty (30) days prior to
such Quarterly  Dividend Payment Date. During the first year following the first
issuance of a share of Series C Preferred  Stock (the  "Original  Issue  Date"),
dividends on the Series C Preferred  Stock will be paid in cash.  Following  the
first  anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Company has the option to pay
all future  dividends either in cash or in shares of Common Stock of the Company
having a "Fair Market Value" equal to the Dividend  Amount.  "Fair Market Value"

                                       49
<PAGE>

means the  average  closing  bid  prices of the Common  Stock of the  Company as
reported in the WALL STREET  JOURNAL for the ten (10)  trading  days ending five
(5) trading  days prior to the  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date (or, if not so
reported,  as  otherwise  reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System or other  principal  market for the Common
Stock) or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the Fair
Market  Value shall be the average of the closing  prices of the Common Stock of
the Company on such exchange as reported in the WALL STREET  JOURNAL for the ten
(10) trading days ending five (5) trading days prior to the  Quarterly  Dividend
Payment Date.

         Generally,  the holders of shares of Series C Preferred  Stock together
with the holders of the Common  Stock and Series B  Preferred  Stock vote as one
class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company. Without
the  advance  consent of the  holders of a  majority  of the Series C  Preferred
Stock,  the  Company  may not (i)  alter or change  any  rights,  privileges  or
preferences  of the Series C Preferred  Stock,  (ii)  increase  or decrease  the
authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) authorize,  issue
or create (by  reclassification  or otherwise)  shares of any class or series of
stock equal in priority to or having any preference  over the Series C Preferred
Stock with respect to dividends or liquidation payments, (iv) amend or waive any
provision of the  Certificate or Bylaws of the Company  relative to the Series C
Preferred  Stock, (v) authorize or approve any liquidation or dissolution of the
Company,  (vi) authorize or approve any merger or  consolidation of the Company,
or (vii) authorize or approve any sale or transfer of all or  substantially  all
of the assets of the Company.  Each share of Series C Preferred Stock issued and
outstanding  has that  number of votes  equal to the  number of shares of Common
Stock into which each share of Series C Preferred  Stock is  convertible,  as of
the  record  date set by the Board of  Directors  for the  determination  of any
holders of any class of securities entitled to vote on such matter.

         Whenever  quarterly  dividends  or  other  dividends  or  distributions
payable on the Series C Preferred Stock are in arrears, thereafter and until all
accrued and unpaid  dividends and  distributions,  whether or not  declared,  on
shares of Series C Preferred Stock  outstanding  shall have been paid in full or
set aside for payment, the Company may not (i) declare or pay dividends on, make
any other  distributions  on, or redeem or  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire for
consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up) to the Series C Preferred  Stock,  (ii)
declare or pay  dividends on, or make any other  distributions  on any shares of
stock  ranking  on a  parity  (either  as  to  dividends  or  upon  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) with the Series C Preferred  Stock,  except dividends
paid ratably on the Series C Preferred  Stock and all such parity stock on which
dividends  are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which
the holders of all such shares are then  entitled,  (iii)  redeem or purchase or
otherwise  acquire  for  consideration  shares of any stock  ranking on a parity
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the
Series C Preferred  Stock,  provided  that the  Company may at any time  redeem,
purchase or  otherwise  acquire  shares of any such parity stock in exchange for
shares of any stock of the Company  ranking  junior  (either as to  dividends or
upon dissolution,  liquidation or winding up) to the Series C Preferred Stock or
(iv)  purchase or  otherwise  acquire for  consideration  any shares of Series C
Preferred  Stock,  or any shares of stock  ranking on a parity with the Series C
Preferred  Stock,  except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or

                                       50
<PAGE>

by publication  (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such
shares upon such terms as the Board of  Directors,  after  consideration  of the
respective  annual  dividend rates and other relative  rights and preferences of
the respective series and classes,  shall determine in good faith will result in
fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

         Whenever  quarterly  dividends  or  other  dividends  or  distributions
payable on the  Series C  Preferred  Stock have been in arrears  for two or more
quarters,   thereafter   and  until  all  accrued  and  unpaid   dividends   and
distributions,  whether or not declared,  on shares of Series C Preferred  Stock
outstanding  shall have been paid in full or set aside for payment,  and so long
as no less  than  100,000  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock are  outstanding
(appropriately   adjusted  for  any   recapitalizations,   stock  splits,  stock
combinations,  stock  dividends and the like),  the holders of a majority of the
outstanding  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to elect two
(2) directors to the Company's Board of Directors.

         At any time,  the  holders  of the  Series C  Preferred  Stock have the
right,  at their  option,  to convert any number of shares of Series C Preferred
Stock  into  shares of Common  Stock in an amount  determined  by  dividing  the
Original  Purchase  Price  of the  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  by  $2.125  (the
"Conversion  Price"). The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment from time to
time if the  Company  issues  additional  shares  of Common  Stock,  convertible
securities,  options,  warrants  or  similar  rights  at  prices  less  than the
Conversion Price. In addition,  the Conversion Price may be adjusted for certain
stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  combinations,  reclassifications  and similar
events.

         Subject to the superior rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred
Stock, upon any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company,
the  Company  may not make any  distribution  to the  holders of shares of stock
ranking   junior  (either  as  to  payment  of  dividends  or  with  respect  to
distributions  upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up) to the Series C
Preferred Stock unless,  prior thereto,  the holders of Series C Preferred Stock
have  receive an amount equal to the  Original  Purchase  Price of the shares of
Series C Preferred Stock  purchased,  plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends and  distributions  thereon,  whether or not declared,  to the date of
such payment (the "Series C Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference").  Following
the  payment of the full  amount of the  Series C  Preferred  Stock  Liquidation
Preference,  no additional  distributions may be made to the holders of Series C
Preferred Stock. If there are not sufficient  assets available to permit payment
in  full  of the  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  Liquidation  Preference  and  the
liquidation  preferences of all other classes and/or series of Preferred  Stock,
if any,  which rank on a parity  with the Series C  Preferred  Stock,  then such
remaining  assets  shall be  distributed  ratably to the  holders of such parity
shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.

         In the event of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into
another corporation,  or of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of all
or substantially all the property of the Company,  in any of which  transactions
the holders of Common Stock receive shares of stock,  other securities,  cash or
property  receivable upon such  consolidation,  merger, sale or conveyance other
than Common Stock,  each holder of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding and
thereafter remaining outstanding has the right to convert each share of Series C

                                       51
<PAGE>

Preferred  Stock held by him into the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other
securities, cash or property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or
conveyance  by a holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock into which such
share of Series C Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to
the record date applicable to such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance,
and shall have no other conversion  rights.  In any such event, the Company will
make  effective  provision for the  protection of the  conversion  rights of the
holders of the Series C Preferred  Stock that are not so  converted,  which will
thereafter be applicable  to any such other shares of stock,  other  securities,
cash or  property  deliverable  upon  conversion  of the  shares of the Series C
Preferred Stock remaining  outstanding or other  convertible stock or securities
received by the holders in place thereof.

         Unless  previously  converted,  all or any  portion  of  the  Series  C
Preferred Stock together with all dividends  accrued but unpaid on such Series C
Preferred  Stock computed to the  redemption  date may be redeemed on a pro rata
basis by the Company at its election from the holders of such Series C Preferred
Stock at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that the Company may
not redeem the Series C Preferred  Stock unless the average of the closing asked
prices per share of Common  Stock has  equaled or  exceeded  150% or more of the
Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock for any twenty (20) consecutive
trading days ending  within five days  immediately  prior to the date on which a
redemption notice is given by the Company.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the
holders of the  Series C  Preferred  Stock  will have the right to  convert  the
Series C  Preferred  Stock to Common  Stock  for a period  of  thirty  (30) days
following notice of redemption.

CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS AND EFFECTS OF DELAWARE LAW

         Stockholders'  rights and related  matters are governed by the Delaware
corporate  laws,  the  Certificate  and  the  Bylaws  of  the  Company.  Certain
provisions of the Certificate  and Bylaws which are summarized  below may affect
potential  changes in control of the Company.  The Board of  Directors  believes
that these  provisions  are in the best interests of  stockholders  because they
will  encourage a potential  acquiror to negotiate  with the Board of Directors,
which  will  be  able  to  consider  the  interest  of  all  stockholders  in  a
change-in-control  situation.  However, the cumulative effect of these terms may
be to make it more difficult to acquire and exercise  control of the Company and
to make changes in management more difficult.

         The Certificate  provides for the approval of the holders of 66 2/3% of
the  outstanding  voting  stock of the Company  for a merger or a  consolidation
with, or a sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets to, any
person,  firm or  corporation,  or any group  thereof,  which owns,  directly or
indirectly,  5% or more of any class of voting  securities  of the  Company  (an
"Interested  Person").  In  addition,  such 66 2/3%  approval is  required  with
respect to other transactions  involving any such Interested Person,  including,
among other things,  purchases by the Company or any of its  subsidiaries of all
or  substantially  all of the  assets or stock of an  Interested  Person and any
other transaction with an Interested Person which requires  stockholder approval
under  Delaware  law. The 66 2/3% voting  requirement  is not  applicable to any
transaction  approved by the  Company's  Board of Directors if a majority of the
members  of the Board of  Directors  voting to  approve  such  transaction  were
elected prior to the date on which the other party became an Interested Person.

                                       52
<PAGE>

         The Certificate provides that each director will serve for a three-year
term  and  that  approximately  one-third  of the  directors  are to be  elected
annually.  The Company may have three to nine directors as determined  from time
to time  by the  Board,  which  currently  consists  of  four  members.  Between
stockholder  meetings,  the Board may appoint new directors to fill vacancies or
newly  created  directorships.  A director  may be removed  from office only for
cause and only by the  affirmative  vote of 50% of the combined  voting power of
the then outstanding  shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors.

         The Certificate  further provides that stockholder action must be taken
at a meeting of stockholders  and may not be effected by any consent in writing.
Special  meetings  of  stockholders  may be called  only by the  President  or a
majority of the Board of Directors. If a stockholder wishes to propose an agenda
item  for  consideration,  he must  give a brief  description  of each  item and
written  notice to the  Company  not less than 60 nor more than 90 days prior to
the meeting unless less than 70 days prior notice of a  stockholders  meeting is
given to stockholders, in which case stockholders have ten days from the date of
notice of such  meeting to be  considered  for  inclusion  in the agenda of such
meeting.

         The Certificate generally provides that the foregoing provisions of the
Certificate and Bylaws may be amended or repealed only with the affirmative vote
of at least 66 2/3% of the shares entitled to vote. These provisions  exceed the
usual majority vote  requirement of Delaware law and are intended to prevent the
holders  of less  than  66  2/3% of the  voting  power  from  circumventing  the
foregoing  terms by  amending  the  Certificate  or  Bylaws.  These  provisions,
however,  enable the holders of more than 33 1/3% of the voting power to prevent
amendments to the Certificate or Bylaws even if they were favored by the holders
of a majority of the voting power.

         The effect of such  provisions of the Company's  Certificate and Bylaws
may be to make more difficult the  accomplishment  of a merger or other takeover
or change in control of the Company.  To the extent that these  provisions  have
this  effect,  removal  of  the  Company's  incumbent  Board  of  Directors  and
management may be rendered more  difficult.  Furthermore,  these  provisions may
make it more difficult for  stockholders  to participate in a tender or exchange
offer for Common  Stock and in so doing may  diminish  the  market  value of the
Common Stock.  The Company is not aware of any proposed  takeover attempt or any
proposed attempt to acquire a large block of Common Stock.

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION

         Section 12 of the Company's  Certificate  limits, to the fullest extent
permitted  by  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  ("DGCL"),  as  amended,
directors'  personal  liability to the Company or its  stockholders for monetary
damages or breach of fiduciary  duty.  Section 145 of DGCL enables a corporation
to  eliminate or limit  personal  liability of members of its board of directors
for violations of their fiduciary duty of care.  However,  Delaware law does not
permit the  elimination  of a director's  liability for engaging in  intentional
misconduct or fraud,  knowingly  violating a law, for any transaction from which
the director  derived an improper  personal  benefit or for unlawfully  paying a
distribution.  The  statute  has no  effect  on the  availability  of  equitable
remedies, such as an injunction or rescission, for breach of fiduciary duty.

                                       53
<PAGE>

         Section 12 of the Company's  Certificate and Article V of the Company's
Bylaws require  indemnification  of directors and officers of the Company to the
fullest  extent  permitted by the DGCL for claims against them in their official
capacities, including stockholders' derivative actions.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been
advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission,  such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is, therefore, unenforceable.

TRANSFER AGENT

         The  Transfer  Agent for the  Common  Stock and  Series B and  Series C
Preferred Stock is American Securities Transfer, Incorporated.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain  legal  matters with respect to the Company and the validity of
the  securities  offered  hereby  will be passed upon for the Company by Squire,
Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P., Phoenix, Arizona.

                                     EXPERTS

         The Consolidated Financial Statements of Sunrise Preschools,  Inc. (now
Sunrise  Educational  Services,  Inc.) at July 31,  1996,  and for the year then
ended,  appearing  in the  Registration  Statement  have been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, independent  auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing
elsewhere herein, and are included in  reliance upon such  report given upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

         The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the Company for the fiscal
year ended July 31, 1995 have  been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,  independent
public accountants,  as stated in their report appearing herein and have been so
included in  reliance  upon the report of Arthur  Andersen  LLP given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                       54
<PAGE>

                  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
                     ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         As reported on Form 8-K dated May 1, 1996 (the "Form 8-K"), the Company
engaged  Ernst & Young LLP as its  independent  auditors  to replace the firm of
Arthur  Andersen LLP, who was dismissed at the same time. The decision to change
accountants was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company

         The  reports  of  Arthur  Andersen  LLP  on  the  Company's   financial
statements for the past two fiscal years did not contain an adverse opinion or a
disclaimer  of opinion and were not  qualified  or  modified as to  uncertainty,
audit scope, or accounting principles.

         In connection with the audits of the Company's financial statements for
each of the two fiscal  years  ended July 31, 1995 and 1994,  and in  subsequent
interim  periods,  there were no  disagreements  with Arthur Andersen LLP on any
matters of accounting  principles of practices,  financial statement disclosure,
or auditing scope and procedures  which, if not resolved to the  satisfaction of
Arthur  Andersen LLP, would have caused Arthur Andersen LLP not to respond fully
to any inquiries from Ernst & Young LLP.

         The  Company  requested  Arthur  Andersen  LLP to  furnish  it a letter
addressed to the Securities and Exchange  Commission  stating  whether it agrees
with the above statements.  A copy of that letter,  dated May 1, 1996, was filed
as Exhibit 1 the Form 8-K.

                                       55
<PAGE>

                       SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
Independent Auditors' Report............................................... F-2

Report of Independent Public Accountants................................... F-3

Consolidated Financial Statements

    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1997 (unaudited),
    and July 31, 1996...................................................... F-4

    Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
    July 31, 1996 and 1995, and the six months ended
    January 31, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited).................................. F-5

    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
    years ended July 31, 1996 and 1995..................................... F-7

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
    July 31, 1996 and 1995, and the six months ended
    January 31, 1997 and 1996 (unaudited).................................. F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................. F-10

                                       F-1

<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Sunrise Preschools, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Sunrise
Preschools,  Inc. (a Delaware  corporation)  and subsidiary as of July 31, 1996,
and the related consolidated statements of operations,  shareholders' equity and
cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Sunrise  Preschools,  Inc. and
subsidiary as of July 31, 1996,  and the results of their  operations  and their
cash  flows  for the year  then  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

                                        ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Phoenix, Arizona
October 9, 1996


                                       F-2

<PAGE>





                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Sunrise Preschools, Inc.:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Sunrise
Preschools,  Inc. (a Delaware  corporation)  and subsidiary as of July 31, 1995,
and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash
flows  for each of the two  years in the  period  ended  July  31,  1995.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Sunrise  Preschools,  Inc. and
subsidiary as of July 31, 1995,  and the results of their  operations  and their
cash  flows  for each of the two  years in the  period  ended  July 31,  1995 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Phoenix, Arizona
October 2, 1995




                                       F-3
<PAGE>
                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
                      (formerly Sunrise Preschools, Inc.)
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 January 31, 1997    July 31, 1996
                                                                    (Unaudited)
                                                                 ----------------    -------------
                                      ASSETS
Current Assets
<S>                                                                 <C>               <C>        
    Cash and Cash Equivalents                                       $ 1,536,494      $  2,630,616
    Accounts Receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
        $8,000 at January 31, 1997 and $12,000 at July 31, 1996         600,777           387,775
    Prepaid Expenses                                                    272,418           149,458
    Deferred Tax Asset, current portion                                 138,000           138,000
    Inventory and Other Current Assets                                   34,579            27,094
                                                                    -----------      ------------
    Total Current Assets                                              2,582,268         3,332,943
Property and Equipment, net                                           1,654,700         1,386,687
Property and Equipment Held for Lease, net                              358,845           367,292
Deferred Tax Asset, net of current portion                              557,000           557,000
Note Receivable from Preschool Services, Inc.                           256,251           256,251
Intangible Assets, net                                                1,309,552           733,519
Deposits and Other Assets                                               272,729           363,340
                                                                    -----------      ------------
    Total Assets                                                    $ 6,991,345      $  6,997,032
                                                                    ===========      ============
                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
    Line of Credit                                                  $   150,000      $   100,000
    Accounts Payable                                                    149,092          272,519
    Accrued Expenses                                                    455,398          385,036
    Dividends Payable on Preferred Stock                                 44,367           44,367
    Notes Payable and Capital Leases, current portion                   236,682          133,415
    Accrued Rental Reserve, current portion                             145,904          292,000
    Deferred Rent, current portion                                      151,640          155,982
    Deferred Gain on Sale and Leaseback of Preschool Facilities,
        current portion                                                  45,003           45,003
                                                                    -----------      -----------
           Total Current Liabilities                                  1,378,086        1,428,322
                                                                    -----------      -----------
Notes Payable and Capital Leases, net of current portion                757,613          504,654
                                                                    -----------      -----------
Accrued Rental Reserve, net of current portion                          126,000          126,000
                                                                    -----------      -----------
Deferred Rent, net of current portion                                   261,152          304,058
                                                                    -----------      -----------
Deferred Gain on Sale and Leaseback of Preschool Facilities, net
    of current portion                                                   65,147           87,648
                                                                    -----------      -----------
Shareholders' Equity
    Preferred Stock, $1 par value - 1,000,000 shares authorized,
    857,333 shares issued and outstanding                               857,333          857,333
    Common Stock, $.01 par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized,
    3,075,871 and 2,982,968 shares issued and outstanding                30,759           29,830
    Paid-in Capital                                                   7,729,220        7,609,553
    Accumulated Deficit                                              (4,213,965)      (3,950,366)
                                                                    -----------      -----------
        Total Shareholders' Equity                                    4,403,347        4,546,350
                                                                    -----------      -----------
           Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity               $ 6,991,345      $ 6,997,032
                                                                    ===========      ===========

  The accompanying  notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
                      (formerly Sunrise Preschools, Inc.)
                      Consolidated Statements Of Operations
                   For The Years Ended July 31, 1996 and 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1996          1995
                                                       ----          ----
<S>                                                <C>            <C>       
    OPERATING REVENUE                              $10,237,418    $9,775,023

    OPERATING EXPENSES:
     Payroll                                         5,055,138     4,790,962
     Facilities and maintenance                      4,478,373     2,975,916
     General and administrative                      1,637,925     1,396,660
                                                   -----------    ----------
              Total operating expenses              11,171,436     9,163,538
                                                   -----------    ----------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS                         (934,018)      611,485
                                                   -----------    ----------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
     Interest income (expense), net                     70,810       (38,919)
     Other income                                        5,900        14,286
                                                   -----------    ----------
               Total other income (expense)             76,710       (24,633)
                                                   -----------    ----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                     (857,308)      586,852

INCOME TAX BENEFIT (Note 11)                                --       220,000
                                                   -----------    ----------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                  $  (857,308)   $  806,852
                                                   ===========    ==========
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE FOR COMMON STOCK
(Note 2)                                           $(1,201,925)   $  756,852
                                                   ===========    ==========
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AND
     COMMON SHARE EQUIVALENT (Note 2):
                 Primary                           $      (.40)   $      .29
                                                   ===========    ==========
                 Fully diluted                                    $      .25
                                                   ===========    ==========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF
     COMMON SHARES AND COMMON
     SHARE EQUIVALENTS OUTSTANDING:
                 Primary                             2,970,294     2,620,632
                                                   ===========    ==========
                 Fully diluted                                     3,208,075
                                                                  ==========
The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                       F-5
<PAGE>
                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
                      (formerly Sunrise Preschools, Inc.)
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                   (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          For the Six Months     
                                           Ended January 31,     
                                        -----------------------  
                                            1997         1996    
                                        ----------   ----------  
<S>                                     <C>          <C>         
OPERATING REVENUE                       $6,342,854   $4,739,761  

OPERATING EXPENSES
    Payroll                              3,217,165    2,325,317  
    Facilities and Maintenance           2,265,666    1,787,453  
    General and Administrative             905,670      656,683  

        Total Operating Expenses         6,388,501    4,769,453  
                                        ----------   ----------  
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS                       (45,647)     (29,692) 

NON-OPERATING INCOME
    Interest Income (Expense), net           8,622        5,665  
    Other Income                            39,626        3,100  
                                        ----------   ----------  
        Total Non-operating Income          48,248        8,765  
                                        ----------   ----------  

NET INCOME (LOSS)                       $    2,601   $  (20,927) 
                                        ==========   ==========  
NET LOSS AVAILABLE FOR COMMON STOCK     $ (263,599)  $  (95,927) 
                                        ==========   ==========  
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE AND
    COMMON SHARE EQUIVALENT 
        Primary                         $    (0.09)  $    (0.03) 
                                        ==========   ==========  
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF
    COMMON SHARES AND COMMON
    EQUIVALENT SHARES OUTSTANDING
        Primary                          3,021,268    2,935,894  
                                        ==========   ==========  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
                      (formerly Sunrise Preschools, Inc.)
                 Consolidated Statements Of Shareholders' Equity
                   For The Years Ended July 31, 1996 And 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Preferred Stock     Common Stock
                              ------------------- -------------------
                              Outstanding          Outstanding           Paid-in    Accumulated
                                Shares    Amount     Shares    Amount    Capital      Deficit       Total
                                ------    ------     ------    ------   -------      -------        -----
<S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>        
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1994      500,000   $500,000  2,435,894  $24,359  $3,141,221  $(3,505,293)  $  160,287

 Exercise of warrants              --         --    500,000    5,000     461,185           --      466,185

 Dividends payable on 
   preferred stock                 --         --         --       --          --      (50,000)     (50,000)

 Net income                        --         --         --       --          --      806,852      806,852
                              -------    -------  ---------   ------   ---------   ----------    ---------
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1995      500,000    500,000  2,935,894   29,359   3,602,406   (2,748,441)   1,383,324

 Exercise of warrants              --         --     47,074      471      39,933           --       40,404

 Issuance of preferred stock  357,333    357,333         --       --   3,967,214           --    4,324,547

 Dividends payable on 
   preferred stock                 --         --         --       --          --     (344,617)    (344,617)

 Net loss                          --         --         --       --          --     (857,308)    (857,308)
                              -------    -------  ---------   ------   ---------   ----------    ---------
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1996      857,333   $857,333  2,982,968  $29,830  $7,609,553  $(3,950,366)  $4,546,350
                              =======   ========  =========  =======  ==========  ===========   ==========

               The  accompanying  notes are an integral  part of these  consolidated  financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                        F-7
<PAGE>
                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
                      (formerly Sunrise Preschools, Inc.)
                      Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows
                   For The Years Ended July 31, 1996 And 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996        1995
                                                                ----        ----
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 <S>                                                      <C>           <C>      
  Net income (loss)                                        $  (857,308)  $ 806,852
                                                           -----------   ---------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
   cash provided by operating activities-
    Depreciation and amortization                              384,574     295,955
    Amortized gain on sale of real estate                      (45,003)    (45,003)
    Income tax benefit                                              --    (220,000)
    Amortization of deferred rent                              (52,988)    (74,188)
    Provision for doubtful accounts                            139,296     242,633
    Impaired asset and rental reserves                         602,000          --
    Gain on disposal of property and equipment                  (5,900)    (14,286)
  Changes in assets and liabilities-
    Increase in accounts receivable                           (147,818)   (141,024)
    Increase in prepaid expenses                               (53,216)    (69,053)
    (Increase) decrease in inventory and supplies              (10,718)     13,646
    Increase in deposits and other assets                      (90,992)    (66,787)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable                    146,891     (13,555)
    Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses                     82,777     (59,652)
                                                           -----------   ---------
        Total adjustments                                      948,903    (151,314)
                                                           -----------   ---------
        Net cash provided by operating activities               91,595     655,538
                                                           -----------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Acquisitions of child care centers                        (1,107,121)         --
  Purchases of property and equipment                         (916,886)   (354,308)
  Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment              10,800      53,322
                                                           -----------   ---------
Net cash used in investing activities                       (2,013,207)   (300,986)
                                                           -----------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from exercise of warrants                            40,404     466,185
  Proceeds from sale of preferred stock                      4,324,547          --
  Payment of dividends                                        (566,083)         --
  Proceeds from notes payable                                  219,360     254,192
  Net borrowings (payments) on lines of credit                 100,000    (100,000)
  Increase in note receivable from Preschool Services, Inc.         --    (335,253)
  Payments on notes payable and capital leases                (147,311)   (160,146)
                                                           -----------   ---------
  Net cash provided by financing activities                  3,970,917     124,978
                                                           -----------   ---------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                    2,049,305     479,530

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year                   581,311     101,781
                                                           -----------   ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year                     $ 2,630,616   $ 581,311
                                                           ===========   =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Cash paid during the year for interest                  $    42,150   $  38,919
                                                           ===========   =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Capital lease  obligations of $-0- and $22,234 during fiscal 1996 and 1995,
respectively,  were incurred when the Company entered into lease  agreements for
equipment.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-8
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
                       (formerly Sunrise Preschools, Inc.)
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                   (Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     For the Six Months
                                                                      Ended January 31,
                                                                   -----------------------
                                                                      1997         1996
                                                                   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>        
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
  Net Income (Loss)                                                $    2,601   $  (20,927)
  Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to
    Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
      Depreciation and Amortization                                   323,216      160,450
      Amortized Gain on Sale of Real Estate                           (22,501)     (22,501)
      Deferred Rent                                                   (47,248)     (35,501)
      Provision for Doubtful Accounts                                  40,538       18,579
      Gain on Disposal of Property and Equipment                      (39,626)      (3,100)
       changes in Assets and Liabilities, net of effect
       of businesses acquired:
        Increase in Accounts Receivable                              (253,540)     (53,058)
        Increase in Prepaid Expenses                                 (122,960)    (115,725)
        Increase in Inventory and Other Current Assets                 (7,485)     (14,227)
        (Increase) Decrease in Deposits and Other Assets               90,611      (98,559)
        Increase (Decrease) in Accounts Payable                      (123,427)     143,251
        Increase in Accrued Expenses                                   70,362       19,142
        Decrease in Accrued Rental Reserve                           (146,096)          --
                                                                   ----------   ----------
           Total Adjustments                                         (238,156)      (1,249)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
               Net Cash Used in Operating Activities                 (235,555)     (22,176)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
  Acquisition of Child Care Centers                                  (494,264)     (65,000)
  Escrow Deposit for Purchase of Child Care Center                         --     (310,000)
  Purchases of Property and Equipment                                (496,691)    (366,209)
  Proceeds from Disposal of Property and Equipment                    296,766        8,000
                                                                   ----------   ----------
               Net Cash Used in Investing Activities                 (694,189)    (733,209)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
  Proceeds from Exercise of Warrants                                       --       40,404
  Proceeds from Sale of Preferred Stock                                    --    4,026,475
  Payment of Dividends                                               (145,604)    (286,666)
  Proceeds from Notes Payable                                          54,408       88,886
  Borrowings on Lines of Credit                                        50,000           --
  Payments on Notes Payable and Capital Leases                       (123,182)     (74,823)
                                                                   ----------   ----------
              Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities    (164,378)   3,794,276
                                                                   ----------   ----------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents               (1,094,122)   3,038,891

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period                      2,630,616      581,311
                                                                   ----------   ----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period                           $1,536,494   $3,620,202
                                                                   ==========   ==========
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
  Cash Paid During the Period for Interest                         $   41,222   $   23,290
  Payment of Stock Dividends                                          120,596           --
  Note Payable Issued for Acquisition of Child Care Centers           425,000           --
                                                                   ==========   ==========

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
                       (formerly Sunrise Preschools, Inc.)
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                  July 31, 1996

(1)  ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS:

Sunrise Preschools, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the State of Delaware
in May 1987. As of July 31, 1996, the Company  operates 31 child care centers in
Arizona, Hawaii, Colorado and Wisconsin (see Note 4).

The Company is  successor  to Venture  Educational  Programs,  Inc.,  an Arizona
corporation   formed  in  1980,  and  Sunrise   Preschools,   Inc.,  an  Arizona
corporation,  formed in 1985.  The  Company  has one  wholly  owned  subsidiary,
Sunrise  Preschools  Hawaii,  Inc., formed in fiscal 1990.  Another  subsidiary,
Sunrise Holdings, Inc., formed in fiscal 1987, was dissolved effective September
10, 1994.

Effective  February  1,  1994,  a  portion  of  the  Company's  operations  were
transferred to a Hawaii nonprofit corporation,  Preschool Services,  Inc. (PSI).
Because of PSI's nonprofit status, PSI is eligible to receive certain grants and
subsidies. The Company provides PSI with management, administration, educational
programs  and  operation  of PSI's  preschools  (see  Note 4).  The  results  of
operations  of  the  schools   transferred  to  PSI  are  not  included  in  the
accompanying consolidated financial statements.

In December  1995,  the Company  completed  a public  offering of 333,333  newly
issued  shares of Series C Preferred  Stock at $15 per share.  Net proceeds from
the offering were $4,026,475,  which will be used primarily for expansion of the
Company's operations,  both through the opening of additional Company facilities
and the acquisition of existing child care centers.

In February 1996, the underwriters of the public offering exercised their option
to  purchase  24,000  additional  shares  of Series C  Preferred  Stock to cover
over-allotments.  These  shares  were sold by the  Company at the same price and
same terms as those  applicable  to the  initial  offering of Series C Preferred
Stock.

The Company  intends to use the proceeds from the public  offering  primarily to
acquire,  open and equip additional child care centers.  During fiscal 1996, the
Company  acquired or opened six  additional  centers,  increasing  its  licensed
capacity by approximately  1,011 additional children (see Note 3). Management is
continuing to pursue various expansion and acquisition opportunities.

(2)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     (a)  BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The  consolidated   financial   statements   include  the  accounts  of  Sunrise
Preschools,  Inc. and Sunrise Preschools Hawaii, Inc. All intercompany  accounts
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

     (b)  USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

     (c)  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

All  short-term  investments  with a  maturity  of  three  months  or less  when
purchased are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents, which consist
primarily of government securities and other short-term investments,  are stated
at the lower of  aggregate  cost or market and  totaled  $2,027,054  at July 31,
1996.

     (d)  DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and  depreciated  over the estimated
useful  lives of the related  assets,  which  range from three to twelve  years.
Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over the  shorter of either the asset's
useful  life  or  the  related  lease  term.  Depreciation  is  computed  on the
straight-line  method  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and on the  modified
accelerated cost recovery system (MACRS) for income tax purposes.

     (e)  INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible  assets represent the unamortized  excess of the cost of acquisitions
of  existing  child  care  centers,  over the fair  values of the  centers'  net
tangible  assets at the dates of  acquisition.  The intangible  assets are being
amortized  using a  straight-line  method over  various  periods up to 20 years.
Accumulated  amortization at July 31, 1996 was $11,568.  The  recoverability  of
goodwill attributable to the Company's acquisition is continually assessed based
on actual and projected  levels of  profitability  and cash flows of the centers
acquired on an undiscounted basis.

     (f)  PRE-OPENING COSTS

Pre-opening costs are expensed as incurred.

     (g)  ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses include compensation and related benefits of $255,534.

     (h)  ADVERTISING EXPENSES

Advertising  costs  are  expensed  when  incurred  which is  generally  when the
advertising first takes place.  Advertising expenses were approximately $161,000
and $53,000 in 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     (i)  NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Primary net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income available
for common stock (net income less accrued  dividends  for the period on Series B
and Series C Preferred  Stock) by the weighted  average  number of common shares
and common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Shares issuable upon
the  exercise  of  warrants  and  employee  stock  options  that are  considered
antidilutive  are not included in the weighted  average  number of common shares
and common share equivalents outstanding.

Fully diluted net income per share for fiscal 1995 assumes the conversion of the
Series B Preferred Stock into 500,000 shares of common stock.

                                       F-11
<PAGE>

     (j)  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The fiscal year of the  Company  consists  of eight  four-week  periods and four
five-week  periods.  Each quarter of the  Company's  fiscal year consists of two
four-week  periods and one five-week  period.  The Company's fiscal year ends on
the Saturday nearest July 31 of each year. However, for clarity of presentation,
all information has been presented as if the fiscal year ended on July 31.

Certain  reclassifications  have been made to amounts  previously  reported  for
fiscal 1995 to conform with the fiscal 1996 presentation.

     (k)  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of
credit  risk  consist  principally  of cash and cash  equivalents  and  accounts
receivable.  The Company  places its cash and cash  equivalents  with  federally
insured institutions and in mutual funds. The Company believes it is not exposed
to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due
to the large number of customers  comprising  the Company's  customer base. As a
result,  at July 31,  1996,  the Company  does not  consider  itself to have any
significant  concentrations  of credit risk with respect to accounts  receivable
(see Note 4).

     (l)  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 107,  "Disclosures  About Fair
Value of Financial  Instruments"  requires that the Company  disclose  estimated
fair  values  of  financial  instruments.  Cash and cash  equivalents,  accounts
receivable,  note  receivable  and notes  payable  are  carried at amounts  that
reasonably approximate their fair values.

     (m)  RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD

The Financial  Accounting  Standards Board's Statement No. 123,  "Accounting for
Stock Based Compensation"  becomes effective in fiscal 1997. The Company intends
to adopt the pro forma disclosure provisions of Statement No. 123.

(3)  ACQUISITIONS

During fiscal 1996, the Company purchased, for cash, the assets of the following
five  child  care  centers:  two child  care  centers  in the  Denver,  Colorado
metropolitan area on November 1, 1995, one center in Colorado Springs,  Colorado
on April 5, 1996, one center in Sierra Vista, Arizona on April 16, 1996, and one
center in Phoenix,  Arizona on June 28, 1996. These  acquisitions  increased the
Company's licensed capacity by 791. The total aggregate purchase price for these
acquisitions was $850,000. Additional acquisition costs totaled $137,817.

The  acquisitions  were accounted for as purchases.  The amount of each purchase
price in  excess  of net  tangible  assets  acquired  was  allocated  among  the
following  intangible  assets:  goodwill -  $584,087;  noncompete  agreements  -
$105,000, and; customer base - $56,000.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

Summarized below are the unaudited pro forma consolidated  results of operations
of the Company for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1996 assuming the acquisitions
were  consummated  as of August 1, 1995.  The unaudited  pro forma  consolidated
results of operations have been prepared for  comparative  purposes only and are
not  necessarily  indicative of what would have occurred had these  transactions
been made at August 1, 1995 or of results which may occur in the future.

      Revenues                                              $11,517,994
      Net loss                                                 (691,533)
      Net loss per common share and common share equivalent       (0.35)

(4)  PRESCHOOL SERVICES, INC.:

In January  1994,  the Board of Directors  approved the transfer of a portion of
the Company's  operations to Preschool Services,  Inc. (PSI), a Hawaii nonprofit
corporation.  Because of PSI's  nonprofit  status,  PSI is  eligible  to receive
certain  grants  and  subsidies.  The  Company  provides  PSI  with  management,
administration and educational  programs for PSI's child care centers and leases
substantially  all of  the  equipment  and  other  property  necessary  for  the
operation  of the  related  child care  centers  to PSI under an  Administrative
Services  Agreement,  License and Equipment Lease (the PSI  Agreement).  The PSI
Agreement  stipulates that the Company is to receive an administrative  services
fee (the  Administrative  Fee) for providing the services  described  above. For
fiscal  1995,  the  Administrative  Fee  totaled  $42,000.  Pursuant  to the PSI
Agreement,  the  Administrative  Fee equals 9% of PSI's  adjusted gross revenues
each  month,  subject to certain  limitations.  In  addition,  the Company is to
receive lease payments of approximately $120,000 annually.

During fiscal 1995, the Company agreed to defer future  Administrative  Fees and
lease  payments due from PSI (which are an aggregate of  approximately  $170,000
annually)  until such time as PSI's cash flow is  adequate  to fund these  fees,
which the Company estimates will be no sooner than 1998. In connection with this
deferral,  the accumulated amounts due from PSI at July 31, 1995, were converted
to a promissory  note equal to the present value of the expected future payments
to be received from PSI related to the balance of the receivable  outstanding at
July 31, 1995, over a period of seven years. This resulted in a reduction in the
outstanding receivable balance,  through a charge to the provision for bad debts
of $176,500 in fiscal 1995.  The promissory  note bears  interest at 8.0%,  with
monthly payments due beginning  January 1998 through July 2002.  During 1996, an
allowance  was  provided  for all lease  payments not paid by PSI to the Company
which totaled  approximately  $374,000 and all administrative fees were deferred
which totaled  $42,000.  At July 31, 1996 and 1995, the note receivable from PSI
totaled $256,251.

Due to continued  operating  losses incurred during 1996, PSI approved a plan to
close two of its schools upon the expiration of the leases.  Since the estimated
cash flows will not be sufficient to recover the leasehold  improvements related
to these two  schools,  the  Company  recorded an  impairment  reserve for these
assets which totaled approximately  $184,000 which is included in facilities and
maintenance expenses in fiscal 1996.

Also,  since the Company is the lessee for two these leases,  it is contingently
liable for the lease payments to third-parties.  Since the estimated future cash
flows of PSI will not be sufficient to make the scheduled  lease  payments,  the
Company recorded a contingent liability of approximately $418,000 related to the
remaining  lease  payments  which  is  included  in  facilities  management  and
maintenance expenses in fiscal 1996.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

(5)  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment  and property and equipment  leased to PSI consist of the
following:
                                                          Property and
                                             Property       Equipment
                                           and Equipment  Leased to PSI
                                           -------------  -------------
Furniture and fixtures                     $   644,820    $   79,791
Equipment                                    1,296,939       277,907
Vehicles                                       631,627        84,142
Leasehold improvements                         681,162       978,558
                                           -----------    ----------
                                             3,254,548     1,420,398
Less-Accumulated depreciation and
amortization                                (1,867,861)     (869,106)

Less-Impaired asset reserve                         
and amortization                                    --      (184,000)
                                           -----------    ----------
                                           $ 1,386,687    $  367,292
                                           ===========    ==========

The Company held  leasehold  improvements  and  equipment  under  capital  lease
obligations with a carrying value of approximately $208,000 at July 31, 1996.

(6)  LINES OF CREDIT:

The  Company  currently  has two bank  lines of credit:  (i) a $250,000  working
capital line,  which bears interest at prime (8.25% at July 31, 1996) plus 1.00%
and; (ii) a $250,000  line of credit for the purchase of equipment,  which bears
interest  at prime plus  1.25%.  The lines of credit  are  secured by all of the
Company's equipment,  receivables and inventory.  The amount available under the
working capital line was $150,000 at July 31, 1996.

The Company is required to meet certain  covenants  under these lines of credit,
including  maintaining  certain minimum net working capital balances and meeting
certain net worth, debt and interest coverage ratios.  The terms of the lines of
credit  also limit the  ability  of the  Company to pay  dividends  without  the
consent of the bank. At July 31, 1996,  the Company was in  compliance  with all
covenants  of the line of credit  agreements  except  for its debt and  interest
coverage ratio which it obtained a waiver as of July 31, 1996.

These  lines of credit are  renewable  each year on  January  31. As of July 31,
1996,  borrowings  under the working capital line totaled  $100,000.  Borrowings
under the  equipment  line  consisted  of  drawdowns  of  $106,000,  which  were
converted to five-year notes payable.

During fiscal 1996, the weighted  average  interest rate on the working  capital
line of credit was 9.25%.  The Company  expects to be able to renew the lines of
credit under similar terms in the future.  However,  if the credit lines are not
renewed, there is no assurance that they can be replaced.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

(7)  NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASES:

Notes payable and capital leases consist of the following:

    Installment notes payable to financial institutions,
    payable monthly with interest rates ranging from 
    7.2% to 17.0%, maturing through October 2000, 
    secured by vehicles (carrying value of approximately 
    $518,000 at July 31, 1996)                                    $ 401,974
                                                                  =========

    Capitalized  lease  obligations,  payable  monthly 
    at interest rates ranging from 10.4% to 20.3%, 
    maturing through December 2002                                  236,095
                                                                    638,069
    Less-current portion                                           (133,415)
                                                                   -------- 
    Long-term portion                                              $504,654
                                                                   ========

Repayments  of notes  payable and capital  lease  obligations  are  scheduled as
follows:

  Year Ended
  July 31,                                  Notes              Capital
  --------                                  -----              -------
     1997                                  $86,977             $70,527
     1998                                  102,774              51,398
     1999                                  101,361              45,185
     2000                                   65,988              45,185
     2001                                   27,615              45,185
     Thereafter                             17,259              64,012
                                          --------             -------
                                          $401,974             321,492
                                          ========            
Less - Amounts representing interest                           (85,397)
                                                              --------
                                                              $236,095
                                                              ========
(8)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

The Company  leases 20 of its child care  facilities  and certain  vehicles  and
equipment under  agreements  which have been classified as operating  leases for
financial reporting purposes. Under these agreements,  the Company generally has
responsibility for maintenance, utilities, taxes and insurance expenses. Certain
agreements  provide for the  escalation  of future  rents based on the  Consumer
Price Index or other formulas. Renewal of the agreements are for periods of 5 to
25 years at the Company's  discretion.  Two of these child care  facilities have
been subleased to PSI (see Note 4).

For those leases that require fixed rental escalations during their lease terms,
rent expense is recognized on a  straight-line  basis resulting in deferred rent
of $460,040 at July 31, 1996.  The liability  will be satisfied  through  future
rental payments.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

The  Company  pays no rent at 11 of its  child  care  centers.  However,  profit
sharing  arrangements exist with the owners of five of these facilities,  all of
which are managed for PSI.  Amounts paid to the owners of these  facilities  are
paid by PSI. The arrangements  with the remaining six child care centers provide
for the Company to be reimbursed for expenses and paid a  predetermined  fee for
operating the child care centers.

Future lease commitments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

                    Year Ending
                      July 31,
                    -----------
                        1997            $ 2,658,798
                        1998              2,395,511
                        1999              1,924,866
                        2000              1,606,254
                        2001              1,390,206
                     Thereafter           3,165,411
                                        -----------
                                        $13,141,046
                                        ===========

During fiscal 1996 and 1995, the Company leased  equipment used in two preschool
facilities from an officer/stockholder  for $2,000 per month. This lease expires
in November  1996.  The Company also leased four  vehicles used at its preschool
facilities  during  fiscal years 1996 and 1995 from  officers/stockholders  with
aggregate  monthly  payments of $2,023 per month through April 1996,  $1,641 per
month through March 1997 and $1,190 per month thereafter through June 1998.

Total rent expense for operating leases,  net of sublease income of $242,982 and
$503,534 and  including  amounts paid to related  parties of $51,256 and $48,290
for fiscal years 1996 and 1995,  was  $2,296,455 and $1,916,896 for fiscal years
1996 and 1995, respectively.

The Company has employment  agreements  with two of its principal  officers (the
Employee). These agreements, which have been amended from time-to-time,  provide
for minimum salary levels, cost of living changes, as well as for the payment of
incentive  bonuses,  at the  discretion  of the  Compensation  Committee  of the
Company's Board of Directors,  in accordance with Company bonus plans in effect.
Each of the agreements has a perpetual  three-year  term, such that on any given
date each agreement has a three-year remaining term. The agreements provide that
the employees' salaries will be reviewed annually,  but such salaries may not be
decreased.

Each of the agreements provide that if the Employee is terminated by the Company
other  than for cause of  disability,  or by the  Employee  for good  reason (as
defined in the agreements), the Company shall pay to the Employee (i) his or her
salary through the  termination  date plus any accrued but unpaid  bonuses,  and
(ii) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of three years of the Employee's annual
salary and an amount  equal to all  bonuses  paid to the  Employee  in the three
years immediately preceding termination.  In addition, the Company must maintain
until  the  first to  occur  of (i) the  Employee's  attainment  of  alternative
employment  or (ii) three  years from the date of  termination,  the  Employee's
benefits under the Company's  benefit plans to which the Employee and his or her
eligible   beneficiaries  were  entitled   immediately  prior  to  the  date  of
termination.  In addition, all options or warrants to purchase common stock held
by the Employee on the date of  termination  become  exercisable  on the date of
termination,  regardless of any vesting  provisions,  and remain exercisable for
the  longer  of one  year  from the date of  termination  or the then  remaining
unexpired term of such warrants or options.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

On April 14,  1995,  the Company  entered  into an  acquisition  consulting  and
investor relations agreement with a consultant.  Pursuant to the agreement,  the
consultant will provide various  acquisition  consulting and investor  relations
services  to the  Company,  including  consulting  with the  Company  on matters
involving the financial  community as well as internal  financial  matters.  The
agreement calls for monthly payments of $3,000 for investor  relations  services
until  December 31, 1995,  increasing to $5,700  through  December 31, 1996. The
consultant also is to be paid an acquisition  consulting fee of $15,000 for each
child care  center  acquired by the  Company  during the term of the  agreement.
Pursuant to the agreement,  the Company  granted the  consultant,  as additional
consideration for consulting  services,  a warrant to purchase 145,000 shares of
the  Company's  common  stock at a price of $1.21875 per share and has agreed to
reimburse the  consultant  for certain  expenses.  The  agreement  terminates on
December  31, 1996;  however,  the  agreement  may be  terminated  for cause (as
defined in the agreement) upon ten days notice to the consultant.

(9)  DEFERRED GAIN ON SALE AND LEASEBACK OF PRESCHOOL FACILITIES:

In 1988,  the  Company  entered  into sale and  leaseback  agreements  for three
preschool  facilities.  The aggregate  gain of $490,939 is being  amortized as a
reduction  of rent expense  over the lease terms of ten and fifteen  years.  The
unamortized  deferred  gain  on  the  sale  and  leaseback  of  these  preschool
facilities was $132,651 at July 31, 1996.

(10) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

The Company's  authorized  capital stock consists of 10,000,000 shares of common
stock, par value $.01, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock par value $1.00.

     SALE OF COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS:

At July 31, 1995, the Company issued  warrants to purchase  1,000,000  shares of
the Company's common stock outstanding.  The warrants were issued as part of the
Company's  initial public  offering in September 1987, and had an exercise price
of $5.00 per share.  On September 20, 1995, the expiration  date of the warrants
was extended  until November 6, 1995 and the exercise price was reduced to $1.00
per share.  As a  condition  of this  extension  and change in  exercise  price,
warrant  holders were able to exercise  only one of every 16 warrants  held or a
total of 62,500 warrants.  On November 6, 1995, warrants  representing the right
to purchase 47,074 shares of common stock were exercised, and the Company issued
47,074 shares of common stock in exchange for net proceeds of $40,404.

     SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK:

On February 10, 1995, the Board of Directors  adopted a shareholder  rights plan
(the "Plan"),  which  authorized the  distribution  of one right to purchase one
one-thousandth  of a share of $1.00 par value Series A  Participating  Preferred
Stock (a "Right")  for each share of common  stock of the  Company.  Rights will
become  exercisable  following  the  tenth  day (or  such  later  date as may be
determined  by a majority of the  Directors  not  affiliated  with an  acquiring
person or group)  after a person or group (a) acquires  beneficial  ownership of
15% or more of the Company's  common stock or (b) announces a tender or exchange
offer,  the consummation of which would result in ownership by a person or group
of 15% or more of the Company's common stock.

Upon exercise,  each Right will entitle the holder (other than the party seeking
to acquire  control of the Company) to acquire shares of the common stock of the
Company or, in certain  circumstances,  such acquiring  person at a 50% discount
from market value. The Rights may be terminated by the Board of Directors at any
time prior to the date they become exercisable; thereafter, they may be redeemed
for a specified period of time at $0.001 per Right.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

     SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK AND WARRANTS:

On April 6, 1990, the Company  completed the sale of 500,000 shares of $1.00 par
value Series A Preferred  Stock for $500,000.  On November 22, 1991, the Company
issued 500,000  shares of its Series B Preferred  Stock ("Series B") in exchange
for its  formerly  issued  Series A  Preferred  Stock and the Series A Preferred
Stock was retired.  The  transaction  also  included the issuance of warrants to
purchase up to 500,000  shares of the Company's  common stock at any time during
the period  from  April 6, 1990 to April 6, 1995 at $1.00 per share,  subject to
adjustment. On April 6, 1995, all 500,000 warrants were exercised. Proceeds from
this  issuance  of common  stock,  net of  issuance  and  registration  costs of
$33,815, were $466,185. Each share of Series B has a $1.00 per share liquidation
preference,  carries  a  $.10  per  share  annual  cumulative  dividend  and  is
convertible into one share of the Company's common stock, subject to adjustment.
Cumulative dividends payable on the Series B as of July 31, 1996 were $4,167.

     SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK:

In December  1995,  the Company  completed  a public  offering of 333,333  newly
issued shares of Series C Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series C") at $15 per
share. Net proceeds from the offering were $4,026,475.

In February 1996, the underwriters of the public offering exercised their option
to  purchase  24,000  additional  shares  of Series C  Preferred  Stock to cover
over-allotments.  These  shares  were sold by the  Company at the same price and
same terms as those  applicable  to the  initial  offering of Series C Preferred
Stock.

Each  share  of  Series  C  carries  a 9%  annual  cumulative  dividend  and  is
convertible into 7.0588 shares of the Company's common stock.  Dividends payable
after the first  anniversary  of the sale of the Series C may,  at the option of
the Company,  be paid in shares of Common Stock having a fair market value equal
to the amount of the dividend.  Cumulative  dividends payable on the Series C as
of July 31, 1996 were $40,200.

The Series C ranks junior to the  Company's  Series B in terms of dividends  and
liquidation rights, but senior to all other capital stock of the Company.

(11) INCOME TAXES:

Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 109 (SFAS 109),  Accounting for
Income Taxes,  requires the use of an asset and liability approach in accounting
for income  taxes.  Deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are recorded  based on
differences  between  the  financial  statement  and tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities  at the tax rates in effect when these  differences  are expected to
reverse.

Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight
of  available  evidence,  it is more likely than not that all or some portion of
the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate  realization  of the
deferred  tax asset  depends on the  Company's  ability to  generate  sufficient
taxable income in the future.

At July 31, 1995,  it was  determined  that the  valuation  allowance  should be
reduced by $220,000.  Since management  believed that it is more likely than not
that the Company  would  generate  sufficient  taxable  income to realize  these
future tax  benefits.  The changes in the  valuation  allowance  resulted in the
recording  of an income tax benefit of $220,000 in the year ended July 31, 1995.
This  determination  was based primarily on the improvement in the Company's net
income during fiscal 1995 and 1994.

At July 31, 1996,  it was  determined  that the  valuation  allowance  should be
increased by $244,000 to $732,000.  The increase is due to  additional  deferred
tax assets  incurred  during fiscal 1996 that,  based on the weight of available
evidence, more likely than not will not be realized.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>


If the Company is unable to generate  sufficient  taxable  income in the future,
increases  in the  valuation  allowance  will be  required  through  a charge to
expense. If, however,  the Company achieves sufficient  profitability to realize
all of the deferred tax assets, the valuation  allowance will be further reduced
and reflected as an income tax benefit in future periods.

The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows at July 31, 1996:

                                                 Current   Long-Term     Total
                                                 -------   ---------     -----
Deferred Tax Liabilities

     Excess of book basis over tax
         basis in fixed assets                       --   $ (68,000)  $ (68,000)
     Other                                           --      (4,000)     (4,000)
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                     --     (72,000)    (72,000)
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
Deferred Tax Assets
     Tax effect of net operating loss
         carryforward                                --     775,000     775,000
     Allowance for doubtful accounts              5,000          --       5,000
     Accelerated tax depreciation                    --     164,000     164,000
     Deferred revenue                            25,000          --      25,000
     Accrued vacation and sick leave             52,000          --      52,000
     Deferred rent                               38,000     146,000     184,000
     Deferred gain on sale of real estate        18,000      35,000      53,000
     Asset impairment and rental reserve             --     241,000     241,000
     Valuation allowance                             --    (732,000)   (732,000)
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                138,000     629,000     767,000
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                              $ 138,000   $ 557,000   $ 695,000
                                              =========   =========   =========

The Company's net operating loss  carryforwards for federal income tax purposes,
which  comprise 62% of total  deferred tax assets,  at July 31, 1996,  expire as
follows:
                 2004                             $  443,399
                 2005                                861,342
                 2006                                564,007
                 2011                                308,463
                                                  ----------
                                                  $2,177,211
                                                  ==========

The  Company's net operating  loss  carryforwards  for state income tax purposes
totaled approximately $300,000, which expire in 2001.

                                       F-19
<PAGE>

A reconciliation  of the federal income tax rate to the Company's  effective tax
rate is as follows at July 31, 1996:


                                                          1996         1995
                                                          ----         ----
Statutory federal rate                                    (34)%         34%
State taxes, net of federal benefit                        (6)           6
Benefit of net operating loss carryforwards                --          (28)
Benefit due to reduction in valuation allowance            --          (50)
Increase in valuation allowance                            40           --
                                                          ---          ---   
                                                           --%         (38)%
                                                          ===          ===
(12) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Certain  officers of the Company have personally  guaranteed child care facility
lease  payments to  nonrelated  parties.  In addition,  certain  officers of the
Company have personally  guaranteed the Company's  outstanding  debt. As of July
31,  1996,  the  aggregate  amounts  of lease  payments  and  other  obligations
guaranteed by these officers totaled approximately $5,317,000. See Note 8.

(13) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

     1987 STOCK OPTION PLAN

The  Company's  Stock  Option  Plan (the 1987 Plan) was  adopted by the Board of
Directors  and  approved  by the  stockholders  in  July  1987.  Only  employees
(including officers and directors,  subject to certain limitations) are eligible
to receive  options under the 1987 Plan,  under which  240,000  shares of common
stock are authorized for issuance.  To date, options to purchase 237,937 of such
shares have been  granted;  such options  have terms of five to ten years,  with
exercise prices of $0.50 to $2.375 per share, which is generally the fair market
value of the  underlying  shares as of the date of grant.  Options are generally
subject to a three or five-year vesting schedule.

The 1987 Plan provides for the granting to employees of either  "incentive stock
options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended  (the  "Code"),  or  non-qualified  stock  options.  The 1987 Plan is
administered  by the Board of Directors  of the  Company,  or a committee of the
Board,  which  determines  the terms of  options  granted  under the 1987  Plan,
including  the  exercise  price and the number of shares  subject to the option.
Generally, the exercise price of options granted under the 1987 Plan must be not
less than the fair market value of the  underlying  shares on the date of grant,
and the term of each option may not exceed  eleven  years (ten years in the case
of incentive stock options). Incentive stock options granted to persons who have
voting  control  over ten  percent or more of the  Company's  capital  stock are
granted at 110% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of
grant and expire five years after the date of grant.

The 1987 Plan provides the Board of Directors  with the  discretion to determine
when options  granted  thereunder  shall  become  exercisable.  Generally,  such
options  may be  exercised  after a period  of time  specified  by the  Board of
Directors  at any time  prior to  expiration,  so long as the  optionee  remains
employed by the Company.  No option granted under the 1987 Plan is  transferable
by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution,  and
each  option is  exercisable  during the  lifetime of the  optionee  only by the
optionee.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

     1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

The  Company's  1995 Stock Option Plan (the 1995 Plan)  authorizes  the Board to
grant  options to  employees  of the Company to purchase up to an  aggregate  of
500,000 shares of common stock. Officers and other employees of the Company who,
in the opinion of the Board of  Directors,  are  responsible  for the  continued
growth and development and the financial  success of the Company are eligible to
be granted  options under the 1995 Plan. To date options to purchase  362,063 of
such shares have been  granted,  with  exercise  prices of $1.375 to $2.25,  per
share.  Options may be non-qualified  options,  incentive stock options,  or any
combination of the foregoing.  In general,  options  granted under the 1995 Plan
are not  transferable and expire eleven years after the date of grant (ten years
in the case of incentive  stock  options).  The per share  exercise  price of an
incentive stock option granted under the 1995 Plan may not be less than the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of grant.  Incentive  stock options
granted to persons who have  voting  control  over 10% or more of the  Company's
capital  stock are  granted at 110% of the fair market  value of the  underlying
shares on the date of grant and expire five years after the date of grant.

The 1995 Plan provides the Board of Directors  with the  discretion to determine
when options granted thereunder will become exercisable. Generally, such options
may be exercised  after a period of time  specified by the Board of Directors at
any time prior to expiration,  so long as the optionee  remains  employed by the
Company.  No option granted under the 1995 Plan is  transferable by the optionee
other than by will or the laws of descent and  distribution,  and each option is
exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee.  No option
may be granted after May 2, 2005.

     NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company's Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the Directors' Plan) was
adopted by the Board of Directors in May 1995. Only  non-employee  directors are
eligible to receive  options  under the  Directors'  Plan,  under which  100,000
shares are authorized for issuance.  To date,  options to purchase 30,000 shares
of common stock have been granted; such options have a term of six years with an
exercise  price of $1.375 to $2.1875 per share,  which was the fair market value
of the underlying shares on the date of grant. Except for options granted on the
effective  date of the  Directors'  Plan,  which are fully  vested,  all options
granted  under  the  Directors'  Plan  will be  subject  to a  one-year  vesting
schedule.  All options  granted or to be granted under the  Directors'  Plan are
non-qualified stock options.

On the date the Directors' Plan was adopted by the Company's Board of Directors,
each non-employee director was granted an option to acquire 10,000 shares of the
Company's  common  stock.  Each  non-employee  director  who  joins the Board of
Directors after the date the Company's Board of Directors approved the plan will
likewise  receive an option to acquire  10,000  shares of the  Company's  common
stock.

In  addition  to the  foregoing  option  grants,  each year  every  non-employee
director  automatically  receives  an  option  to  acquire  5,000  shares of the
Company's  common stock on the third business day following the date the Company
publicly announces its annual financial results; provided that such director has
attended at least 75% of the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the Board
Committees  of which such  non-employee  director  is a member in the  preceding
fiscal year.

No option granted under the Directors Plan is transferable by the optionee other
than by will or the  laws of  descent  and  distribution,  and  each  option  is
exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
The  following  summarizes  the activity for the plans for the fiscal year ended
July 31, 1996:
                                                                 Exercise Price
                                                   Total           per Share
                                                   -----           ---------
Options outstanding at
 beginning of year                                610,000        $ .50 - $2.375
   Granted                                         26,189        $ 3.75 -$ 2.25
   Canceled                                        (6,189)               $1.375
   Exercised                                           --
                                                  --------
Options outstanding
  at end of year                                  630,000        $ .50 - $2.375
                                                  =======        ==============
Exercisable at end of year                        396,480        $ .50 - $2.375
                                                  =======        ==============
Options available for
  grant at end of year                            210,000
                                                  =======
     401(K) PLAN

In June 1995, the Company implemented a contributory retirement plan (the 401(k)
Plan) for the majority of its employees  with at least one year of service.  The
401(k)  Plan  is  designed  to  provide  tax-deferred  income  to the  Company's
employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Code.

The 401(k) Plan provides that each participant may contribute up to 17% of their
salary,   not  to  exceed  the  statutory   limit.   The  Company  will  make  a
fixed-matching contribution equal to 25% of each participant's contribution,  up
to a maximum of 2% of total  annual cash  compensation  received  by  respective
participants.  Under the terms of the 401(k)  Plan,  the  Company  may also make
discretionary year-end  contributions.  Each participant has the right to direct
the investment of his or her funds among certain named plans.

(14) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

On August 22, 1996,  the Company  purchased  the  operations  of four  preschool
centers in the Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area. The consideration paid by the
Company in connection with this acquisition was $775,000,  of which $350,000 was
paid at the closing of the purchase on August 22, 1996,  and $425,000 was a note
payable.  The  purchase  of these  centers  was  accounted  for as a purchase in
accordance  with  Accounting   Principles   Board  Opinion  No.  16.  

Pro forma  (unaudited)  information  for the six month periods ended January 31,
1997 and 1996 follows:

                Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. and Subsidiary
           Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Income Statement
               For the Six Months Ended January 31, 1997 and 1996
                      (In thousands, except per share data)

                                                1997     1996
                                              -------   -------
     Operating Revenues                       $ 6,457   $ 5,422
     Operating Expenses                         6,480     5,322
                                              -------   -------
     Income from Operations                       (23)      100
     Non-operating Income (Expense)                45        (7)

                                              -------   -------
         Net Income                           $    22   $    93
                                              =======   =======
         Net Income Available for
             Common Stock                     $  (244)  $    18
                                              =======   =======
         Net Income per Common
             Share and Common Share
             Equivalent                       $ (0.08)  $  0.01
                                              =======   =======
         Average Shares Outstanding             3,021     2,957
                                              =======   =======
                                      F-22
<PAGE>

NO DEALER,  SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON IS  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION  OR
MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  NOT CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS WITH RESPECT TO THE
OFFERING MADE HEREBY.  THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL ANY
OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION  WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO
WHOM,  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE  SUCH AN OFFER.  NEITHER  THE  DELIVERY  OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN
IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR
IN THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.

                ----------------------

                 TABLE OF CONTENTS                      PAGE
                                                        ----
Available Information.................................    2
Prospectus Summary....................................    3
Risk Factors..........................................    6
Use of Proceeds.......................................   12
Dividend Policy.......................................   12
Market for Registrant's Common Equity
   and Related Stockholders Matters...................   13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......   14
Business..............................................   22
Management............................................   35
Executive Compensation................................   37
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........   42
Principal and Selling Securityholders.................   43
Plan of Distribution..................................   46
Description of Securities.............................   47
Legal Matters.........................................   54
Experts...............................................   54
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants 
  on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..............   55
Financial Statements..................................  F-1



                                1,382,229 SHARES
                                OF COMMON STOCK    
                                    
                               SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL
                                 SERVICES, INC.
                                    
                                    
                                     [LOGO]
                                    

                                -----------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                -----------------
                                    
                             _________________, 1997

<PAGE>

                              PART II TO FORM SB-2
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         The Company's Restated  Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws require
the Company to indemnify each of its officers and Directors against  liabilities
and  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in  any  action  or  proceeding,  including
stockholders'  derivative actions, by reason of such person being or having been
an officer or Director of the Company,  or of any other corporation for which he
or she  serves as such at the  request of the  Company,  to the  fullest  extent
permitted  by Delaware  law.  Pursuant to Delaware  law, the Company has adopted
provisions  in  its  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  that
eliminate,  to the fullest  extent  available  under  Delaware law, the personal
liability of its Directors and Officers of the Company or its  stockholders  for
monetary damages incurred as a result of the breach of their duty of care. These
provisions  neither limit the  availability of equitable  remedies nor eliminate
Directors'  or Officers'  liability  for engaging in  intentional  misconduct or
fraud, knowingly violating a law or unlawfully paying a distribution.

         The Company has been advised that it is the position of the  Commission
that insofar as the foregoing provision may be invoked to disclaim liability for
damages  arising  under the  Securities  Act, such  provision is against  public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

         Section  78.751 of the NGCL enables a corporation to eliminate or limit
personal  liability of members of its board of directors for violations of their
fiduciary  duties.  However,  Nevada law does not permit  the  elimination  of a
director's  liability  for engaging in any  transaction  from which the director
derived an improper  personal  benefit or for unlawfully  paying a distribution.
The statute has no effect on the availability of equitable remedies,  such as an
injunction or rescission, for breach of fiduciary duty.

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

         The following  table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses of the
Company in connection with the Offering other than underwriting discounts.

     SEC Registration Fee......................................... $   576.00
     Legal Fees and Expenses*.....................................  10,000.00
     Accounting Fees and Expenses*................................   5,000.00
     Printing Expenses*...........................................   5,000.00
     Blue Sky Fees and Expenses*..................................   2,000.00
     Miscellaneous*...............................................   2,000.00
                                                                   ----------
     Total........................................................ $24,576.00
                                                                   ==========
- --------------------
* Estimated.
                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

         During the three year period  ending May 30, 1997,  the Company has not
sold any securities without registration under the Securities Act.


ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibit                                                           Page Number or
Number                     Description                          Method Of Filing
- ------                     -----------                          ----------------

3.1     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant               (1)

3.2     Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of              (14)
        Incorporation

3.3     Second Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate          (18)
        of Incorporation

3.4     Certificate of Designation of Series B Preferred Stock of         (7)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc., dated November 21, 1991
   
3.5(a)  Certificate of Designation of Series C Preferred Stock             *
        of Sunrise Preschools, Inc. dated November 3, 1995

3.5(b)  First Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation       *
        of Series C Preferred Stock, dated December 15, 1995

3.5(c)  Second Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation      *
        of Series C Preferred Stock, dated December 19, 1995
    

3.6     Bylaws of Registrant, as amended                                  (1)

   
5       Opinion of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P. as to the              *
        legality of the securities being registered
    

10.1    Lease Agreement dated January 31, 1983 between Earl H.            (1)
        Jones and Venture Educational Programs, Inc.

10.2    Lease Agreement dated April 1, 1984 between                       (1)
        McClintock Associates Limited Partnership, an Arizona
        limited partnership, and Venture Educational  Programs,
        Inc.


10.3    Lease Agreement dated October 24, 1986 between Peoria             (1)
        Investment Company, Inc. an Arizona corporation, and
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc., an Arizona corporation

10.4    Lease Agreement dated October 16, 1986 between Sun                (1)
        School I Limited Partnership, an Arizona limited
        partnership, and Sunrise Preschools, Inc., an Arizona
        corporation

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

10.5    Lease Agreement dated April 1, 1986, between Sunrise              (1)
        Partners, an Arizona corporation, and Sunrise Preschools,
        Inc., an Arizona corporation

10.6    Lease Agreement dated February 5, 1987, between Sun               (1)
        School II Limited Partnership, an Arizona limited
        partnership, and Sunrise Preschools, Inc., an Arizona
        corporation

10.7    Lease Agreement dated June 26, 1987, between Huber                (1)
        Farm Service of Phoenix, Inc., an Arizona corporation,
        and Sunrise Preschools, Inc., a Delaware corporation

10.8    Lease Agreement dated June 26, 1987, between Huber                (1)
        Farm Service of Phoenix, Inc., an Arizona corporation,
        and Sunrise Preschools, Inc., a Delaware corporation

10.9    Equipment Lease between James R. Evans and Sunrise                (1)
        Preschools, Inc.

10.10   Lease Agreement, dated July 29, 1988, between Sunrise             (2)
        Preschools, Inc. and Investad, Inc.

10.11   Lease Agreement, dated July 25, 1988, between Sunrise             (2)
        Preschools, Inc., and LV Properties, an Arizona general
        partnership

10.12   Lease Agreement, dated May 12, 1988, between Sunrise              (2)
        Preschools, Inc. and Jaymark Komer and Eugene Victor
        Komer and Ruth Lena Komer, as Trustees of the Komer
        Family Trust dated December 30, 1980

10.13   Lease Agreement, dated July 29, 1988, between Sunrise             (2)
        Preschools, Inc. and Kailua Beach Center, Inc.

10.14   Lease Agreement, dated January 11, 1988, between                  (3)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Mercado Developers

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

10.15   Amendment of Lease Agreement dated March 8, 1990                  (4)
        between Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Jaymark Komer
        and Komer Family Trust dated May 12, 1988

10.16   Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement              (5)
        dated April 6, 1990, between Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and
        Lepercq Capital Management, Inc.

10.17   Vehicle Use Agreement dated February 14, 1991 between             (6)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and James R. Evans

10.18   Vehicle Use Agreement dated February 14, 1991 between             (6)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Barbara L. Owens

10.19   Lease Agreement, dated July 1, 1991, between Sunrise              (6)
        Preschools, Inc., and Maruni Arizona, Inc.

10.20   Purchase Agreement, dated November 18, 1991, between              (7)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc., LN Investment Capital Limited
        Partnership, Lepercq Investment Limited Partnership II
        and LN Investment Capital Limited Partnership II

10.21   Amendment of Lease, dated July 22, 1992,  between                 (8)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Jaymark Komer and Komer
        Family Trust

10.22   Management Agreement, dated November 14, 1993,                   (11)
        between United Church of Christ and Sunrise Preschools,
        Inc.

10.23   Vehicle Use Agreement dated June 15, 1993 between                 (9)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and James R. Evans

10.24   Vehicle Use Agreement dated June 15, 1993 between                 (9)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Barbara L. Owens

10.25   Term Sheet Agreement, dated December 7, 1992,                     (9)
        between Joy of Christ Lutheran Church and Sunrise
        Preschools, Inc.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

10.26   Agreement between Lutheran Church of Honolulu and                 (9)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc., dated May 19, 1993

10.27   Employment Agreement between Sunrise Preschools,                 (10)
        Inc. and James R. Evans, dated October 15, 1993

10.28   Employment Agreement between Sunrise Preschools,                 (10)
        Inc. and Barbara L. Owens, dated October 15, 1993

10.29   Administrative Services Agreement, License, and                  (11)
        Equipment Lease, dated February 1, 1994, between
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Preschool Services, Inc.

10.30   Preferred Shares Rights Agreement, dated February 10,            (12)
        1995, between Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and American
        Securities Transfer, Incorporated, including the 
        Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences 
        and Privileges of Series A Participating Preferred
        Stock, the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary 
        of Rights attached thereto as Exhibits A, B and C,
        respectively.

10.31   First Amendment to Employment Agreement between                  (13)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and James R. Evans, dated
        September 16, 1994

10.32   First Amendment to Employment Agreement between                  (13)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Barbara L. Owens, dated
        September 16, 1994

10.33   Loan Agreement dated January 24, 1995 between Sunrise            (13)
        Preschools, Inc. and Bank One, Arizona, NA for the
        purchase of equipment

10.34   Loan Agreement dated January 24, 1995 between Sunrise            (13)
        Preschools, Inc. and Bank One, Arizona, NA for the
        purchase of vehicles

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

10.35   Revolving Line of Credit Note and Loan Agreement                 (13)
        dated January 24, 1995 between Sunrise Preschools, Inc.
        and Bank One, Arizona, NA

10.36   Acquisition Consulting and Investor Relations                    (14)
        Agreement between Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Miller
        Capital Corporation, dated April 14, 1995

10.37   Second Amendment to Employment Agreement between                 (14)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and James R. Evans, dated
        May 4, 1995

10.38   Second Amendment to Employment Agreement between                 (14)
        Sunrise Preschools, Inc. and Barbara L. Owens, dated
        May 4, 1995

10.39   Asset Purchase Agreement between Children's Choice               (15)
        Learning Center, Inc. and Sunrise Preschool, Inc. dated
        June 26, 1996, with one amendment dated June 28, 1996

10.40   Business Loan Agreement between Bank of America                  (16)
        Arizona and Sunrise Preschools, Inc. dated March 15,
        1996

10.41   Form of Credit and Security Agreement between Imperial             *
        Bank and Sunrise Educational Services, Inc. dated April, 1997

11      Computation of Per Share Earnings                                (19)

16      Letter from Arthur Andersen LLP on Change in                     (17)
        Certifying Accountants

21      List of Subsidiaries                                             (16)

   
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP                                      **

23.2    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP                                    **
    

23.3    Consent of Squire, Sanders & Dempsey L.L.P.                See Exhibit 5
   
    
27      Financial Data Schedule                                          (19)
- ---------- 
  *  Filed herewith.
   
  ** Previously filed.
    
(1)  Incorporated by reference to exhibits to Form S-1 filed July 10, 1987.
(2)  Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  10-K  filed on or about
     October 31, 1988.
(3)  Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  10-K  filed on or about
     October 30, 1989.
(4)  Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  10-Q  filed on or about
     January 31, 1990.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

(5)  Incorporated  by  reference to exhibits to Form 8-K filed on or about April
     20, 1990.
(6)  Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  10-K  filed on or about
     October 28, 1991.
(7)  Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  10-Q  filed on or about
     December 16, 1991.
(8)  Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  10-K  filed on or about
     October 21, 1992.
(9)  Incorporated  by  reference  to exhibits  to Form 10-KSB  filed on or about
     October 8, 1993.
(10) Incorporated  by  reference  to exhibits  to Form 10-QSB  filed on or about
     March 14, 1994.
(11) Incorporated  by  reference  to exhibits to Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
     ended July 31, 1994.
(12) Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  8-K  filed  on or about
     February 10, 1995.
(13) Incorporated  by  reference  to exhibits  to Form 10-QSB  filed on or about
     March 10, 1995.
(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to Form SB-2 filed October 23, 1995.
(15) Incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibits  to Form  8-K  filed  on or about
     September 9, 1996
(16) Incorporated  by  reference  to exhibits to Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
     ended July 27, 1996.
(17) Incorporated  by reference to exhibits to Form 8-K filed on or about May 1,
     1996.
(18) Incorporated by reference to exhibit to Form 8-K filed on or about February
     18, 1997.
(19) Incorporated by reference to exhibits to Form 10-QSB filed March 11, 1997

         (b)      Financial Statement Schedules.

         Financial  Statement Schedules have been omitted because of the absence
of  conditions  under which they are required or because the  required  material
information  is included in the  Financial  Statements or Notes to the Financial
Statements included herein.


                                      II-7
<PAGE>

ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS

     1.  Insofar  as   indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers and
controlling  persons of the small  business  issuer  pursuant  to the  foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the
opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC") such  indemnification
is  against   public  policy  as  expressed  in  the  Act  and  is,   therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other  than the payment by the small  business  issuer of expenses
incurred  or paid by a  director,  officer  or  controlling  person of the small
business issuer in the successful defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities  being  registered,  the small  business  issuer will,  unless in the
opinion of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  of whether  such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     2.  The  undersigned  small business  issuer will: (i) for determining any
liability  under  the  Act,  treat  the  information  omitted  from  the form of
prospectus filed as a part of this Registration  Statement in reliance upon Rule
430A and contained in a form or prospectus  filed by the small  business  issuer
under  Rule  424(b)(1),  or  (4)  or  497(h)  under  the  Act as  part  of  this
Registration Statement as of the time the SEC declared it effective and (ii) for
determining  any liability  under the Act, treat each  post-effective  amendment
that  contains a form of prospectus as a new  registration  statement,  and that
offering of the  securities  at that time as the initial  bona fide  offering of
those securities.

     3.  The undersigned small business issuer will:

         (1)  File, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a
              post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement to:

              (i)   Include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the
                    Act;

              (ii)  Reflect in the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events  which,
                    individually or together,  represent a fundamental change in
                    the    information    in   the    Registration    Statement.
                    Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any increase or decrease in
                    volume of securities  offered (if the total dollar volume of
                    securities   offered   would  not  exceed   that  which  was
                    registered)  and any  deviation  from the low or high end of
                    the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the
                    form of  prospectus  filed  with  the SEC  pursuant  to Rule
                    424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the changes in the volume and
                    price  represent  no more that a 20%  change in the  maximum
                    aggregate  offering price set forth in the  "Calculation  of
                    Registration  Fee"  table  in  the  effective   registration
                    statement;

              (iii) Include any additional or changed material  information on
                    the plan of distribution.

                                      II-8
<PAGE>

          (2)  For  determining  liability  under the Securities Act, treat each
               post-effective  amendment as a new registration  statement of the
               securities  offered,  and the offering of the  securities at that
               time to be the initial bona fide offering.

          (3)  File a post-effective  amendment to remove from  registration any
               of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.





                                      II-9
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   
         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements of filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this amendment to the
registration  statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City of Scottsdale and State of Arizona on June 13, 1997.

                                      SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES, INC.,
                                      a Delaware corporation


                                      By /s/ James R. Evans
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                             James R. Evans
                                             Chairman of the Board and President


         In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
amendment  to the  registration  statement  was  signed  below by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.


Signature                          Title                                Date
- ---------                          -----                                ----

/s/ James R. Evans
- ------------------------------   Chairman of the Board and         June 13, 1997
James R. Evans                   President (Principal Executive
                                 Officer)

/s/ Barbara L. Owens
- ------------------------------   Director and Acting Controller    June 13, 1997
Barbara L. Owens                 (Principal Financial and 
                                 Accounting Officer)

/s/    *
- ------------------------------   Director                          June 13, 1997
Robert A. Rice

/s/    *
- ------------------------------   Director                          June 13, 1997
Richard H. Hinze


By /s/ James R. Evans
  ----------------------------                                     June 13, 1997
       James R. Evans
       Attorney-in-Fact
    
                                      II-10

                                                                  EXHIBIT 3.5(a)

                CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES

                                AND PRIVILEGES OF

                            SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK

                                       OF

                            SUNRISE PRESCHOOLS, INC.


         Pursuant to Section 151 of the General  Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware:

         We, James R. Evans, the President, and Barbara L. Owens, the Secretary,
respectively,  of Sunrise Preschools, Inc., a corporation organized and existing
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the  "Corporation"),
in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 thereof, DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

         That pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by
the Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation,  as amended,  the
said Board of  Directors on October 13, 1995  adopted the  following  resolution
creating a series of shares of Preferred Stock  designated as Series C Preferred
Stock:

                  "RESOLVED,  that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board
         of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  by  the  Restated  Certificate  of
         Incorporation,  as amended (the  "Amended  Certificate"),  the Board of
         Directors does hereby provide for the issuance of a series of Preferred
         Stock, $1.00 par value, of the Corporation,  to be designated "Series C
         Preferred Stock",  consisting of 421,666 shares and, to the extent that
         the  designations,  powers,  preferences and relative and other special
         rights and the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions  of the
         Series C Preferred  Stock are not stated and  expressed  in the Amended
         Certificate,  does  hereby  fix  and  herein  state  and  express  such
         designations, powers, preferences and relative and other special rights
         and  the  qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions  thereof,  as
         follows:

     1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated as
"Series C Preferred Stock", par value $1.00 per share  (hereinafter  referred to
as the "Series C Preferred"),  and the number of shares constituting such series
shall be 421,666.

     2. RANKING. The Series C Preferred shall rank junior in dividend rights and
liquidation  preference  to the  Corporation's  Series B  Preferred  Stock  (the
"Series  B  Preferred"),  but  senior to all other  series  of  preferred  stock
("Preferred Stock") or common stock ("Common Stock") of the Corporation.
<PAGE>

     3. DIVIDENDS. Subject to the superior rights of the holders of any class or
series of  Preferred  Stock  ranking  superior  to the Series C  Preferred  with
respect to dividends and distributions:

        3.1  DIVIDEND  AMOUNT.  The holders of the Series C  Preferred  shall be
entitled  to receive,  out of any assets of the  Corporation  legally  available
therefor,  cumulative  dividends at a rate of 9% per annum (the "Dividend Rate")
on the total dollar amount of the  consideration  paid (the  "Original  Purchase
Price") to the  Corporation  for each share of Series C Preferred (the "Dividend
Amount").  Such dividends shall be payable  quarterly on the Quarterly  Dividend
Payment  Date  (as  hereinafter  defined),  commencing  on the  first  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share of Series C Preferred.
Dividends  on each share of Series C Preferred  shall  accrue and be  cumulative
from  the date of  issuance  thereof  to the  Redemption  Date  (as  hereinafter
defined) or the Conversion Date (as hereinafter  defined) of each such share, as
applicable  and whichever  first occurs,  whether or not there shall be profits,
surplus or other funds of the Corporation  legally  available for the payment of
such dividends at the time such dividends shall accrue or become due and whether
or not such dividends are declared.

        3.2 QUARTERLY DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE.  Dividends shall be payable on each
share of Series C Preferred on the last day of each September,  December,  March
and June of each year (the "Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date") to the holder of
record on the date thirty  (30) days prior to such  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment
Date.

        3.3  METHOD OF  PAYMENT.  During  the  first  year  following  the first
issuance of a share of Series C Preferred (the "Original Issue Date"), dividends
on the Series C Preferred shall be paid in cash. Following the first anniversary
of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation  shall have the option of paying all
future  dividends either in cash or in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation
having a "Fair Market Value" equal to the Dividend  Amount.  "Fair Market Value"
shall mean the average closing bid prices of the Common Stock of the Corporation
as reported in the WALL STREET JOURNAL for the ten (10) trading days ending five
(5) trading  days prior to the  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date (or, if not so
reported,  as  otherwise  reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System or other  principal  market for the Common
Stock) or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the Fair
Market  Value shall be the average of the closing  prices of the Common Stock of
the  Corporation on such exchange as reported in the WALL STREET JOURNAL for the
ten (10)  trading  days  ending  five (5)  trading  days prior to the  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date.

     4. VOTING RIGHTS. The  holders of Series  C  Preferred shall  have  the 
following voting rights:

                                       2
<PAGE>

        4.1 ONE CLASS VOTING. Except as otherwise provided herein or required by
law, the holders of shares of Series C  Preferred,  of Common Stock and Series B
Preferred shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of
stockholders of the Corporation.

        4.2 SEPARATE  CLASS VOTING.  The  Corporation  shall not,  without first
obtaining  the  affirmative  vote or written  consent of the holders of not less
than a majority of the outstanding  shares of the Series C Preferred voting as a
separate class:

                (a) alter or change any rights, privileges or preferences of the
Series C Preferred;

                (b)  increase or  decrease  the  authorized  number of shares of
Series C Preferred;

                (c)  authorize,   issue  or  create  (by   reclassification   or
otherwise) shares of any class or series of stock equal in priority to or having
any  preference  over the  Series C  Preferred  with  respect  to  dividends  or
liquidation payments;

                (d) amend or waive any provision of the Amended  Certificate  or
Bylaws of the Corporation relative to the Series C Preferred;

                (e) authorize or approve any  liquidation  or dissolution of the
Corporation;

                (f)  authorize  or approve  any merger or  consolidation  of the
Corporation; or

                (g)  authorize  or  approve  any  sale  or  transfer  of  all or
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

        4.3 OTHER  VOTING  RIGHTS.  Except as set forth  herein and except where
voting rights are required by law,  holders of Series C Preferred  shall have no
voting  rights and their  consent shall not be required for taking any corporate
action.

        4.4  NUMBER  OF  VOTES.  Each  share of Series C  Preferred  issued  and
outstanding  shall  have that  number of votes  equal to the number of shares of
Common  Stock into which each share of Series C Preferred is  convertible  which
shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with the  formula  set forth in  Section 8
hereof,  as  of  the  record  date  set  by  the  Board  of  Directors  for  the
determination of any holders of any class of securities entitled to vote on such
matter.  Fractional shares shall not, however, be permitted,  and any fractional
voting  rights  resulting  from this formula  (after  aggregating  all shares of
Common Stock into which  shares of Series C Preferred  held by each holder could
be converted)  shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being
rounded upward).

                                       3
<PAGE>

     5. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS. Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or
distributions  payable on the Series C Preferred as provided in Section 3 are in
arrears,   thereafter   and  until  all   accrued  and  unpaid   dividends   and
distributions,  whether  or not  declared,  on  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred
outstanding  shall  have  been  paid in  full  or set  aside  for  payment,  the
Corporation shall not:

                (a) declare or pay  dividends  on, make any other  distributions
on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise  acquire for  consideration any shares of
stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up) to the Series C Preferred;

                (b) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on
any  shares  of  stock  ranking  on a parity  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up) with the Series C  Preferred,  except
dividends  paid  ratably on the Series C Preferred  and all such parity stock on
which  dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to
which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

                (c) redeem or purchase or  otherwise  acquire for  consideration
shares  of any  stock  ranking  on a  parity  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up) with the Series C Preferred,  provided
that the  Corporation  may at any time  redeem,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire
shares  of any such  parity  stock in  exchange  for  shares of any stock of the
Corporation  ranking  junior  (either  as  to  dividends  or  upon  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up) to the Series C Preferred;

                (d) purchase or otherwise  acquire for  consideration any shares
of Series C  Preferred,  or any  shares of stock  ranking  on a parity  with the
Series C Preferred,  except in accordance  with a purchase offer made in writing
or by  publication  (as  determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of
such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors,  after  consideration  of
the respective  annual  dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences
of the respective series and classes,  shall determine in good faith will result
in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

     6. ELECTION OF SERIES C PREFERRED DIRECTORS.  Whenever quarterly  dividends
or other  dividends  or  distributions  payable  on the  Series C  Preferred  as
provided  in  Section 3 shall  have been in  arrears  for two or more  quarters,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not  declared,  on shares of Series C Preferred  outstanding  shall have been
paid in full or set aside for  payment,  and so long as no less than one hundred
thousand  (100,000) shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding  (appropriately
adjusted for any  recapitalizations,  stock splits,  stock  combinations,  stock
dividends and the like), the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of
Series  C  Preferred  shall  be  entitled  to  elect  two (2)  directors  to the
Corporation's  Board  of  Directors.   Whenever  quarterly  dividends  or  other
dividends or distributions payable on the Series C Preferred shall have been in

                                       4
<PAGE>

arrears for two or more quarters,  the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable
thereafter, expand the Board of Directors by two members and hold an election at
which a majority of the  holders of the Series C Preferred  shall be entitled to
elect two (2) directors to the Corporation's Board of Directors.

     7.  REACQUIRED SHARES.  Any  shares of  Series C  Preferred  purchased  or
otherwise  acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired
and canceled promptly after the acquisition  thereof. All such shares shall upon
their  cancellation  become  authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation's
Preferred  Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred  Stock
to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to
the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

     8. CONVERSION

        8.1 RIGHT TO CONVERT.  The holders of the Series C Preferred  shall have
the  right,  at their  option,  to  convert  any  number  of  shares of Series C
Preferred  into shares of Common Stock,  in accordance  with the  procedures set
forth in this Section 8 and subject to the terms and  conditions of this Section
8 at any time.

        8.2 CONVERSION  RATIO.  Each share of Series C Preferred to be converted
shall be convertible at the office of the transfer agent of the Corporation,  as
designated from time to time by the Corporation (the "Transfer  Agent"),  and at
such  other  office  or  offices,  if any,  as the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation  may  designate,  into the  number of fully  paid and  nonassessable
shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original  Purchase Price (plus
accrued but unpaid dividends) by $3.00 (the "Conversion Price").

        8.3  CONVERSION  NOTICE.  In order to  convert  shares  of the  Series C
Preferred,  the holder thereof shall deliver to the Corporation?s Transfer Agent
a notice of  intention to convert such shares and  dividends  together  with the
certificate  or  certificates  for the Series C Preferred to be converted,  duly
endorsed to the Corporation or in blank, or with stock power(s) attached. Shares
of the Series C Preferred  shall be deemed to have been  converted on the day on
which  notice of  intention  to convert  (including  all  required  accompanying
materials  as set  forth  above)  was  delivered  to  the  Transfer  Agent  (the
"Conversion  Date")  and the person or persons  entitled  to receive  the Common
Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes, including
voting such Common  Stock,  as the record holder or holders of such Common Stock
at such time. As promptly as practicable  on or after the  Conversion  Date, the
Corporation?s  Transfer  Agent shall  issue and deliver to the record  holder or
holders of such Series C Preferred a certificate or certificates  for the number
of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such  conversion,  together with cash in
lieu of any  fraction  of a share,  as  hereinafter  provided,  to the person or
persons entitled to receive the same.

                                       5
<PAGE>

        8.4  ADJUSTMENTS  TO CONVERSION  PRICE.  The  Conversion  Price shall be
subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

                (a) For  purposes of this Section 8, the  following  definitions
shall apply:

                        (1) "Options" shall mean rights,  options or warrants to
subscribe  for,  purchase or otherwise  acquire  either Common Stock,  Preferred
Stock or Convertible Securities (defined below).

                        (2)  "Convertible   Securities"  shall  mean  securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

                        (3)  "Additional  Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all
shares of Common  Stock  issued (or,  pursuant to Section  8.4(c),  deemed to be
issued) by the  Corporation  after the Original  Issue Date other than shares of
Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 8.4(c), deemed to be issued):

                                (i)   in   connection    with   the   Series   A
Participating Preferred Stock;

                                (ii) upon  conversion  of shares of the Series B
Preferred and Series C Preferred;

                                (iii) to officers,  directors  and employees of,
and  consultants  to, the  Corporation  pursuant to a written  stock option plan
whether  now  existing  or  hereafter  approved  by the  Corporation's  Board of
Directors;

                                (iv)  pursuant to clause (f), (g) or (h) of this
Section 8.4;

                                (v) upon the  exercise  of Options  issued on or
prior to the Original Issue Date; or

                                (vi) by way of dividend  or other  distributions
on securities referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) hereof.

                (b) No  adjustment  in the  Conversion  Price  shall  be made in
respect  of the  issuance  of  Additional  Shares of  Common  Stock  unless  the
consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed
to be issued by the  Corporation is less than the Conversion  Price in effect on
the date of, and  immediately  prior to such  issue,  for such share of Series C
Preferred.

                (c)  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock shall be deemed to have
been issued under the following conditions:

                                       6
<PAGE>

                        (1)   Except   as   otherwise   provided   in   Sections
8.4(a)(3)(i)-(vi)  and 8.4(b),  in the event the Corporation at any time or from
time  to time  after  the  Original  Issue  Date  shall  issue  any  Options  or
Convertible  Securities or shall fix a record date for the  determination of any
holders  of any class of  securities  entitled  to receive  any such  Options or
Convertible  Securities,  then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the
instrument  relating thereto without regard to any provision  contained  therein
for a subsequent  adjustment  of such number) of Common Stock  issuable upon the
exercise of such Options or, in the case of  Convertible  Securities and Options
therefor,  the conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities,  shall be
deemed to be  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  issued as of the time of such
issue  or,  in case  such a record  date  shall  have  been  fixed  for any such
exchange,  as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any
such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

                                (i) no  further  adjustment  in  the  Conversion
Price  shall be made upon the  subsequent  issue of  Convertible  Securities  or
shares of Common  Stock  upon the  exercise  of such  Options or  conversion  or
exchange of such Convertible Securities;

                                (ii) if such Options or  Convertible  Securities
by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise,  for any increase
or  decrease in the  consideration  payable to the  Corporation,  or increase or
decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable,  upon the  exercise,
conversion or exchange thereof,  the Conversion Price computed upon the original
issue thereof (or upon the  occurrence  of a record date with respect  thereto),
and any subsequent  adjustments based thereon,  shall, upon any such increase or
decrease becoming effective,  be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease
insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under
such Convertible Securities;

                                (iii) upon the expiration of any such Options or
any rights of conversion or exchange  under such  Convertible  Securities  which
shall not have been exercised,  the Conversion  Price computed upon the original
issue thereof (or upon the  occurrence  of a record date with respect  thereto),
and any subsequent  adjustments based thereon,  shall, upon such expiration,  be
recomputed as if:

                                        (A)   in   the   case   of   Convertible
Securities or Options for Common  Stock,  the only  Additional  Shares of Common
Stock  issued  were shares of Common  Stock,  if any,  actually  issued upon the
exercise of such  Options or the  conversion  or  exchange  of such  Convertible
Securities,  and the  consideration  received  therefor  was  the  consideration
actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options,  whether
or not exercised,  plus the  consideration  actually received by the Corporation
upon such exercise,  or for the issue of all such  Convertible  Securities which
were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any,
actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                        (B)  in  the   case   of   Options   for
Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued
upon the  exercise  thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options and
the  consideration by the Corporation for the Additional  Shares of Common Stock
deemed to have been then issued was the  consideration  actually received by the
Corporation  for the issue of all such Options,  whether or not exercised,  plus
the consideration  received by the Corporation upon the issue of the Convertible
Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

                                (iv) no readjustment  pursuant to clause (ii) or
(iii) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion  Price to a price
that is greater than (a) the Conversion  Price on the original  adjustment date,
or (b) the  Conversion  Price that  would have  resulted  from any  issuance  of
Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original  adjustment date and such
readjustment date; and

                                (v) in the case of any Options  which  expire by
their terms not more than thirty (30) days after the date of issue  thereof,  no
adjustment  of the  Conversion  Price  shall be made  until  the  expiration  or
exercise of all such Options.

                (d) In the event the Corporation  shall issue Additional  Shares
of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued
pursuant to Section  8.4(c) without  consideration  or for a  consideration  per
share less than an amount equal to the Conversion  Price for a share of Series C
Preferred  in effect on the date of, and  immediately  prior to such issue) then
and in such event,  the Conversion Price shall be decreased,  concurrently  with
such issue, to a price  determined by dividing (1) an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the  total  number of shares of  Common  Stock  outstanding  (including  any
Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding) immediately prior to
such issuance  multiplied by the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to
such issuance, plus (ii) the consideration received by the Corporation upon such
issuance,  by (2) the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
(including  any  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  deemed to be  outstanding)
immediately after the issuance of such Common Stock.

                (e) For purposes of this Section 8.4, the consideration received
by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional  Shares of Common Stock shall
be computed as follows:

                                       8
<PAGE>
                        (1) Such consideration shall:

                                (i) insofar as it consists of cash,  be computed
at the  aggregate  amount of cash received by the  Corporation  prior to amounts
paid or payable  for  accrued  interest  or accrued  dividends  and prior to any
commissions or expenses paid by the Corporation;

                                (ii)  insofar as it consists  of property  other
than cash, be computed at the fair value  thereof at the time of such issue,  as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

                                (iii) in the event  Additional  Shares of Common
Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the
Corporation  for  consideration  which covers both,  be the  proportion  of such
consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

                        (2)  The   consideration   per  share  received  by  the
Corporation  for  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock deemed to have been issued
pursuant to Section 8.4(c)(1),  relating to Options and Convertible  Securities,
shall be determined by dividing:

                                (i)  the  total  amount,  if  any,  received  or
receivable by the Corporation as consideration  for the issue of such Options or
Convertible  Securities,   plus  the  minimum  aggregate  amount  of  additional
consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto,  without regard
to  any  provision  contained  therein  for  a  subsequent  adjustment  of  such
consideration)  payable to the  Corporation  upon the exercise of such Option or
the  conversion or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities,  or in the case of
Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible
Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

                                (ii) the  maximum  number  of  shares  of Common
Stock (as set forth in the instruments  relating thereto,  without regard to any
provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable
upon  the  exercise  of such  Options  or the  conversion  or  exchange  of such
Convertible Securities.

                (f) In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be
subdivided by stock split,  stock dividends or otherwise,  into a greater number
of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  the  Conversion  Price  then  in  effect  shall,
concurrently  with the  effectiveness of such  subdivision,  be  proportionately
decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined
or  consolidated,  by  reclassification  or  otherwise,  into a lesser number of
shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price then in effect shall,  concurrently
with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation,  be proportionately
increased. 9
<PAGE>
                (g) In the event that the Corporation from time to time makes or
fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to
receive  any  distribution  (excluding  any  repurchases  of  securities  by the
Corporation  not made on a pro rata basis  from all  holders of any class of the
Corporation's   securities)   payable  in  property  or  in  securities  of  the
Corporation  other than  shares of Common  Stock,  and other  than as  otherwise
adjusted  in this  Section 8 or as  provided in Section 3, then and in each such
event  the  holders  of Series C  Preferred  shall  receive  at the time of such
distribution,  the  amount  of  property  or the  number  of  securities  of the
Corporation  that they would have  received  had their  Series C Preferred  been
converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

                (h) Except as provided in this Section 8, upon any  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  if the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of the  Series  C  Preferred  shall  be  changed  into the same or a
different  number of shares of any other  class or classes of stock,  whether by
capital reorganization,  reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision
or combination of shares  provided for above),  each share of Series C Preferred
and all accrued but unpaid  dividends shall  thereafter be convertible  into the
number of shares of stock or other  securities  or property to which a holder of
the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such conversion shall have
been entitled upon such reorganization or  reclassification.  In any such event,
effective   provision   shall  be  made,  in  the  certificate  or  articles  of
incorporation  of the resulting or surviving  corporation or otherwise,  so that
the provisions  set forth herein for the protection of the conversion  rights of
the Series C Preferred  shall  thereafter be applicable to any such other shares
of stock, other securities,  cash or property deliverable upon conversion of the
shares of the Series C  Preferred  remaining  outstanding  or other  convertible
stock or  securities  received  by the  holders in place  thereof,  and any such
resulting or surviving  corporation  shall  expressly  assume the  obligation to
deliver,  upon the exercise of the  conversion  privilege,  such  shares,  other
securities,  cash or property as the holders of the Series C Preferred remaining
outstanding, or other convertible stock or securities received by the holders in
place thereof,  shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions  hereof,
and to make  provision  for the  protection  of the  conversion  right  as above
provided.

                (i) The Corporation  will not, by amendment of this  Certificate
of  Designation  or its  Amended  Certificate  or  through  any  reorganization,
transfer  of  assets,  consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue  or  sale of
securities or any other voluntary action,  avoid or seek to avoid the observance
or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed  hereunder by the
Corporation  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the  carrying out of
all the provisions of this Section 8 and in the taking of all such action as may
be necessary or  appropriate  in order to protect the  conversion  rights of the
holders of the Series C Preferred against impairment.

                                       10
<PAGE>
                (j) No  adjustment  in the number of shares of Common Stock into
which the shares of Series C Preferred are convertible  shall be required unless
such  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at least 1/10th of a
share;  provided,  however,  that any  adjustment  which by reason hereof is not
required  to be made shall be  carried  forward  and taken  into  account in any
subsequent adjustment.

        8.5 NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT. Whenever any adjustment is required to be made
as provided in Section 8.4, the  Corporation  shall promptly  notify each record
holder of Series C  Preferred  thereof,  describing  in  reasonable  detail  the
adjustment and method of calculation used.

        8.6 RESERVATION OF SHARES.  The  Corporation  shall at all times reserve
and keep  available  free from  preemptive  rights,  out of its  authorized  but
unissued Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series
C Preferred, the full number of shares of Common Stock then deliverable upon the
conversion of all shares of Series C Preferred then outstanding.

        8.7  FRACTIONAL  SHARES.  In the  sole  discretion  of the  Corporation,
instead of any  fraction  of a share  which would  otherwise  be  issuable  upon
conversion of shares of the Series C Preferred or accrued dividends, or interest
thereon,  the  Corporation may pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction
in an amount  equal to the same  fraction of the Fair Market  Value per share of
Common Stock at the close of business on the date of conversion.

        8.8  ACCRUED  BUT UNPAID  DIVIDENDS.  Upon the  receipt of a  Conversion
Notice,  the Corporation may in its discretion,  either pay to the holder of the
Series C  Preferred  submitting  such  Conversion  Notice all accrued but unpaid
dividends on the Series C Preferred  such holder has elected to convert  through
the date of the  Conversion  Notice or convert the dollar  amount of any accrued
but unpaid  dividends  on such  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock into Common
Stock at the Conversion Price.

     9. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. Subject to the  superior  rights
of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock ranking superior to the
Series C Preferred with respect to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation:

        9.1 LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE. Upon any voluntary liquidation,  dissolution
or winding up of the Corporation,  no distribution  shall be made to the holders
of shares of stock  ranking  junior  (either as to payment of  dividends or with
respect to  distributions  upon  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up) to the
Series C  Preferred  unless,  prior  thereto,  the holders of Series C Preferred
shall have received an amount equal to the Original Purchase Price of the shares
of Series C  Preferred  purchased,  plus an amount  equal to accrued  and unpaid
dividends and  distributions  thereon,  whether or not declared,  to the date of
such payment (the "Series C Preferred  Liquidation  Preference").  Following the
payment of the full amount of the Series C Preferred Liquidation Preference,  no
additional distributions shall be made to the holders of Series C Preferred.

                                       11
<PAGE>

        9.2  PARTIAL  DISTRIBUTION.  In the event,  however,  that there are not
sufficient  assets available to permit payment in full of the Series C Preferred
Liquidation  Preference  and the  liquidation  preferences  of all other classes
and/or series of Preferred Stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series
C Preferred,  then such  remaining  assets shall be  distributed  ratably to the
holders of such parity  shares in  proportion  to their  respective  liquidation
preferences.

     10.  CONSOLIDATION,  MERGER, ETC. In  the  event of any  consolidation  or
merger of the Corporation  with or into another  corporation,  or of any sale or
conveyance to another  corporation of all or  substantially  all the property of
the  Corporation,  in any of which  transactions  the  holders  of Common  Stock
receive shares of stock, other securities, cash or property receivable upon such
consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance other than Common Stock, each holder
of Series C Preferred  then  outstanding  and thereafter  remaining  outstanding
shall have the right to convert  each  share of Series C  Preferred  held by him
into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities,  cash or property
receivable upon such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance by a holder of
the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series C Preferred
could have been  converted  immediately  prior to the record date  applicable to
such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or  conveyance,  and  shall  have  no  other
conversion rights. In any such event,  effective provision shall be made, in the
certificate  of  incorporation  of the  resulting  or surviving  corporation  or
otherwise,  so that the  provisions  set forth herein for the  protection of the
conversion  rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred shall  thereafter be
applicable to any such other shares of stock, other securities, cash or property
deliverable  upon  conversion of the shares of the Series C Preferred  remaining
outstanding or other convertible stock or securities  received by the holders in
place thereof,  and any such resulting or surviving  corporation shall expressly
assume the obligation to deliver, upon the exercise of the conversion privilege,
such shares,  other securities,  cash or property as the holders of the Series C
Preferred  remaining  outstanding,  or other  convertible  stock  or  securities
received by the holders in place thereof,  shall be entitled to receive pursuant
to the  provisions  hereof,  and to make  provision  for the  protection  of the
conversion rights as above provided.

     11. REDEMPTION.

        11.1 REDEMPTION RIGHT. Unless previously  converted,  all or any portion
of the Series C Preferred together with all dividends accrued but unpaid on such
Series C Preferred  computed to the  Redemption  Date (as defined  below) may be
redeemed on a pro rata basis by the Corporation at its election from the holders
of such Series C Preferred at any time and from time to time; provided, however,
that the Company may not redeem the Series C Preferred unless the average of the
closing  asked prices per share of Common Stock have equaled or exceeded 150% or
more of the  Conversion  Price of the Series C  Preferred  for any  twenty  (20)
consecutive  trading days ending within five (5) days  immediately  prior to the
date on which a  Redemption  Notice (as defined  below) is given by the Company.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the holders of the Series C Preferred will have
the right to convert  the  Series C  Preferred  to Common  Stock for a period of
thirty (30) days following notice of redemption.

                                       12
<PAGE>


        11.2  REDEMPTION  NOTICE.  Before  redeeming  the Series C Preferred  as
provided in Section 11.1, the Corporation  shall mail by certified or registered
mail to each  record  holder  thereof  at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to the
Redemption  Date (as defined below),  at the address shown on the  Corporation's
records, a written notice (a "Redemption Notice") stating:

                        (a) the number of shares of Series C  Preferred  held by
such holder which the  Corporation  proposes to redeem,  including the amount of
any accrued but unpaid dividends;

                        (b) the price at  which such  shares  may be  redeemed,
which shall be an amount equal to the Series C Preferred Liquidation  Preference
computed to the Redemption Date (the "Redemption Price");

                        (c) the date on  which the  Corporation will  pay  the 
Redemption Price (the "Redemption Date"); and

                        (d) the place at which the shares of Series C Preferred
to be redeemed must be surrendered in exchange for the Redemption Price.

Each holder of shares of the Series C Preferred to whom an Redemption  Notice is
mailed  shall be  entitled  to receive in cash on the  Redemption  Date the full
Redemption  Price  for each  share of Series C  Preferred  to be  redeemed  upon
surrender by such holder at the place  designated in such  Redemption  Notice of
the certificate  representing  such Series C Preferred duly endorsed in blank or
accompanied  by an  appropriate  form of assignment  duly endorsed in blank with
signature  guaranteed.  In  case  less  than  the  total  number  of  securities
represented  by any  certificate  are  redeemed on the  Redemption  Rate,  a new
certificate  representing the number of unredeemed  securities will be issued to
the holder thereof without cost to the holder  immediately upon surrender of the
certificate  representing the redeemed  securities.  If the Corporation fails to
pay the Redemption  Price on the  Redemption  Date for any reason other than the
failure of a holder to surrender his Series C Preferred certificate as required,
then the  Redemption  Date shall be the date on which the  Corporation  actually
pays the Redemption Price. All rights arising hereunder, other than the right to
receive the Redemption Price, shall terminate on the Redemption Date.

        11.3 If the  Corporation  shall pay less than the  aggregate  redemption
price due on such date for all shares of all  series of  Preferred  Stock  being
redeemed having the same priority on liquidation as the Series C Preferred, then
shares shall be redeemed  from,  and payment  shall be  distributed  among,  the
holders  of the  shares of all such  series on the same pro rata basis that such
holders  would share in payments of the aggregate  redemption  price due on such
date for all shares of Preferred Stock being redeemed.

     12. OTHER NOTICES. If at any time:

                        (a) The  Corporation  shall  declare any dividend on the
Common  Stock  payable in shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation,  cash or
other property; or

                                       13
<PAGE>
                        (b) The Corporation shall  authorize the  issue of any 
options,  warrants or rights pro rata to all holders of Common  Stock  entitling
them to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of the  Corporation  or to
receive any other rights; or

                        (c) The Corporation shall  authorize the  distribution 
pro rata to all holders of Common  Stock of a cash  dividend  payable  otherwise
than out of earnings of surplus legally available therefor under the laws of the
State of Delaware,  shares of its capital stock (other than Common Stock), stock
or other  securities of other persons,  evidences of indebtedness  issued by the
Corporation or other persons,  assets  (excluding  cash dividends) or options or
rights  (excluding  options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock
or other  securities of the Corporation  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for
Common Stock); or

                        (d) There shall  occur  any  reclassification of  the 
Common Stock, or any  consolidation  or merger of the  Corporation  with or into
another Corporation or a sale, conveyance or other disposition to another entity
of all or substantially all of the properties of the Corporation; or

                        (e) There shall  occur the  voluntary or  involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

then, and in each of such cases, the Corporation shall deliver to each holder of
Series C Preferred at its last address appearing on the books of the Corporation
as promptly as  practicable  but in any event at least twenty (20) days prior to
the applicable  record date (or  determination  date) mentioned  below, a notice
stating,  to the extent such  information is available,  (i) the date on which a
record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,  distribution or rights,
or, if a record is not to be taken,  the date as of which the  holders of Common
Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend,  distribution  or rights are to
be determined,  or (ii) the date on which such reclassification,  consolidation,
merger,  sale, transfer,  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up is expected to
become  effective and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common
Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange  their Common Stock for securities
or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger,
sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution or winding up."

                                       14
<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we have executed and subscribed this  Certificate
and do affirm the foregoing as true under the penalties of perjury this 3rd day
of November, 1995.



                                            /s/ James R. Evans
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            JAMES R. EVANS, President

ATTEST:

/s/ Barbara L. Owens
- ------------------------------------
BARBARA L. OWENS, Secretary












                                       15


                                                                  EXHIBIT 3.5(b)
                                     AMENDED

               CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES

                                AND PRIVILEGES OF

                            SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK

                                       OF

                            SUNRISE PRESCHOOLS, INC.


     Pursuant  to Section  151 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of
Delaware:

     We, James R. Evans,  the President,  and Ronald J. O'Connor,  the Assistant
Secretary,  respectively,  of Sunrise Preschools,  Inc., a corporation organized
and existing  under the General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware  (the
"Corporation"),  in accordance  with the  provisions of Section 103 thereof,  DO
HEREBY CERTIFY:

          That pursuant to the authority  conferred  upon the Board of Directors
     by  the  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation,  as
     amended,  the said Board of  Directors  on October  13, 1995  designated  a
     series of shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Preferred Stock;

          That  the  Certificate  of  Designation  of  Rights,  Preferences  and
     Privileges of Series C Preferred  Stock (the  "Original  Certificate")  was
     filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 8, 1995;

          That as of the date hereof,  the  Corporation  has issued no shares of
     the Series C Preferred Stock;

          That pursuant to the authority  conferred  upon the Board of Directors
     by  the  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation,  as
     amended,  and  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  151 of the General
     Corporation  Law,  the said Board of Directors on December 15, 1995 adopted
     the following resolutions, which amend and restate the Original Certificate
     in its entirety,  without changing the original designation of the Series C
     Preferred Stock.

<PAGE>

          "RESOLVED,  that  pursuant  to the  authority  vested  in the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation by the Restated  Certificate of Incorporation,
     as amended (the "Amended Certificate"),  the Board of Directors does hereby
     provide for the issuance of a series of Preferred  Stock,  $1.00 par value,
     of the Corporation, to be designated "Series C Preferred Stock", consisting
     of  421,666  shares  and,  to the  extent  that the  designations,  powers,
     preferences  and relative and other special rights and the  qualifications,
     limitations and restrictions of the Series C Preferred Stock are not stated
     and expressed in the Amended Certificate,  does hereby fix and herein state
     and express such designations,  powers,  preferences and relative and other
     special  rights  and  the  qualifications,   limitations  and  restrictions
     thereof, as follows:

         DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated
as "Series C Preferred Stock", par value $1.00 per share  (hereinafter  referred
to as the  "Series C  Preferred"),  and the number of shares  constituting  such
series shall be 421,666.

     1.  RANKING.  The Series C Preferred shall rank junior in dividend rights
and liquidation  preference to the  Corporation's  Series B Preferred Stock (the
"Series  B  Preferred"),  but  senior to all other  series  of  preferred  stock
("Preferred Stock") or common stock ("Common Stock") of the Corporation.

     2.     DIVIDENDS.  Subject to the superior rights of the holders of any
class or series of Preferred Stock ranking superior to the Series C Preferred
with respect to dividends and distributions:

          2.1 DIVIDEND AMOUNT.  The holders of the Series C Preferred shall be
entitled  to receive,  out of any assets of the  Corporation  legally  available
therefor,  cumulative  dividends at a rate of 9% per annum (the "Dividend Rate")
on the total dollar amount of the  consideration  paid (the  "Original  Purchase
Price") to the  Corporation  for each share of Series C Preferred (the "Dividend
Amount").  Such dividends shall be payable  quarterly on the Quarterly  Dividend
Payment  Date  (as  hereinafter  defined),  commencing  on the  first  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share of Series C Preferred.
Dividends  on each share of Series C Preferred  shall  accrue and be  cumulative
from  the date of  issuance  thereof  to the  Redemption  Date  (as  hereinafter
defined) or the Conversion Date (as hereinafter  defined) of each such share, as
applicable  and whichever  first occurs,  whether or not there shall be profits,
surplus or other funds of the Corporation  legally  available for the payment of
such dividends at the time such dividends shall accrue or become due and whether
or not such dividends are declared.

                                       2
<PAGE>

          2.2 QUARTERLY  DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE.  Dividends shall be payable on
each share of Series C Preferred  on the last day of each  September,  December,
March and June of each  year  (the  "Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date") to the
holder of record on the date thirty (30) days prior to such  Quarterly  Dividend
Payment Date.

          2.3  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  During the first year  following  the first
issuance of a share of Series C Preferred (the "Original Issue Date"), dividends
on the Series C Preferred shall be paid in cash. Following the first anniversary
of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation  shall have the option of paying all
future  dividends either in cash or in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation
having a "Fair Market Value" equal to the Dividend  Amount.  "Fair Market Value"
shall mean the average closing bid prices of the Common Stock of the Corporation
as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the ten (10) trading days ending five
(5) trading  days prior to the  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date (or, if not so
reported,  as  otherwise  reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System or other  principal  market for the Common
Stock) or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the Fair
Market  Value shall be the average of the closing  prices of the Common Stock of
the  Corporation on such exchange as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the
ten (10)  trading  days  ending  five (5)  trading  days prior to the  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date.

     3.     VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of Series C Preferred shall have the
following voting rights:

          3.1  ONE  CLASS  VOTING.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein or
required by law,  the holders of shares of Series C  Preferred,  of Common Stock
and Series B Preferred shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted
to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

          3.2 SEPARATE CLASS VOTING.  The Corporation shall not, without first
obtaining  the  affirmative  vote or written  consent of the holders of not less
than a majority of the outstanding  shares of the Series C Preferred voting as a
separate class:

               (a) alter or change any rights,  privileges or preferences of the
Series C Preferred;

                                       3
<PAGE>

               (b)  increase  or  decrease  the  authorized  number of shares of
Series C Preferred;

               (c) authorize, issue or create (by reclassification or otherwise)
shares  of any  class or  series of stock  equal in  priority  to or having  any
preference  over the Series C Preferred with respect to dividends or liquidation
payments;

               (d) amend or waive any  provision of the Amended  Certificate  or
Bylaws of the Corporation relative to the Series C Preferred;

               (e) authorize or approve any  liquidation  or  dissolution of the
Corporation;

               (f)  authorize  or  approve  any merger or  consolidation  of the
Corporation; or

               (g)  authorize  or  approve  any  sale  or  transfer  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

          3.3 OTHER VOTING RIGHTS. Except as set forth herein and except where
voting rights are required by law,  holders of Series C Preferred  shall have no
voting  rights and their  consent shall not be required for taking any corporate
action.

          3.4  NUMBER OF VOTES.  Each share of Series C  Preferred  issued and
outstanding  shall  have that  number of votes  equal to the number of shares of
Common  Stock into which each share of Series C Preferred is  convertible  which
shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with the  formula  set forth in  Section 8
hereof,  as  of  the  record  date  set  by  the  Board  of  Directors  for  the
determination of any holders of any class of securities entitled to vote on such
matter.  Fractional shares shall not, however, be permitted,  and any fractional
voting  rights  resulting  from this formula  (after  aggregating  all shares of
Common Stock into which  shares of Series C Preferred  held by each holder could
be converted)  shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being
rounded upward).

     4. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends
or distributions  payable on the Series C Preferred as provided in Section 3 are
in  arrears,   thereafter  and  until  all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and
distributions,  whether  or not  declared,  on  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred
outstanding  shall  have  been  paid in  full  or set  aside  for  payment,  the
Corporation shall not:

               (a) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on,
or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock
ranking  junior  (either as to dividends  or upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up) to the Series C Preferred;

                                       4
<PAGE>

               (b) declare or pay dividends on, make any other  distributions on
any  shares  of  stock  ranking  on a parity  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up) with the Series C  Preferred,  except
dividends  paid  ratably on the Series C Preferred  and all such parity stock on
which  dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to
which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

               (c) redeem or purchase  or  otherwise  acquire for  consideration
shares  of any  stock  ranking  on a  parity  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up) with the Series C Preferred,  provided
that the  Corporation  may at any time  redeem,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire
shares  of any such  parity  stock in  exchange  for  shares of any stock of the
Corporation  ranking  junior  (either  as  to  dividends  or  upon  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up) to the Series C Preferred;

               (d) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
Series C Preferred, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series C
Preferred,  except in  accordance  with a  purchase  offer made in writing or by
publication  (as  determined  by the Board of  Directors) to all holders of such
shares upon such terms as the Board of  Directors,  after  consideration  of the
respective  annual  dividend rates and other relative  rights and preferences of
the respective series and classes,  shall determine in good faith will result in
fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

     5. ELECTION OF SERIES C PREFERRED DIRECTORS. Whenever quarterly dividends
or other  dividends  or  distributions  payable  on the  Series C  Preferred  as
provided  in  Section 3 shall  have been in  arrears  for two or more  quarters,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not  declared,  on shares of Series C Preferred  outstanding  shall have been
paid in full or set aside for  payment,  and so long as no less than one hundred
thousand  (100,000) shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding  (appropriately
adjusted for any  recapitalizations,  stock splits,  stock  combinations,  stock
dividends and the like), the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of
Series  C  Preferred  shall  be  entitled  to  elect  two (2)  directors  to the
Corporation's  Board  of  Directors.   Whenever  quarterly  dividends  or  other
dividends or distributions  payable on the Series C Preferred shall have been in
arrears for two or more quarters,  the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable
thereafter, expand the Board of Directors by two members and hold an election at
which a majority of the  holders of the Series C Preferred  shall be entitled to
elect two (2) directors to the Corporation's Board of Directors.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     6.  REACQUIRED  SHARES.  Any shares of Series C  Preferred  purchased  or
otherwise  acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired
and canceled promptly after the acquisition  thereof. All such shares shall upon
their  cancellation  become  authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation's
Preferred  Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred  Stock
to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to
the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

     7. CONVERSION

          7.1  RIGHT TO CONVERT.  The holders of the Series C Preferred  shall
have the right,  at their  option,  to convert  any number of shares of Series C
Preferred  into shares of Common Stock,  in accordance  with the  procedures set
forth in this Section 8 and subject to the terms and  conditions of this Section
8 at any time.

          7.2  CONVERSION  RATIO.  Each  share  of  Series C  Preferred  to be
converted  shall be  convertible  at the  office  of the  transfer  agent of the
Corporation,  as designated from time to time by the Corporation  (the "Transfer
Agent"),  and at such other office or offices, if any, as the Board of Directors
of  the  Corporation   may  designate,   into  the  number  of  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares  of Common  Stock  determined  by  dividing  the  Original
Purchase  Price (plus accrued but unpaid  dividends) by $2.90 (the  "Conversion
Price").

          7.3  CONVERSION  NOTICE.  In order to convert shares of the Series C
Preferred,  the holder thereof shall deliver to the Corporation's Transfer Agent
a notice of  intention to convert such shares and  dividends  together  with the
certificate  or  certificates  for the Series C Preferred to be converted,  duly
endorsed to the Corporation or in blank, or with stock power(s) attached. Shares
of the Series C Preferred  shall be deemed to have been  converted on the day on
which  notice of  intention  to convert  (including  all  required  accompanying
materials  as set  forth  above)  was  delivered  to  the  Transfer  Agent  (the
"Conversion  Date")  and the person or persons  entitled  to receive  the Common
Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes, including
voting such Common  Stock,  as the record holder or holders of such Common Stock
at such time. As promptly as practicable  on or after the  Conversion  Date, the
Corporation's  Transfer  Agent shall  issue and deliver to the record  holder or
holders of such Series C Preferred a certificate or certificates  for the number
of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such  conversion,  together with cash in
lieu of any  fraction  of a share,  as  hereinafter  provided,  to the person or
persons entitled to receive the same.

          7.4  ADJUSTMENTS TO CONVERSION PRICE.  The  Conversion  Price shall
be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

                                       6
<PAGE>

               (a) For  purposes of this  Section 8, the  following  definitions
shall apply:

                    (1)  "Options"  shall mean  rights,  options or  warrants to
subscribe  for,  purchase or otherwise  acquire  either Common Stock,  Preferred
Stock or Convertible Securities (defined below).

                    (2)  "Convertible   Securities"   shall   mean   securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

                    (3)  "Additional  Shares of  Common  Stock"  shall  mean all
shares of Common  Stock  issued (or,  pursuant to Section  8.4(c),  deemed to be
issued) by the  Corporation  after the Original  Issue Date other than shares of
Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 8.4(c), deemed to be issued):

                         (i) in  connection  with  the  Series  A  Participating
Preferred Stock;

                         (ii)  upon   conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  B
Preferred and Series C Preferred;

                         (iii) to  officers,  directors  and  employees  of, and
consultants to, the Corporation  pursuant to a written stock option plan whether
now existing or hereafter approved by the Corporation's Board of Directors;

                         (iv) pursuant to clause (f), (g) or (h) of this Section
8.4;

                         (v) upon the exercise of Options  issued on or prior to
the Original Issue Date; or

                         (vi)  by way of  dividend  or  other  distributions  on
securities referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) hereof.

               (b) No  adjustment  in the  Conversion  Price  shall  be  made in
respect  of the  issuance  of  Additional  Shares of  Common  Stock  unless  the
consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed
to be issued by the  Corporation is less than the Conversion  Price in effect on
the date of, and  immediately  prior to such  issue,  for such share of Series C
Preferred.

               (c)  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  shall be deemed to have
been issued under the following conditions:

                                       7
<PAGE>

                    (1)   Except   as    otherwise    provided    in    Sections
8.4(a)(3)(i)-(vi)  and 8.4(b),  in the event the Corporation at any time or from
time  to time  after  the  Original  Issue  Date  shall  issue  any  Options  or
Convertible  Securities or shall fix a record date for the  determination of any
holders  of any class of  securities  entitled  to receive  any such  Options or
Convertible  Securities,  then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the
instrument  relating thereto without regard to any provision  contained  therein
for a subsequent  adjustment  of such number) of Common Stock  issuable upon the
exercise of such Options or, in the case of  Convertible  Securities and Options
therefor,  the conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities,  shall be
deemed to be  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  issued as of the time of such
issue  or,  in case  such a record  date  shall  have  been  fixed  for any such
exchange,  as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any
such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

                         (i) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price shall
be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible  Securities or shares of Common
Stock upon the  exercise  of such  Options or  conversion  or  exchange  of such
Convertible Securities;

                         (ii) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their
terms  provide,  with the  passage of time or  otherwise,  for any  increase  or
decrease  in the  consideration  payable  to the  Corporation,  or  increase  or
decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable,  upon the  exercise,
conversion or exchange thereof,  the Conversion Price computed upon the original
issue thereof (or upon the  occurrence  of a record date with respect  thereto),
and any subsequent  adjustments based thereon,  shall, upon any such increase or
decrease becoming effective,  be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease
insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under
such Convertible Securities;

                         (iii) upon the  expiration  of any such  Options or any
rights of conversion or exchange under such  Convertible  Securities which shall
not have been exercised,  the Conversion  Price computed upon the original issue
thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto),  and any
subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed
as if:

                                (A) in the case of  Convertible  Securities  or
Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were
shares of Common  Stock,  if any,  actually  issued  upon the  exercise  of such
Options or the conversion or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities,  and the
consideration  received therefor was the consideration  actually received by the
Corporation  for the issue of all such Options,  whether or not exercised,  plus
the consideration  actually  received by the Corporation upon such exercise,  or
for the issue of all such Convertible  Securities which were actually  converted
or exchanged,  plus the additional  consideration,  if any, actually received by
the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                (B) in the case of Options for Convertible
Securities,  only the Convertible  Securities,  if any, actually issued upon the
exercise  thereof  were  issued  at the time of issue  of such  Options  and the
consideration  by the  Corporation  for the  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock
deemed to have been then issued was the  consideration  actually received by the
Corporation  for the issue of all such Options,  whether or not exercised,  plus
the consideration  received by the Corporation upon the issue of the Convertible
Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

                         (iv) no  readjustment  pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)
above shall have the effect of increasing the  Conversion  Price to a price that
is greater than (a) the Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (b)
the  Conversion  Price that would have  resulted from any issuance of Additional
Shares  of  Common  Stock  between  the  original   adjustment   date  and  such
readjustment date; and

                         (v) in the case of any  Options  which  expire by their
terms  not more  than  thirty  (30) days  after  the date of issue  thereof,  no
adjustment  of the  Conversion  Price  shall be made  until  the  expiration  or
exercise of all such Options.

               (d) In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of
Common Stock  (including  Additional  Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued
pursuant to Section  8.4(c) without  consideration  or for a  consideration  per
share less than an amount equal to the Conversion  Price for a share of Series C
Preferred  in effect on the date of, and  immediately  prior to such issue) then
and in such event,  the Conversion Price shall be decreased,  concurrently  with
such issue, to a price  determined by dividing (1) an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the  total  number of shares of  Common  Stock  outstanding  (including  any
Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding) immediately prior to
such issuance  multiplied by the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to
such issuance, plus (ii) the consideration received by the Corporation upon such
issuance,  by (2) the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
(including  any  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  deemed to be  outstanding)
immediately after the issuance of such Common Stock.

               (e) For purposes of this Section 8.4, the consideration  received
by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional  Shares of Common Stock shall
be computed as follows:

                                       9
<PAGE>

                    (1)  Such consideration shall:

                         (i) insofar as it consists of cash,  be computed at the
aggregate  amount of cash received by the  Corporation  prior to amounts paid or
payable for accrued  interest or accrued  dividends and prior to any commissions
or expenses paid by the Corporation;

                         (ii)  insofar as it  consists  of  property  other than
cash,  be  computed  at the fair  value  thereof at the time of such  issue,  as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

                         (iii) in the event  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock
are issued  together  with other  shares or  securities  or other  assets of the
Corporation  for  consideration  which covers both,  be the  proportion  of such
consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

                    (2) The  consideration per share received by the Corporation
for  Additional  Shares of Common Stock  deemed to have been issued  pursuant to
Section  8.4(c)(1),  relating to Options and  Convertible  Securities,  shall be
determined by dividing:

                         (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by
the  Corporation as  consideration  for the issue of such Options or Convertible
Securities,  plus the minimum  aggregate amount of additional  consideration (as
set forth in the instruments  relating thereto,  without regard to any provision
contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration)  payable to
the  Corporation  upon the exercise of such Option or the conversion or exchange
of such  Convertible  Securities,  or in the  case of  Options  for  Convertible
Securities,  the exercise of such  Options for  Convertible  Securities  and the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

                         (ii) the maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock (as
set forth in the instruments  relating thereto,  without regard to any provision
contained therein for a subsequent  adjustment of such number) issuable upon the
exercise of such  Options or the  conversion  or  exchange  of such  Convertible
Securities.

               (f) In the event the outstanding  shares of Common Stock shall be
subdivided by stock split,  stock dividends or otherwise,  into a greater number
of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  the  Conversion  Price  then  in  effect  shall,
concurrently  with the  effectiveness of such  subdivision,  be  proportionately
decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined
or  consolidated,  by  reclassification  or  otherwise,  into a lesser number of
shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price then in effect shall,  concurrently
with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation,  be proportionately
increased.  (g) In the event  that the  Corporation  from time to time  makes or
fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to
receive  any  distribution  (excluding  any  repurchases  of  securities  by the
Corporation  not made on a pro rata basis  from all  holders of any class of the
Corporation's   securities)   payable  in  property  or  in  securities  of  the
Corporation  other than  shares of Common  Stock,  and other  than as  otherwise
adjusted  in this  Section 8 or as  provided in Section 3, then and in each such
event  the  holders  of Series C  Preferred  shall  receive  at the time of such
distribution,  the  amount  of  property  or the  number  of  securities  of the
Corporation  that they would have  received  had their  Series C Preferred  been
converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

                                       10
<PAGE>

               (h) Except as provided in this  Section 8, upon any  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  if the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of the  Series  C  Preferred  shall  be  changed  into the same or a
different  number of shares of any other  class or classes of stock,  whether by
capital reorganization,  reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision
or combination of shares  provided for above),  each share of Series C Preferred
and all accrued but unpaid  dividends shall  thereafter be convertible  into the
number of shares of stock or other  securities  or property to which a holder of
the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such conversion shall have
been entitled upon such reorganization or  reclassification.  In any such event,
effective   provision   shall  be  made,  in  the  certificate  or  articles  of
incorporation  of the resulting or surviving  corporation or otherwise,  so that
the provisions  set forth herein for the protection of the conversion  rights of
the Series C Preferred  shall  thereafter be applicable to any such other shares
of stock, other securities,  cash or property deliverable upon conversion of the
shares of the Series C  Preferred  remaining  outstanding  or other  convertible
stock or  securities  received  by the  holders in place  thereof,  and any such
resulting or surviving  corporation  shall  expressly  assume the  obligation to
deliver,  upon the exercise of the  conversion  privilege,  such  shares,  other
securities,  cash or property as the holders of the Series C Preferred remaining
outstanding, or other convertible stock or securities received by the holders in
place thereof,  shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions  hereof,
and to make  provision  for the  protection  of the  conversion  right  as above
provided.

               (i) The Corporation will not, by amendment of this Certificate of
Designation or its Amended Certificate or through any  reorganization,  transfer
of assets,  consolidation,  merger, dissolution,  issue or sale of securities or
any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance
of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but
will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions
of this  Section 8 and in the taking of all such action as may be  necessary  or
appropriate  in order to protect  the  conversion  rights of the  holders of the
Series C Preferred against impairment.

                                       11
<PAGE>

               (j) No  adjustment  in the number of shares of Common  Stock into
which the shares of Series C Preferred are convertible  shall be required unless
such  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at least 1/10th of a
share;  provided,  however,  that any  adjustment  which by reason hereof is not
required  to be made shall be  carried  forward  and taken  into  account in any
subsequent adjustment.

          7.5 NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT.  Whenever any adjustment is required to be
made as provided in Section  8.4, the  Corporation  shall  promptly  notify each
record holder of Series C Preferred thereof, describing in reasonable detail the
adjustment and method of calculation used.

          7.6  RESERVATION  OF  SHARES.  The  Corporation  shall at all  times
reserve and keep available free from  preemptive  rights,  out of its authorized
but unissued  Common Stock,  for the purpose of effecting the  conversion of the
Series C Preferred,  the full number of shares of Common Stock then  deliverable
upon the conversion of all shares of Series C Preferred then outstanding.

          7.7  FRACTIONAL  SHARES.  In the sole discretion of the Corporation,
instead of any  fraction  of a share  which would  otherwise  be  issuable  upon
conversion of shares of the Series C Preferred or accrued dividends, or interest
thereon,  the  Corporation may pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction
in an amount  equal to the same  fraction of the Fair Market  Value per share of
Common Stock at the close of business on the date of conversion.

          7.8  ACCRUED BUT UNPAID DIVIDENDS.  Upon the receipt of a Conversion
Notice,  the Corporation may in its discretion,  either pay to the holder of the
Series C  Preferred  submitting  such  Conversion  Notice all accrued but unpaid
dividends on the Series C Preferred  such holder has elected to convert  through
the date of the  Conversion  Notice or convert the dollar  amount of any accrued
but unpaid  dividends  on such  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock into Common
Stock at the Conversion Price.

     8. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. Subject to the superior rights
of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock ranking superior to the
Series C Preferred with respect to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation:

          8.1  LIQUIDATION   PREFERENCE.   Upon  any  voluntary   liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  no distribution  shall be made to
the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to payment of dividends
or with respect to distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to
the Series C Preferred unless,  prior thereto, the holders of Series C Preferred
shall have received an amount equal to the Original Purchase Price of the shares
of Series C  Preferred  purchased,  plus an amount  equal to accrued  and unpaid

                                       12
<PAGE>

dividends and  distributions  thereon,  whether or not declared,  to the date of
such payment (the "Series C Preferred  Liquidation  Preference").  Following the
payment of the full amount of the Series C Preferred Liquidation Preference,  no
additional distributions shall be made to the holders of Series C Preferred.

          8.2 PARTIAL DISTRIBUTION.  In the event, however, that there are not
sufficient  assets available to permit payment in full of the Series C Preferred
Liquidation  Preference  and the  liquidation  preferences  of all other classes
and/or series of Preferred Stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series
C Preferred,  then such  remaining  assets shall be  distributed  ratably to the
holders of such parity  shares in  proportion  to their  respective  liquidation
preferences.

     9.  CONSOLIDATION,  MERGER,  ETC.  In the event of any  consolidation  or
merger of the Corporation  with or into another  corporation,  or of any sale or
conveyance to another  corporation of all or  substantially  all the property of
the  Corporation,  in any of which  transactions  the  holders  of Common  Stock
receive shares of stock, other securities, cash or property receivable upon such
consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance other than Common Stock, each holder
of Series C Preferred  then  outstanding  and thereafter  remaining  outstanding
shall have the right to convert  each  share of Series C  Preferred  held by him
into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities,  cash or property
receivable upon such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance by a holder of
the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series C Preferred
could have been  converted  immediately  prior to the record date  applicable to
such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or  conveyance,  and  shall  have  no  other
conversion rights. In any such event,  effective provision shall be made, in the
certificate  of  incorporation  of the  resulting  or surviving  corporation  or
otherwise,  so that the  provisions  set forth herein for the  protection of the
conversion  rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred shall  thereafter be
applicable to any such other shares of stock, other securities, cash or property
deliverable  upon  conversion of the shares of the Series C Preferred  remaining
outstanding or other convertible stock or securities  received by the holders in
place thereof,  and any such resulting or surviving  corporation shall expressly
assume the obligation to deliver, upon the exercise of the conversion privilege,
such shares,  other securities,  cash or property as the holders of the Series C
Preferred  remaining  outstanding,  or other  convertible  stock  or  securities
received by the holders in place thereof,  shall be entitled to receive pursuant
to the  provisions  hereof,  and to make  provision  for the  protection  of the
conversion rights as above provided.

     10.  REDEMPTION.

          10.1  REDEMPTION  RIGHT.  Unless  previously  converted,  all or any
portion of the Series C Preferred together with all dividends accrued but unpaid
on such Series C Preferred  computed to the  Redemption  Date (as defined below)
may be redeemed on a pro rata basis by the  Corporation at its election from the

                                       13
<PAGE>

holders of such Series C Preferred at any time and from time to time;  provided,
however,  that the  Company  may not redeem the  Series C  Preferred  unless the
average of the closing  asked  prices per share of Common  Stock have equaled or
exceeded 150% or more of the Conversion  Price of the Series C Preferred for any
twenty (20)  consecutive  trading days ending  within five (5) days  immediately
prior to the date on which a  Redemption  Notice (as defined  below) is given by
the  Company.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  holders  of the  Series  C
Preferred  will have the right to convert the Series C Preferred to Common Stock
for a period of thirty (30) days following notice of redemption.

          10.2 REDEMPTION  NOTICE.  Before redeeming the Series C Preferred as
provided in Section 11.1, the Corporation  shall mail by certified or registered
mail to each  record  holder  thereof  at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to the
Redemption  Date (as defined below),  at the address shown on the  Corporation's
records, a written notice (a "Redemption Notice") stating:

               (a) the  number  of shares  of  Series C  Preferred  held by such
holder which the  Corporation  proposes to redeem,  including  the amount of any
accrued but unpaid dividends;

               (b) the price at which such shares may be  redeemed,  which shall
be an amount equal to the Series C Preferred Liquidation  Preference computed to
the Redemption Date (the "Redemption Price");

               (c) the date on which  the  Corporation  will pay the  Redemption
Price (the "Redemption Date"); and

               (d) the place at which the  shares  of Series C  Preferred  to be
redeemed must be surrendered in exchange for the Redemption Price.

Each holder of shares of the Series C Preferred to whom an Redemption  Notice is
mailed  shall be  entitled  to receive in cash on the  Redemption  Date the full
Redemption  Price  for each  share of Series C  Preferred  to be  redeemed  upon
surrender by such holder at the place  designated in such  Redemption  Notice of
the certificate  representing  such Series C Preferred duly endorsed in blank or
accompanied  by an  appropriate  form of assignment  duly endorsed in blank with
signature  guaranteed.  In  case  less  than  the  total  number  of  securities
represented  by any  certificate  are  redeemed on the  Redemption  Rate,  a new
certificate  representing the number of unredeemed  securities will be issued to
the holder thereof without cost to the holder  immediately upon surrender of the
certificate  representing the redeemed  securities.  If the Corporation fails to
pay the Redemption  Price on the  Redemption  Date for any reason other than the
failure of a holder to surrender his Series C Preferred certificate as required,
then the  Redemption  Date shall be the date on which the  Corporation  actually
pays the Redemption Price. All rights arising hereunder, other than the right to
receive the Redemption Price, shall terminate on the Redemption Date.

                                       14
<PAGE>

          10.3 If the Corporation shall pay less than the aggregate redemption
price due on such date for all shares of all  series of  Preferred  Stock  being
redeemed having the same priority on liquidation as the Series C Preferred, then
shares shall be redeemed  from,  and payment  shall be  distributed  among,  the
holders  of the  shares of all such  series on the same pro rata basis that such
holders  would share in payments of the aggregate  redemption  price due on such
date for all shares of Preferred Stock being redeemed.

     11. OTHER NOTICES.  If at any time:

               (a) The  Corporation  shall  declare  any  dividend on the Common
Stock  payable  in shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation,  cash or other
property; or

               (b) The  Corporation  shall  authorize  the issue of any options,
warrants or rights pro rata to all  holders of Common  Stock  entitling  them to
subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of the  Corporation  or to receive
any other rights; or

               (c) The Corporation  shall authorize the distribution pro rata to
all holders of Common Stock of a cash  dividend  payable  otherwise  than out of
earnings of surplus  legally  available  therefor under the laws of the State of
Delaware,  shares of its capital stock (other than Common Stock), stock or other
securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation
or other  persons,  assets  (excluding  cash  dividends)  or  options  or rights
(excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other
securities  of the  Corporation  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for  Common
Stock); or

               (d) There shall occur any  reclassification  of the Common Stock,
or any  consolidation  or  merger  of  the  Corporation  with  or  into  another
Corporation or a sale,  conveyance or other disposition to another entity of all
or substantially all of the properties of the Corporation; or

               (e) There shall occur the voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

then, and in each of such cases, the Corporation shall deliver to each holder of
Series C Preferred at its last address appearing on the books of the Corporation
as promptly as  practicable  but in any event at least twenty (20) days prior to
the applicable  record date (or  determination  date) mentioned  below, a notice
stating,  to the extent such  information is available,  (i) the date on which a
record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,  distribution or rights,
or, if a record is not to be taken,  the date as of which the  holders of Common
Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend,  distribution  or rights are to
be determined,  or (ii) the date on which such reclassification,  consolidation,
merger,  sale, transfer,  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up is expected to
become  effective and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common
Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange  their Common Stock for securities
or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger,
sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution or winding up." 


                                       15
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed and subscribed this Certificate and do
affirm the  foregoing  as true under the  penalties  of perjury this 15th day of
December, 1995.



                                   /s/ James R. Evans
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   JAMES R. EVANS, President

ATTEST:


/s/ Ronald J. O'Connor
- ---------------------------------------
RONALD J. O'CONNOR, Assistant Secretary






                                       16


                                                                  EXHIBIT 3.5(c)
                                     AMENDED

               CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES

                                AND PRIVILEGES OF

                            SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK

                                       OF

                            SUNRISE PRESCHOOLS, INC.


     Pursuant  to Section  151 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of
Delaware:

     We, James R. Evans,  the President,  and Ronald J. O'Connor,  the Assistant
Secretary,  respectively,  of Sunrise Preschools,  Inc., a corporation organized
and existing  under the General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware  (the
"Corporation"),  in accordance  with the  provisions of Section 103 thereof,  DO
HEREBY CERTIFY:

          That pursuant to the authority  conferred  upon the Board of Directors
     by  the  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation,  as
     amended,  the said Board of  Directors  on October  13, 1995  designated  a
     series of shares of Preferred Stock as Series C Preferred Stock;

          That  the  Certificate  of  Designation  of  Rights,  Preferences  and
     Privileges of Series C Preferred  Stock (the  "Original  Certificate")  was
     filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 8, 1995;

          That the Board of Directors at a meeting on December 15, 1995 approved
     a reduction in the conversion  rate of the Series C Preferred Stock and the
     said Board of Directors  adopted an Amended  Certificate  of Designation of
     Rights,  Preferences and Privileges of Series C Preferred Stock (the "First
     Amended  Certificate"),  which  amended  the  Original  Certificate  in its
     entirety,  without  changing  original  the  designation  of the  Series  C
     Preferred Stock;

          That the  First  Amended  Certificate  was  filed  with  the  Delaware
     Secretary of State on December 15, 1995;

          That as of the date hereof,  the  Corporation  has issued no shares of
     the Series C Preferred Stock;

          That pursuant to the authority  conferred  upon the Board of Directors
     by  the  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation,  as
     amended,  and  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  151 of the General
     Corporation  Law,  the said Board of Directors on December 19, 1995 adopted
     the  following  resolutions and  authorized the filing in  Delaware of this

<PAGE>

     Amended  Certificate (the "Second Amended  Certificate"),  which amends and
     restates the First Amended  Certificate  in its entirety to further  reduce
     the  conversion  rate,  without  changing the original  designation  of the
     Series C Preferred Stock:

          "RESOLVED,  that  pursuant  to the  authority  vested  in the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation by the Restated  Certificate of Incorporation,
     as amended (the "Amended Certificate"),  the Board of Directors does hereby
     provide for the issuance of a series of Preferred  Stock,  $1.00 par value,
     of the Corporation, to be designated "Series C Preferred Stock", consisting
     of  421,666  shares  and,  to the  extent  that the  designations,  powers,
     preferences  and relative and other special rights and the  qualifications,
     limitations and restrictions of the Series C Preferred Stock are not stated
     and expressed in the Amended Certificate,  does hereby fix and herein state
     and express such designations,  powers,  preferences and relative and other
     special  rights  and  the  qualifications,   limitations  and  restrictions
     thereof, as follows:

         DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated
as "Series C Preferred Stock", par value $1.00 per share  (hereinafter  referred
to as the  "Series C  Preferred"),  and the number of shares  constituting  such
series shall be 421,666.

     1.  RANKING.  The Series C Preferred  shall rank junior in dividend  rights
and liquidation  preference to the  Corporation's  Series B Preferred Stock (the
"Series  B  Preferred"),  but  senior to all other  series  of  preferred  stock
("Preferred Stock") or common stock ("Common Stock") of the Corporation.

     2.  DIVIDENDS.  Subject to the superior rights of the holders of any class
or series of Preferred  Stock  ranking  superior to the Series C Preferred  with
respect to dividends and distributions:

          2.1 DIVIDEND AMOUNT.  The holders of the Series C Preferred shall be
entitled  to receive,  out of any assets of the  Corporation  legally  available
therefor,  cumulative  dividends at a rate of 9% per annum (the "Dividend Rate")
on the total dollar amount of the  consideration  paid (the  "Original  Purchase
Price") to the  Corporation  for each share of Series C Preferred (the "Dividend
Amount").  Such dividends shall be payable  quarterly on the Quarterly  Dividend
Payment  Date  (as  hereinafter  defined),  commencing  on the  first  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share of Series C Preferred.
Dividends  on each share of Series C Preferred  shall  accrue and be  cumulative
from  the date of  issuance  thereof  to the  Redemption  Date  (as  hereinafter
defined) or the Conversion Date (as hereinafter  defined) of each such share, as
applicable  and whichever  first occurs,  whether or not there shall be profits,
surplus or other funds of the Corporation  legally  available for the payment of
such dividends at the time such dividends shall accrue or become due and whether
or not such dividends are declared.

                                       2
<PAGE>

          2.2 QUARTERLY  DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE.  Dividends shall be payable on
each share of Series C Preferred  on the last day of each  September,  December,
March and June of each  year  (the  "Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date") to the
holder of record on the date thirty (30) days prior to such  Quarterly  Dividend
Payment Date.

          2.3  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  During the first year  following  the first
issuance of a share of Series C Preferred (the "Original Issue Date"), dividends
on the Series C Preferred shall be paid in cash. Following the first anniversary
of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation  shall have the option of paying all
future  dividends either in cash or in shares of Common Stock of the Corporation
having a "Fair Market Value" equal to the Dividend  Amount.  "Fair Market Value"
shall mean the average closing bid prices of the Common Stock of the Corporation
as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the ten (10) trading days ending five
(5) trading  days prior to the  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date (or, if not so
reported,  as  otherwise  reported by the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System or other  principal  market for the Common
Stock) or, in the event the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the Fair
Market  Value shall be the average of the closing  prices of the Common Stock of
the  Corporation on such exchange as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the
ten (10)  trading  days  ending  five (5)  trading  days prior to the  Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date.

     3. VOTING  RIGHTS.  The holders of  Series C Preferred  shall have the  
following voting rights:

          3.1  ONE  CLASS  VOTING.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein or
required by law,  the holders of shares of Series C  Preferred,  of Common Stock
and Series B Preferred shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted
to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

          3.2 SEPARATE CLASS VOTING.  The Corporation shall not, without first
obtaining  the  affirmative  vote or written  consent of the holders of not less
than a majority of the outstanding  shares of the Series C Preferred voting as a
separate class:

               (a) alter or change any rights,  privileges or preferences of the
Series C Preferred;

                                       3
<PAGE>

               (b)  increase  or  decrease  the  authorized  number of shares of
Series C Preferred;

               (c) authorize, issue or create (by reclassification or otherwise)
shares  of any  class or  series of stock  equal in  priority  to or having  any
preference  over the Series C Preferred with respect to dividends or liquidation
payments;

               (d) amend or waive any  provision of the Amended  Certificate  or
Bylaws of the Corporation relative to the Series C Preferred;

               (e) authorize or approve any  liquidation  or  dissolution of the
Corporation;

               (f)  authorize  or  approve  any merger or  consolidation  of the
Corporation; or

               (g)  authorize  or  approve  any  sale  or  transfer  of  all  or
substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

          3.3 OTHER VOTING RIGHTS. Except as set forth herein and except where
voting rights are required by law,  holders of Series C Preferred  shall have no
voting  rights and their  consent shall not be required for taking any corporate
action.

          3.4  NUMBER OF VOTES.  Each share of Series C  Preferred  issued and
outstanding  shall  have that  number of votes  equal to the number of shares of
Common  Stock into which each share of Series C Preferred is  convertible  which
shall be  calculated  in  accordance  with the  formula  set forth in  Section 8
hereof,  as  of  the  record  date  set  by  the  Board  of  Directors  for  the
determination of any holders of any class of securities entitled to vote on such
matter.  Fractional shares shall not, however, be permitted,  and any fractional
voting  rights  resulting  from this formula  (after  aggregating  all shares of
Common Stock into which  shares of Series C Preferred  held by each holder could
be converted)  shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being
rounded upward).

     4. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends
or distributions  payable on the Series C Preferred as provided in Section 3 are
in  arrears,   thereafter  and  until  all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and
distributions,  whether  or not  declared,  on  shares  of  Series  C  Preferred
outstanding  shall  have  been  paid in  full  or set  aside  for  payment,  the
Corporation shall not:

               (a) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on,
or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock
ranking  junior  (either as to dividends  or upon  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up) to the Series C Preferred;

                                       4
<PAGE>

               (b) declare or pay dividends on, make any other  distributions on
any  shares  of  stock  ranking  on a parity  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up) with the Series C  Preferred,  except
dividends  paid  ratably on the Series C Preferred  and all such parity stock on
which  dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to
which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

               (c) redeem or purchase  or  otherwise  acquire for  consideration
shares  of any  stock  ranking  on a  parity  (either  as to  dividends  or upon
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up) with the Series C Preferred,  provided
that the  Corporation  may at any time  redeem,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire
shares  of any such  parity  stock in  exchange  for  shares of any stock of the
Corporation  ranking  junior  (either  as  to  dividends  or  upon  dissolution,
liquidation or winding up) to the Series C Preferred;

               (d) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
Series C Preferred, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series C
Preferred,  except in  accordance  with a  purchase  offer made in writing or by
publication  (as  determined  by the Board of  Directors) to all holders of such
shares upon such terms as the Board of  Directors,  after  consideration  of the
respective  annual  dividend rates and other relative  rights and preferences of
the respective series and classes,  shall determine in good faith will result in
fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

     5. ELECTION OF SERIES C PREFERRED DIRECTORS. Whenever quarterly dividends
or other  dividends  or  distributions  payable  on the  Series C  Preferred  as
provided  in  Section 3 shall  have been in  arrears  for two or more  quarters,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not  declared,  on shares of Series C Preferred  outstanding  shall have been
paid in full or set aside for  payment,  and so long as no less than one hundred
thousand  (100,000) shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding  (appropriately
adjusted for any  recapitalizations,  stock splits,  stock  combinations,  stock
dividends and the like), the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of
Series  C  Preferred  shall  be  entitled  to  elect  two (2)  directors  to the
Corporation's  Board  of  Directors.   Whenever  quarterly  dividends  or  other
dividends or distributions  payable on the Series C Preferred shall have been in
arrears for two or more quarters,  the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable
thereafter, expand the Board of Directors by two members and hold an election at
which a majority of the  holders of the Series C Preferred  shall be entitled to
elect two (2) directors to the Corporation's Board of Directors.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     6.  REACQUIRED  SHARES.  Any shares of Series C  Preferred  purchased  or
otherwise  acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired
and canceled promptly after the acquisition  thereof. All such shares shall upon
their  cancellation  become  authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation's
Preferred  Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred  Stock
to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to
the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

     7. CONVERSION

          7.1  RIGHT TO CONVERT.  The holders of the Series C Preferred  shall
have the right,  at their  option,  to convert  any number of shares of Series C
Preferred  into shares of Common Stock,  in accordance  with the  procedures set
forth in this Section 8 and subject to the terms and  conditions of this Section
8 at any time.

          7.2  CONVERSION  RATIO.  Each  share  of  Series C  Preferred  to be
converted  shall be  convertible  at the  office  of the  transfer  agent of the
Corporation,  as designated from time to time by the Corporation  (the "Transfer
Agent"),  and at such other office or offices, if any, as the Board of Directors
of  the  Corporation   may  designate,   into  the  number  of  fully  paid  and
nonassessable  shares  of Common  Stock  determined  by  dividing  the  Original
Purchase  Price (plus accrued but unpaid  dividends) by $2.125 (the  "Conversion
Price").

          7.3  CONVERSION  NOTICE.  In order to convert shares of the Series C
Preferred,  the holder thereof shall deliver to the Corporation's Transfer Agent
a notice of  intention to convert such shares and  dividends  together  with the
certificate  or  certificates  for the Series C Preferred to be converted,  duly
endorsed to the Corporation or in blank, or with stock power(s) attached. Shares
of the Series C Preferred  shall be deemed to have been  converted on the day on
which  notice of  intention  to convert  (including  all  required  accompanying
materials  as set  forth  above)  was  delivered  to  the  Transfer  Agent  (the
"Conversion  Date")  and the person or persons  entitled  to receive  the Common
Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes, including
voting such Common  Stock,  as the record holder or holders of such Common Stock
at such time. As promptly as practicable  on or after the  Conversion  Date, the
Corporation's  Transfer  Agent shall  issue and deliver to the record  holder or
holders of such Series C Preferred a certificate or certificates  for the number
of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such  conversion,  together with cash in
lieu of any  fraction  of a share,  as  hereinafter  provided,  to the person or
persons entitled to receive the same.

          7.4  ADJUSTMENTS TO CONVERSION PRICE.  The  Conversion  Price shall
be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

                                       6
<PAGE>

               (a) For  purposes of this  Section 8, the  following  definitions
shall apply:

                    (1)  "Options"  shall mean  rights,  options or  warrants to
subscribe  for,  purchase or otherwise  acquire  either Common Stock,  Preferred
Stock or Convertible Securities (defined below).

                    (2)  "Convertible   Securities"   shall   mean   securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

                    (3)  "Additional  Shares of  Common  Stock"  shall  mean all
shares of Common  Stock  issued (or,  pursuant to Section  8.4(c),  deemed to be
issued) by the  Corporation  after the Original  Issue Date other than shares of
Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 8.4(c), deemed to be issued):

                         (i) in  connection  with  the  Series  A  Participating
Preferred Stock;

                         (ii)  upon   conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  B
Preferred and Series C Preferred;

                         (iii) to  officers,  directors  and  employees  of, and
consultants to, the Corporation  pursuant to a written stock option plan whether
now existing or hereafter approved by the Corporation's Board of Directors;

                         (iv) pursuant to clause (f), (g) or (h) of this Section
8.4;

                         (v) upon the exercise of Options  issued on or prior to
the Original Issue Date; or

                         (vi)  by way of  dividend  or  other  distributions  on
securities referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) hereof.

               (b) No  adjustment  in the  Conversion  Price  shall  be  made in
respect  of the  issuance  of  Additional  Shares of  Common  Stock  unless  the
consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed
to be issued by the  Corporation is less than the Conversion  Price in effect on
the date of, and  immediately  prior to such  issue,  for such share of Series C
Preferred.

               (c)  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  shall be deemed to have
been issued under the following conditions:

                                       7
<PAGE>

                    (1)   Except   as    otherwise    provided    in    Sections
8.4(a)(3)(i)-(vi)  and 8.4(b),  in the event the Corporation at any time or from
time  to time  after  the  Original  Issue  Date  shall  issue  any  Options  or
Convertible  Securities or shall fix a record date for the  determination of any
holders  of any class of  securities  entitled  to receive  any such  Options or
Convertible  Securities,  then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the
instrument  relating thereto without regard to any provision  contained  therein
for a subsequent  adjustment  of such number) of Common Stock  issuable upon the
exercise of such Options or, in the case of  Convertible  Securities and Options
therefor,  the conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities,  shall be
deemed to be  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  issued as of the time of such
issue  or,  in case  such a record  date  shall  have  been  fixed  for any such
exchange,  as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any
such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

                         (i) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price shall
be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible  Securities or shares of Common
Stock upon the  exercise  of such  Options or  conversion  or  exchange  of such
Convertible Securities;

                         (ii) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their
terms  provide,  with the  passage of time or  otherwise,  for any  increase  or
decrease  in the  consideration  payable  to the  Corporation,  or  increase  or
decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable,  upon the  exercise,
conversion or exchange thereof,  the Conversion Price computed upon the original
issue thereof (or upon the  occurrence  of a record date with respect  thereto),
and any subsequent  adjustments based thereon,  shall, upon any such increase or
decrease becoming effective,  be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease
insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under
such Convertible Securities;

                         (iii) upon the  expiration  of any such  Options or any
rights of conversion or exchange under such  Convertible  Securities which shall
not have been exercised,  the Conversion  Price computed upon the original issue
thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto),  and any
subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed
as if:

                                (A) in the case of  Convertible  Securities  or
Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were
shares of Common  Stock,  if any,  actually  issued  upon the  exercise  of such
Options or the conversion or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities,  and the
consideration  received therefor was the consideration  actually received by the
Corporation  for the issue of all such Options,  whether or not exercised,  plus
the consideration  actually  received by the Corporation upon such exercise,  or
for the issue of all such Convertible  Securities which were actually  converted
or exchanged,  plus the additional  consideration,  if any, actually received by
the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                (B) in the case of Options for Convertible
Securities,  only the Convertible  Securities,  if any, actually issued upon the
exercise  thereof  were  issued  at the time of issue  of such  Options  and the
consideration  by the  Corporation  for the  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock
deemed to have been then issued was the  consideration  actually received by the
Corporation  for the issue of all such Options,  whether or not exercised,  plus
the consideration  received by the Corporation upon the issue of the Convertible
Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

                         (iv) no  readjustment  pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)
above shall have the effect of increasing the  Conversion  Price to a price that
is greater than (a) the Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (b)
the  Conversion  Price that would have  resulted from any issuance of Additional
Shares  of  Common  Stock  between  the  original   adjustment   date  and  such
readjustment date; and

                         (v) in the case of any  Options  which  expire by their
terms  not more  than  thirty  (30) days  after  the date of issue  thereof,  no
adjustment  of the  Conversion  Price  shall be made  until  the  expiration  or
exercise of all such Options.

               (d) In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of
Common Stock  (including  Additional  Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued
pursuant to Section  8.4(c) without  consideration  or for a  consideration  per
share less than an amount equal to the Conversion  Price for a share of Series C
Preferred  in effect on the date of, and  immediately  prior to such issue) then
and in such event,  the Conversion Price shall be decreased,  concurrently  with
such issue, to a price  determined by dividing (1) an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the  total  number of shares of  Common  Stock  outstanding  (including  any
Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding) immediately prior to
such issuance  multiplied by the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to
such issuance, plus (ii) the consideration received by the Corporation upon such
issuance,  by (2) the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
(including  any  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  deemed to be  outstanding)
immediately after the issuance of such Common Stock.

               (e) For purposes of this Section 8.4, the consideration  received
by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional  Shares of Common Stock shall
be computed as follows:

                                       9
<PAGE>

                    (1)  Such consideration shall:

                         (i) insofar as it consists of cash,  be computed at the
aggregate  amount of cash received by the  Corporation  prior to amounts paid or
payable for accrued  interest or accrued  dividends and prior to any commissions
or expenses paid by the Corporation;

                         (ii)  insofar as it  consists  of  property  other than
cash,  be  computed  at the fair  value  thereof at the time of such  issue,  as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

                         (iii) in the event  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock
are issued  together  with other  shares or  securities  or other  assets of the
Corporation  for  consideration  which covers both,  be the  proportion  of such
consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

                    (2) The  consideration per share received by the Corporation
for  Additional  Shares of Common Stock  deemed to have been issued  pursuant to
Section  8.4(c)(1),  relating to Options and  Convertible  Securities,  shall be
determined by dividing:

                         (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by
the  Corporation as  consideration  for the issue of such Options or Convertible
Securities,  plus the minimum  aggregate amount of additional  consideration (as
set forth in the instruments  relating thereto,  without regard to any provision
contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration)  payable to
the  Corporation  upon the exercise of such Option or the conversion or exchange
of such  Convertible  Securities,  or in the  case of  Options  for  Convertible
Securities,  the exercise of such  Options for  Convertible  Securities  and the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

                         (ii) the maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock (as
set forth in the instruments  relating thereto,  without regard to any provision
contained therein for a subsequent  adjustment of such number) issuable upon the
exercise of such  Options or the  conversion  or  exchange  of such  Convertible
Securities.

               (f) In the event the outstanding  shares of Common Stock shall be
subdivided by stock split,  stock dividends or otherwise,  into a greater number
of  shares  of  Common  Stock,  the  Conversion  Price  then  in  effect  shall,
concurrently  with the  effectiveness of such  subdivision,  be  proportionately
decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined
or  consolidated,  by  reclassification  or  otherwise,  into a lesser number of
shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price then in effect shall,  concurrently
with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation,  be proportionately
increased.  (g) In the event  that the  Corporation  from time to time  makes or
fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to
receive  any  distribution  (excluding  any  repurchases  of  securities  by the
Corporation  not made on a pro rata basis  from all  holders of any class of the
Corporation's   securities)   payable  in  property  or  in  securities  of  the
Corporation  other than  shares of Common  Stock,  and other  than as  otherwise
adjusted  in this  Section 8 or as  provided in Section 3, then and in each such
event  the  holders  of Series C  Preferred  shall  receive  at the time of such
distribution,  the  amount  of  property  or the  number  of  securities  of the
Corporation  that they would have  received  had their  Series C Preferred  been
converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

                                       10
<PAGE>

               (h) Except as provided in this  Section 8, upon any  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  if the Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of the  Series  C  Preferred  shall  be  changed  into the same or a
different  number of shares of any other  class or classes of stock,  whether by
capital reorganization,  reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision
or combination of shares  provided for above),  each share of Series C Preferred
and all accrued but unpaid  dividends shall  thereafter be convertible  into the
number of shares of stock or other  securities  or property to which a holder of
the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such conversion shall have
been entitled upon such reorganization or  reclassification.  In any such event,
effective   provision   shall  be  made,  in  the  certificate  or  articles  of
incorporation  of the resulting or surviving  corporation or otherwise,  so that
the provisions  set forth herein for the protection of the conversion  rights of
the Series C Preferred  shall  thereafter be applicable to any such other shares
of stock, other securities,  cash or property deliverable upon conversion of the
shares of the Series C  Preferred  remaining  outstanding  or other  convertible
stock or  securities  received  by the  holders in place  thereof,  and any such
resulting or surviving  corporation  shall  expressly  assume the  obligation to
deliver,  upon the exercise of the  conversion  privilege,  such  shares,  other
securities,  cash or property as the holders of the Series C Preferred remaining
outstanding, or other convertible stock or securities received by the holders in
place thereof,  shall be entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions  hereof,
and to make  provision  for the  protection  of the  conversion  right  as above
provided.

               (i) The Corporation will not, by amendment of this Certificate of
Designation or its Amended Certificate or through any  reorganization,  transfer
of assets,  consolidation,  merger, dissolution,  issue or sale of securities or
any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance
of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but
will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions
of this  Section 8 and in the taking of all such action as may be  necessary  or
appropriate  in order to protect  the  conversion  rights of the  holders of the
Series C Preferred against impairment.

                                       11
<PAGE>

               (j) No  adjustment  in the number of shares of Common  Stock into
which the shares of Series C Preferred are convertible  shall be required unless
such  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at least 1/10th of a
share;  provided,  however,  that any  adjustment  which by reason hereof is not
required  to be made shall be  carried  forward  and taken  into  account in any
subsequent adjustment.

          7.5 NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT.  Whenever any adjustment is required to be
made as provided in Section  8.4, the  Corporation  shall  promptly  notify each
record holder of Series C Preferred thereof, describing in reasonable detail the
adjustment and method of calculation used.

          7.6  RESERVATION  OF  SHARES.  The  Corporation  shall at all  times
reserve and keep available free from  preemptive  rights,  out of its authorized
but unissued  Common Stock,  for the purpose of effecting the  conversion of the
Series C Preferred,  the full number of shares of Common Stock then  deliverable
upon the conversion of all shares of Series C Preferred then outstanding.

          7.7  FRACTIONAL  SHARES.  In the sole discretion of the Corporation,
instead of any  fraction  of a share  which would  otherwise  be  issuable  upon
conversion of shares of the Series C Preferred or accrued dividends, or interest
thereon,  the  Corporation may pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction
in an amount  equal to the same  fraction of the Fair Market  Value per share of
Common Stock at the close of business on the date of conversion.

          7.8  ACCRUED BUT UNPAID DIVIDENDS.  Upon the receipt of a Conversion
Notice,  the Corporation may in its discretion,  either pay to the holder of the
Series C  Preferred  submitting  such  Conversion  Notice all accrued but unpaid
dividends on the Series C Preferred  such holder has elected to convert  through
the date of the  Conversion  Notice or convert the dollar  amount of any accrued
but unpaid  dividends  on such  shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock into Common
Stock at the Conversion Price.

     8. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. Subject to the superior rights
of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock ranking superior to the
Series C Preferred with respect to any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation:

          8.1  LIQUIDATION   PREFERENCE.   Upon  any  voluntary   liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,  no distribution  shall be made to
the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to payment of dividends
or with respect to distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to
the Series C Preferred unless,  prior thereto, the holders of Series C Preferred
shall have received an amount equal to the Original Purchase Price of the shares
of Series C  Preferred  purchased,  plus an amount  equal to accrued  and unpaid

                                       12
<PAGE>

dividends and  distributions  thereon,  whether or not declared,  to the date of
such payment (the "Series C Preferred  Liquidation  Preference").  Following the
payment of the full amount of the Series C Preferred Liquidation Preference,  no
additional distributions shall be made to the holders of Series C Preferred.

          8.2 PARTIAL DISTRIBUTION.  In the event, however, that there are not
sufficient  assets available to permit payment in full of the Series C Preferred
Liquidation  Preference  and the  liquidation  preferences  of all other classes
and/or series of Preferred Stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series
C Preferred,  then such  remaining  assets shall be  distributed  ratably to the
holders of such parity  shares in  proportion  to their  respective  liquidation
preferences.

     9.  CONSOLIDATION,  MERGER,  ETC.  In the event of any  consolidation  or
merger of the Corporation  with or into another  corporation,  or of any sale or
conveyance to another  corporation of all or  substantially  all the property of
the  Corporation,  in any of which  transactions  the  holders  of Common  Stock
receive shares of stock, other securities, cash or property receivable upon such
consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance other than Common Stock, each holder
of Series C Preferred  then  outstanding  and thereafter  remaining  outstanding
shall have the right to convert  each  share of Series C  Preferred  held by him
into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities,  cash or property
receivable upon such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or conveyance by a holder of
the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Series C Preferred
could have been  converted  immediately  prior to the record date  applicable to
such  consolidation,  merger,  sale or  conveyance,  and  shall  have  no  other
conversion rights. In any such event,  effective provision shall be made, in the
certificate  of  incorporation  of the  resulting  or surviving  corporation  or
otherwise,  so that the  provisions  set forth herein for the  protection of the
conversion  rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred shall  thereafter be
applicable to any such other shares of stock, other securities, cash or property
deliverable  upon  conversion of the shares of the Series C Preferred  remaining
outstanding or other convertible stock or securities  received by the holders in
place thereof,  and any such resulting or surviving  corporation shall expressly
assume the obligation to deliver, upon the exercise of the conversion privilege,
such shares,  other securities,  cash or property as the holders of the Series C
Preferred  remaining  outstanding,  or other  convertible  stock  or  securities
received by the holders in place thereof,  shall be entitled to receive pursuant
to the  provisions  hereof,  and to make  provision  for the  protection  of the
conversion rights as above provided.

     10.  REDEMPTION.

          10.1  REDEMPTION  RIGHT.  Unless  previously  converted,  all or any
portion of the Series C Preferred together with all dividends accrued but unpaid
on such Series C Preferred  computed to the  Redemption  Date (as defined below)
may be redeemed on a pro rata basis by the  Corporation at its election from the

                                       13
<PAGE>

holders of such Series C Preferred at any time and from time to time;  provided,
however,  that the  Company  may not redeem the  Series C  Preferred  unless the
average of the closing  asked  prices per share of Common  Stock have equaled or
exceeded 150% or more of the Conversion  Price of the Series C Preferred for any
twenty (20)  consecutive  trading days ending  within five (5) days  immediately
prior to the date on which a  Redemption  Notice (as defined  below) is given by
the  Company.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  holders  of the  Series  C
Preferred  will have the right to convert the Series C Preferred to Common Stock
for a period of thirty (30) days following notice of redemption.

          10.2 REDEMPTION  NOTICE.  Before redeeming the Series C Preferred as
provided in Section 11.1, the Corporation  shall mail by certified or registered
mail to each  record  holder  thereof  at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to the
Redemption  Date (as defined below),  at the address shown on the  Corporation's
records, a written notice (a "Redemption Notice") stating:

               (a) the  number  of shares  of  Series C  Preferred  held by such
holder which the  Corporation  proposes to redeem,  including  the amount of any
accrued but unpaid dividends;

               (b) the price at which such shares may be  redeemed,  which shall
be an amount equal to the Series C Preferred Liquidation  Preference computed to
the Redemption Date (the "Redemption Price");

               (c) the date on which  the  Corporation  will pay the  Redemption
Price (the "Redemption Date"); and

               (d) the place at which the  shares  of Series C  Preferred  to be
redeemed must be surrendered in exchange for the Redemption Price.

Each holder of shares of the Series C Preferred to whom an Redemption  Notice is
mailed  shall be  entitled  to receive in cash on the  Redemption  Date the full
Redemption  Price  for each  share of Series C  Preferred  to be  redeemed  upon
surrender by such holder at the place  designated in such  Redemption  Notice of
the certificate  representing  such Series C Preferred duly endorsed in blank or
accompanied  by an  appropriate  form of assignment  duly endorsed in blank with
signature  guaranteed.  In  case  less  than  the  total  number  of  securities
represented  by any  certificate  are  redeemed on the  Redemption  Rate,  a new
certificate  representing the number of unredeemed  securities will be issued to
the holder thereof without cost to the holder  immediately upon surrender of the
certificate  representing the redeemed  securities.  If the Corporation fails to
pay the Redemption  Price on the  Redemption  Date for any reason other than the
failure of a holder to surrender his Series C Preferred certificate as required,
then the  Redemption  Date shall be the date on which the  Corporation  actually
pays the Redemption Price. All rights arising hereunder, other than the right to
receive the Redemption Price, shall terminate on the Redemption Date.

                                       14
<PAGE>

          10.3 If the Corporation shall pay less than the aggregate redemption
price due on such date for all shares of all  series of  Preferred  Stock  being
redeemed having the same priority on liquidation as the Series C Preferred, then
shares shall be redeemed  from,  and payment  shall be  distributed  among,  the
holders  of the  shares of all such  series on the same pro rata basis that such
holders  would share in payments of the aggregate  redemption  price due on such
date for all shares of Preferred Stock being redeemed.

     11. OTHER NOTICES.  If at any time:

               (a) The  Corporation  shall  declare  any  dividend on the Common
Stock  payable  in shares of  capital  stock of the  Corporation,  cash or other
property; or

               (b) The  Corporation  shall  authorize  the issue of any options,
warrants or rights pro rata to all  holders of Common  Stock  entitling  them to
subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of the  Corporation  or to receive
any other rights; or

               (c) The Corporation  shall authorize the distribution pro rata to
all holders of Common Stock of a cash  dividend  payable  otherwise  than out of
earnings of surplus  legally  available  therefor under the laws of the State of
Delaware,  shares of its capital stock (other than Common Stock), stock or other
securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation
or other  persons,  assets  (excluding  cash  dividends)  or  options  or rights
(excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other
securities  of the  Corporation  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for  Common
Stock); or

               (d) There shall occur any  reclassification  of the Common Stock,
or any  consolidation  or  merger  of  the  Corporation  with  or  into  another
Corporation or a sale,  conveyance or other disposition to another entity of all
or substantially all of the properties of the Corporation; or

               (e) There shall occur the voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

then, and in each of such cases, the Corporation shall deliver to each holder of
Series C Preferred at its last address appearing on the books of the Corporation
as promptly as  practicable  but in any event at least twenty (20) days prior to
the applicable  record date (or  determination  date) mentioned  below, a notice
stating,  to the extent such  information is available,  (i) the date on which a
record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend,  distribution or rights,
or, if a record is not to be taken,  the date as of which the  holders of Common
Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend,  distribution  or rights are to
be determined,  or (ii) the date on which such reclassification,  consolidation,
merger,  sale, transfer,  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up is expected to
become  effective and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common
Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange  their Common Stock for securities
or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger,
sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution or winding up." 


                                       15
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed and subscribed this Certificate and do
affirm the  foregoing  as true under the  penalties  of perjury this 19th day of
December, 1995.



                                   /s/ James R. Evans
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   JAMES R. EVANS, President

ATTEST:


/s/ Ronald J. O'Connor
- ---------------------------------------
RONALD J. O'CONNOR, Assistant Secretary






                                       16


                                                                       EXHIBIT 5

                [LETTERHEAD OF SQUIRE, SANDERS & DEMPSEY L.L.P.]

                                                                  (602) 528-4000

                                  June 12, 1997


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

     RE:  SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

               This firm is counsel for Sunrise  Educational  Services,  Inc., a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  with  respect  to  the  sale  of up to
1,382,229  of the  Company's  $.01 par value  Common Stock to be sold by certain
selling  securityholders of the Company and which are the subject of a Form SB-2
Registration  Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The number
of shares of Common Stock includes such presently indeterminate number of shares
of Common Stock as may be issued on conversion of outstanding shares of Series B
Preferred Stock pursuant to the conversion provisions thereof and 300,000 shares
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants (the "Warrants").
In such capacity,  we are familiar with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
of the  Company,  as well as  resolutions  adopted  by its  Board  of  Directors
authorizing  the issuance  and sale of such  securities.  In  addition,  we have
examined  such  documents  and  undertaken  such further  inquiry as we consider
necessary for rendering the opinions set forth below:

               Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that:

               1.   The  Company is a  corporation  duly  organized  and validly
                    existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

               2.   The securities  underlying the Series B Preferred  Stock and
                    Warrants  when  issued and paid for in  accordance  with the
                    terms of such  securities,  will be duly and validly issued,
                    fully paid and nonassessable.

<PAGE>

Securities and Exchange Commission
June 12, 1997
Page 2


               We  acknowledge  that we are referred to under the heading "Legal
Matters" of the Prospectus which is part of the Company's Form SB-2 Registration
Statement  relating to the Common Stock and we hereby consent to such use of our
name in such Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion with state
regulatory agencies in such states as may require such filing in connection with
the registration of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Series B Preferred
Stock and the Warrants for offer and sale in such states.


                                Very truly yours,

                                SQUIRE, SANDERS & DEMPSEY L.L.P.



                                                                   Exhibit 10.41



                          CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                           Dated as of April ___, 1997

         SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  formerly
known as Sunrise  Preschools,  Inc.  (the  "Borrower"),  and  IMPERIAL  BANK,  a
California banking corporation (the "Lender"), hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.1 DEFINITIONS.  For all purposes of this Agreement, except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

          (a) the terms  defined in this Article  have the meanings  assigned to
them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular; and

          (b) all  accounting  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have  the
meanings  assigned to them in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

                  "Accounts" means the aggregate unpaid obligations of customers
         and other  account  debtors to the Borrower  arising out of the sale or
         lease of goods or  rendition  of  services  by the  Borrower on an open
         account or deferred payment basis.

                  "Advance" means an advance to the Borrower by the Lender under
         Facility One, Facility Two, Facility Three,  Facility Four or otherwise
         under the Credit Facilities.

                  "Affiliate" or  "Affiliates"  means any Person  controlled by,
         controlling or under common control with the Borrower.  For purposes of
         this  definition,  "control,"  when used with respect to any  specified
         Person,  means the power to direct the  management and policies of such
         Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
         securities, by contract or otherwise.

                  "Agreement" means this Credit and Security Agreement.

                  "Banking Day" means a day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on
         which banks are generally open for business in Inglewood, California.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                  "Cash Flow Coverage  Ratio" means a rolling ratio based on the
         prior four quarters (the prior 12 months) determined by dividing EBITDA
         for such prior  period by the current  portion of the  Borrower's  long
         term debt for the prior  period plus  interest  expenses  for the prior
         period.  All  components  of the Cash  Flow  Coverage  Ratio  are to be
         determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles
         consistent  with  those  used  in  preparing   Borrower's  most  recent
         consolidating and consolidated audited financial statement.

                  "Collateral" means all of the Fixtures,  Equipment,  Vehicles,
         General Intangibles, Inventory, Receivables, and fixed assets, all sums
         on deposit in any collateral  account,  together with all substitutions
         and  replacements  for and products of any of the foregoing  Collateral
         and together with  proceeds of any and all of the foregoing  Collateral
         and together with (i) all accessories  thereto,  (ii) all  accessories,
         attachments,  parts, equipment and repairs now or hereafter attached or
         affixed to or used in connection with any such collateral, and (ii) all
         warehouse receipts, bills of lading and other documents of title now or
         hereafter covering such collateral.

                  "Credit  Facility"  means the  credit  facilities  being  made
         available to the Borrower by the Lender as Facility One,  Facility Two,
         Facility Three and Facility Four pursuant to Article II hereof.

                  "Current  Ratio" means the  Borrower's  total  current  assets
         divided by the Borrower's total current liabilities.  All components of
         the Current Ratio are to be determined  in  accordance  with  generally
         accepted accounting  principles consistent with those used in preparing
         Borrower's most recent consolidating and consolidated audited financial
         statement.

                  "Debt  to  EBIDTA   Ratio"  means  the  ratio  of   Borrower's
         capitalized debt (all non-subordinated, interest bearing liabilities of
         Borrower)  to  Borrower's  EBIDTA,  all  components  of which are to be
         determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles
         consistent  with  those  used  in  preparing   Borrower's  most  recent
         consolidating and consolidated audited financial statement.

                  "Debt to Worth Ratio" means the Borrower's  total  liabilities
         less  Subordinated  Debt  divided by the  Borrower's  total equity plus
         Subordinated  Debt. All components of the Debt to Worth Ratio are to be
         determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles
         consistent  with  those  used  in  preparing   Borrower's  most  recent
         consolidating and consolidated audited financial statement.

                  "Default"  means an event  that,  with  giving  of  notice  or
         passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

                  "Default  Period" means the period following the occurrence of
         a Default or Event of Default  which  period shall  continue  until and
         unless  the Lender  shall  thereafter  waive  such  Default or Event of
         Default in writing.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                  "Default  Rate" means at any time five  percent  (5%) over the
         Floating Rate, which Default Rate shall change when and as the Floating
         Rate changes.

                  "EBIDTA" means earnings before interest,  depreciation,  taxes
and  amortization for the applicable time period (the four prior quarters or, in
the case of pro-forma  projections,  the subsequent  four quarters)  plus,  with
respect to the  quarters  ending  January  31, 1997 and April 30, 1997 the total
amount of  $1,008,000.  In  addition,  in  calculating  EBIDTA for  purposes  of
advances under Facility One, EBIDTA shall be adjusted for any negative cash flow
from the acquisition in question.

                  "Environmental Laws" has the meaning specified in Section 5.12
hereof.
                  "Equipment"  means all of the  Borrower's  equipment,  as such
term is defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  including
but not limited to all present and future machinery,  furniture, day care center
equipment,  fixed assets,  plant  assets,  office and  recordkeeping  equipment,
parts, tools,  supplies,  and including  specifically  (without  limitation) the
goods  described  in any  equipment  schedule  or  list  herewith  or  hereafter
furnished to the Lender by the Borrower, but excluding any equipment leased from
non-Affiliate third parties.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended.

                  "Event of Default" has the  meaning  specified in Section 8.1
hereof.

                  "Floating  Rate" means an annual rate of interest equal to the
sum of the Prime Rate plus a margin  percentage as listed,  with respect to each
Credit Facility in Article II below.  The Floating Rate shall change if and when
the Prime Rate changes.

                  "General  Intangibles"  means  all of the  Borrower's  general
intangibles,  as such term is defined in the UCC, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired,  including (without limitation) all present and future patents, patent
applications,  copyrights, trademarks, trade names (including without limitation
the trade names and trademarks  "SUNRISE  PRESCHOOLS"  and "SUNRISE  EDUCATIONAL
SERVICES"),  trade secrets,  customer or supplier lists and contracts,  manuals,
operating  instructions,  permits,  franchises,  the right to use the Borrower's
name and the goodwill of the Borrower's business.

                  "Fixtures"  means  all  tangible  personal  property  owned or
hereafter  acquired by Borrower  which is attached or affixed to real  property,
including Borrower's interest in leasehold improvements.

                  "Inventory"  means all of the  Borrower's  inventory,  as such
term is defined in the UCC,  whether now owned or  hereafter  acquired,  whether
consisting  of whole goods,  spare parts or  components,  supplies or materials,
whether  acquired,  held or  furnished  for  sale,  for  lease or under  service
contracts or for manufacture or processing, and wherever located.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  "Landlord Waiver  Requirement" has the meaning given that term
in Section 4.3 of this Agreement.

                  "Late  Charge"  means five  percent  (5%) of the amount of any
installment which is past due in excess of ten (10) days, as provided in Section
2.6 of this Agreement and in the Note.

                  "Loan  Documents"  means  this  Agreement,  the  Notes and the
Security Documents and all other documents relating to any of the foregoing.

                  "Net Loss" means an after tax net loss for the  Borrower  from
continuing  operations  determined on a consolidating and consolidated basis, to
be  determined in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
consistent with those used in preparing Borrower's most recent consolidating and
consolidated audited financial statement.

                  "Notes"  mean the  promissory  notes of the  Borrower for each
separate Credit Facility payable to the order of the Lender in substantially the
form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4

                  "Obligations" has the meaning specified in Section 3.1 hereof.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture,  limited liability company,  association,  joint-stock company,  trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

                  "Plan" means an employee benefit plan or other plan maintained
for employees of the Borrower and covered by Title IV of ERISA.

                  "Premises" means all premises where the Borrower  conducts its
business and has any rights of possession,  including (without  limitation) each
of the child care facilities listed on EXHIBIT E attached hereto.

                  "Prime  Rate"  means the rate of interest  publicly  announced
from  time to time by  Imperial  Bank,  a  California  banking  corporation,  in
Inglewood,  California  as its prime rate for lending  (the  "Prime  Rate") (the
Prime Rate is not  intended to be the lowest rate of interest  charged by Lender
in connection with extensions of credit to borrowers) or, if such bank ceases to
announce a rate so  designated,  any similar  successor  rate  designated by the
Lender;

                  "Pro Forma Cash Flow Coverage Ratio" means a rolling ratio for
the subsequent four quarters (the  subsequent 12 months)  determined by dividing
projected EBITA from such period (reduced by any negative cash flow  anticipated
form the Facility being  acquired) by the current  portion of long term debt for
such period plus interest  expense for such period  (including debt and interest
on the Facility to be acquired).

                                       4
<PAGE>

                  "Receivables"  means each and every  right of the  Borrower to
the  payment of money,  whether  such right to payment  now exists or  hereafter
arises,  whether  such  right to payment  arises  out of a sale,  lease or other
disposition  of goods or other  property,  out of a  rendering  of  services  or
services to be rendered, out of a loan, out of the overpayment of taxes or other
liabilities,  or otherwise arises under any contract or agreement,  whether such
right to payment is  created,  generated  or earned by the  Borrower  or by some
other person who subsequently  transfers such person's interest to the Borrower,
whether such right to payment is or is not already  earned by  performance,  and
howsoever such right to payment may be evidenced, together with all other rights
and interests  (including all liens and security  interests)  which the Borrower
may at any time have by law or  agreement  against any  account  debtor or other
obligor  obligated  to make any such  payment or against  any  property  of such
account  debtor or other  obligor;  all including but not limited to all present
and future accounts, accounts receivable, contract rights, loans and obligations
receivable,  chattel papers, bonds, notes, drafts,  acceptances,  and other debt
instruments, purchase orders, tax refunds and rights to payment in the nature of
general intangibles and other forms of obligations and receivables.

                  "Reportable  Event"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to that
term in Title IV of ERISA.

                  "Security  Documents"  means  all  documents  relating  to the
security interest in the Collateral being given to Lender.

                  "Security  Interest" has the meaning  specified in Section 3.1
hereof.

                  "Stock  Warrant"  has the  meanings  specified  in Section 4.4
hereof.

                  "Subordinated Debt" means debt which is junior in all respects
to amounts  due to Lender  pursuant  to  subordination  agreements  approved  by
Lender.

                  "Term Out Date" means the date which is one year from the date
of this Agreement.

                  "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time
to time in the state  designated  in Section 9.12 hereof as the state whose laws
shall govern this Agreement, or in any other state whose laws are held to govern
this Agreement or any portion hereof.

                  "Vehicles" means all right, title and interest of Borrower now
held or hereafter  acquired in all automobiles,  busses,  vans, trucks and other
motor  vehicles,  other than motor  vehicles  leased  from  non-Affiliate  third
parties.

                  "Warrant  Requirement" has the meaning given in Section 4.4 of
this Agreement.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

         Section 2.1 FACILITY ONE. The Lender  agrees,  as "Facility One" and on
the terms and subject to the  conditions  herein set forth,  to make Advances to
the  Borrower  from  the  date  of  the  satisfaction  of  the  Landlord  Waiver
Requirement and Warrant Requirement to the Term Out Date (one year from the date
hereof) or the earlier  date of  termination  of this  Facility  One pursuant to
Sections 2.7 or 8.2 hereof,  in the aggregate amount at anytime  outstanding not
to exceed  $1,000,000,  which  Advances  shall be secured by the  Collateral  as
provided in Article  III  hereof.  Facility  One shall be a  non-revolving  term
facility.  The  aggregate  amount of all advances  under  Facility One shall not
exceed  $1,000,000.  Advances  under  Facility  One are  limited  for use by the
Borrower in paying up to 80% of the  purchase  price of  established  child care
centers. Each request for an Advance under Facility One shall be made in writing
specifying the date upon which the Advance is requested, the amount thereof, the
designation  of the child care  center to be  acquired,  a copy of the  purchase
contract with respect to the center being acquired and such other information as
Lender may request concerning the acquisition,  including,  without  limitation,
the operating  history and financial  performance  of the center to be acquired.
Lender may condition any Facility One Advance on amendments to this Agreement or
any of the  Security  Instruments  in order to  encumber  or perfect the lien of
Lender on the Collateral to be acquired in connection  with the  acquisition and
the payment of reasonable  attorneys fees reasonably incurred in connection with
such amendments.  The following shall apply to Facility One:

                  (a) Each Advance  made by Lender  under  Facility One shall be
evidenced by and repayable with interest in accordance with a separate  Facility
One Note to be executed by Borrower at the time of each  Facility One advance in
the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A-1.

                  (b) The interest rate payable for Facility One advances  shall
be a Floating Rate equal to the Prime Rate plus 2.5 percentage points or, at the
election  of  Borrower  made at the Term Out Date at the  fixed  rate  quoted to
Borrower by Lender at such time.

                  (c) No further advances under Facility One shall be made after
the Term Out Date.

                  (d) As further  specified in the  Facility One Note,  prior to
the Term Out Date, interest on Facility One Advance shall be payable monthly and
principal  shall be payable  monthly in an amount  equal to 3% of the  principal
balance of the Facility One Advances outstanding as of the last day of the prior
month.

                  (e) From and after the Term Out Date principal and interest on
the then  outstanding  balance of the Facility One Note shall be payable monthly
in an amount  necessary  to fully  amortize  principal,  at the  interests  rate
specified  above,  in equal monthly  payments over three years from the Term Out
Date. Such amortized  payments may change  corresponding to changes in the Prime
Rate.

                  (f) A  Commitment  Fee of .25% of the total  amount  available
under Facility One is payable at closing.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                  (g)  An  Origination  Fee  of 2%  of  amounts  advanced  under
Facility One shall be payable upon each such Facility One Advance.

         Section 2.2 FACILITY TWO. The Lender  agrees as "Facility  Two" and, on
the terms and subject to the  conditions  herein set forth,  to make Advances to
the Borrower  from time to time from the date hereof to and  including  one year
from the date  hereof,  (or the earlier  date of  termination  of this  facility
pursuant to Sections 2.7 or 8.2  hereof),  in the  aggregate  amount at any time
outstanding  not to exceed  $500,000,  which  advances  shall be  secured by the
Collateral  as  provided  in  Article  III  hereof.  Facilities  Two  shall be a
revolving  facility  and it is  contemplated  that  the  Borrower  will  request
advances,  make prepayments and request  additional  Advances.  If the aggregate
amount of  outstanding  Advances  made  under  Facility  Two  exceeds  $500,000,
Borrower shall immediately  repay the excess to Lender.  Advances under Facility
Two are to provide  temporary  working capital to the Borrower and the following
apply to Facility Two:

                  (a) All Advances  made by Lender  under  Facility Two shall be
evidenced by and repayable  with  interest in  accordance  with the Facility Two
Note to be  executed  by  Borrower  at  closing in the form  attached  hereto as
EXHIBIT A-2.

                  (b) The interest  rate payable on Facility Two Advances  shall
be a Floating Rate equal to the Prime Rate plus 1.5 percentage points.

                  (c) Interest  under the Facility Two shall be payable  monthly
and all outstanding  principal and any accrued interest shall be due and payable
one year from the date hereof.

                  (d) A  Commitment  Fee of .5% of the  total  amount  available
under Facility Two is payable at closing.

         Section 2.3 FACILITY  THREE.  The Lender agrees,  as Facility Three and
upon the terms and subject to the conditions  herein set forth, to make advances
to the Borrower  from time to time during the period from the date hereof to one
year from the date hereof (or the earlier  date of  termination  of the facility
pursuant  to Section  2.7 or 8.2  hereof) in an  aggregate  amount not to exceed
$500,000,  which  advances  shall be secured by the  Collateral  as  provided in
Article III hereof.  Facility  Three shall be used by the  Borrower in acquiring
new and used  Vehicles or Equipment  used in Borrower's  business.  The advances
under  Facility  Three  shall not be  revolving  advances  but shall  constitute
separate term loans payable monthly,  as provided below, on a full  amortization
schedule  based  upon a 60  month  amortization  for new  Vehicles  or 36  month
amortization for used Vehicles and Equipment.  Each request for an Advance under
Facility Three shall be  accompanied by an invoice  showing the cost of the item
to be  acquired  with the  Advance  and,  in the case of  Vehicles,  with  title
documents with respect to the Vehicles.  Lender may condition any Facility Three
Advances on amendments to this  Agreement or any of the Security  Instruments in
order to encumber or perfect the lien of Lender on the Collateral to be acquired
in connection with the acquisition and the payment of reasonable  attorneys fees
reasonably  incurred in connection with such amendment.  The aggregate amount of
all advances under Facility Three shall not exceed $500,000. The following apply
to Facility Three:

                  (a) All Advances made by Lender under  Facility Three shall be
evidenced by and repayable  with interest in accordance  with the Facility Three
Notes,  with a separate  Facility  Three Note to be  executed by Borrower at the
time of each Facility Three Advance in the form attached  hereto as EXHIBIT A-3.
Each  Facility  Three Note  shall be  repayable  monthly on a full  amortization
schedule  based  upon a 60  month  amortization  for new  Vehicles  or 36  month
amortization for used Vehicles and Equipment.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                  (b) The interest rate payable on Facility Three Advances shall
be a Floating Rate equal to the Prime Rate plus 1.75  percentage  points,  or at
the election of Borrower made at the time of the  applicable  advance at a Fixed
Rate quoted to Borrower by Lender at such time.

                  (c) An Origination Fee of .5% the total amount available under
Facility Three is payable at closing.

         Section 2.4 FACILITY FOUR.  The Lender agrees,  as Facility Four and on
the terms and subject to the  conditions  herein set forth,  to make Advances to
the  Borrower at the closing  hereunder  in the  aggregate  amount not to exceed
$1,000,000 for the purpose of refinancing  existing  equipment  loans,  existing
improvement  loans,  and other existing loans approved for refinancing by Lender
and for  refinancing  existing  debt owed by  Borrower  to  sellers  of day care
facilities.  Facility Four is not a revolving facility and is payable as a fully
amortized loan with a 48 month term. The following apply to Facility Four.

                  (a) Facility  Four shall be evidenced  by and  repayable  with
interest in accordance with the Facility Four Note to be executed by Borrower at
closing in the form of EXHIBIT A-4 attached hereto.

                  (b) The interest rate payable on Facility Four Advances  shall
be a Floating Rate equal to the Prime Rate plus one percentage  point or, at the
election  of  Borrower  made at  Closing,  at a Fixed Rate quoted to Borrower by
Lender at Closing.

An Origination Fee of .25% of the total amount  available under Facility Four is
payable at closing.

          Section 2.5 ADVANCES. The Borrower agrees to comply with the following
procedures in requesting Advances under Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4

                  (a) The Borrower will not request any Advance if, after giving
effect to such requested Advance, the sum of the outstanding and unpaid Advances
under the  applicable  facility  would  exceed the  applicable  maximum  amounts
specified in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 above.

                  (b) Each  request  for an Advance  shall be made to the Lender
prior to 12:00 noon (Phoenix,  Arizona time) at least two (2) Banking Days prior
to the  day of the  Advance  in the  case of  Facility  One  and  Facility  Four
Advances,  at least two (2) Banking  Days prior to the day of the Advance in the
case of Facility Three Advances and of at least one (1) Banking Day prior to the
day of the Advance in the case of Facility  Two  Advances.  Each  request for an
Advance  shall be made in writing,  specifying  (i) the Banking Day on which the
Advance  is to be  made  is  requested,  (ii)  the  amount  thereof,  (iii)  the
application  of the  proceeds  thereof  and shall be by (i) any  officer  of the
Borrower;  or (ii) any person  designated as the Borrower's agent by any officer
of the  Borrower  in a writing  delivered  to the  Lender;  or (iii) any  person
reasonably  believed  by the Lender to be an officer of the  Borrower  or such a
designated agent.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                  (c) Upon  fulfillment  of the  applicable  conditions  of this
Agreement,  the Lender  shall  disburse  loan  proceeds in  accordance  with the
Borrower's  written  instructions.  The Borrower shall be obligated to repay all
Advances notwithstanding the fact that the person requesting the same was not in
fact  authorized  to do so,  provided  however  that all requests for an Advance
shall be made in writing as provided in subsection (b) above. Any request for an
Advance  shall be deemed to be a  representation  by the  Borrower  that (i) the
condition set forth in in this Article II have been met, and (ii) the conditions
set forth in Section 4.2 hereof have been met as of the time of the request.

         Section 2.6  INTEREST.

                  (a) The  principal  of the Advances  outstanding  from time to
time during any month shall bear interest  (computed on the basis of actual days
elapsed in a 360-day  year) at the  applicable  rate set forth in Sections  2.1,
2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 above; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that from the first day of any month
during  which any Default or Event of Default  occurs or exists at any time,  in
the  Lender's  discretion  and  without  waiving  any of its  other  rights  and
remedies,  the principal of the Advances under all of the Notes outstanding from
time to time shall bear  interest at the Default Rate during the entire  Default
Period; PROVIDED FURTHER that if any payment of interest and/or principal is not
received by the holder of the Notes when such  payment is due,  then in addition
to the remedies  conferred upon the holder and the other loan documents,  a late
charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of the installment due and unpaid will
be added to the  delinquent  amount to compensate  the holder for the expense of
handling  the  delinquency  for any payment past due in excess of ten (10) days,
regardless  of any notice and cure period;  and PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  that in any
event no rate  change  shall be put into  effect  which  would  result in a rate
greater  than the  highest  rate  permitted  by law.  Interest  accruing  on the
principal  balance  of such  Advances  outstanding  from  time to time  shall be
payable  on  the  fifteenth  (15th)  day of  each  succeeding  month  and on the
applicable  maturity  date set forth in Section 2.1,  2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 above,  or
earlier  demand made in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Agreement or
prepayment in full.  The Borrower  agrees that the interest rate  contracted for
includes the interest  rate set forth herein plus any other  charges or fees set
forth herein and costs and  expenses  incident to this  transaction  paid by the
Borrower to the extent same are deemed interest under applicable law.

                  (b) If any Person shall  acquire a  participation  in Advances
under this  Agreement,  the Borrower shall be obligated to the Lender to pay the
full amount of all interest calculated under this Article II and the Note, along
with all other  fees,  charges  and other  amounts  due  under  this  Agreement,
regardless  if such  Person  elects  to  accept  interest  with  respect  to its
participation  at a lower rate than the  applicable  Floating Rate, or otherwise
elects to accept  less than its pro rata share of such fees,  charges  and other
amounts due under this Agreement.  The Lender shall not be obligated to request,
induce or permit any Person to acquire or to retain any  participation at all or
in any  particular  amount  or at any  particular  rate  of  interest  or on any
particular terms.

                                       9
<PAGE>

          Section 2.7  VOLUNTARY  PREPAYMENT;  TERMINATION  OF  AGREEMENT BY THE
BORROWER; PERMANENT REDUCTION OF COMMITMENT.

                  (a) Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Borrower may, in
its discretion,  upon at least three (3) Banking Days irrevocable  notice to the
Lender, prepay on any Banking Day the Advances in whole at any time or from time
to time in part.  The notice of prepayment  shall specify the date and amount of
the prepayment,  and the loan to which the prepayment  applies.  Other than with
respect to the prepayment of any fixed rate  obligation  which is subject to the
prepayment fee provisions of Section 2.7(c) below,  any such prepayment shall be
without any fee.  Notice of prepayment  having been delivered as aforesaid,  the
principal amount of the prepayment specified in such notice shall become due and
payable  on the  prepayment  date set  forth in such  notice.  All  payments  of
principal under this section shall be accompanied by accrued but unpaid interest
on the amount  being  prepaid  through  the date of such  prepayment  and,  with
respect  to any  prepayment  of a  fixed  rate  obligation,  by  the  applicable
prepayment  fee  specified in Section  2.7(c)  below.  Subject to the  foregoing
provisions,  the Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time and,  subject
to payment and performance of all the Borrower's  obligations to the Lender, may
obtain any release or termination of the Security Interest to which the Borrower
is otherwise entitled by law by giving at least 30 days' prior written notice to
the Lender of the Borrower's intention to terminate this Agreement.

                  (b) The Borrower  may at any time and from time to time,  upon
at least 30 days' prior  written  notice to the Lender,  permanently  reduce the
Commitment in whole or in part, without payment of any fee or penalty; provided,
however,  that no reduction  shall reduce the  Commitment to an amount less than
the then-aggregate amount of the Advances.

                  (c)  PREPAYMENT OF FIXED RATE LOANS.  If Borrower  prepays any
Advance which has a fixed interest rate Borrower shall pay a prepayment premium.
The prepayment premium shall be computed as follows: 1% of the amount prepaid if
the amount  prepaid is under  $50,000,  and if the amount  prepaid is $50,000 or
over, the result of [the present value of the remaining cash flows calculated at
the  interest  rate on the Advance  being  prepaid  discounted  at the  Treasury
Constant  Yield (TCY) + 100 basis  points]  minus the  [principal  amount  being
prepaid].  The TCY is calculated as the interpolated  constant maturity Treasury
rate with a maturity  matching the  remaining  average life of the Advance being
prepaid. Rate date is obtained, at the time of prepayment,  from the most recent
Federal Reserve H-15 Report using data from the most recent week ending column.

         Section 2.8 MANDATORY PREPAYMENT.  Without notice or demand, if the sum
of the outstanding principal balance of the Advances under any Facility shall at
any time exceed the applicable  maximum  amounts  specified in Section 2.1, 2.2,
2.3 or 2.4 , the Borrower  shall  immediately  prepay the Advances to the extent
necessary to reduce the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Advances
to the applicable maximum amounts specified in Section 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4. Any
payment  received by the Lender  after an Event of Default may be applied to the
Advances,  including  interest  thereon  and any  fees,  commissions,  costs and
expenses hereunder and under the Security  Documents,  in such order and in such
amounts as the Lender, in its sole discretion, may from time to time determine.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         Section 2.9  PAYMENT.  All payments of principal of and interest on the
Advances  shall  be made to the  Lender  in  immediately  available  funds.  The
Borrower  hereby  authorizes  the Lender,  in its discretion at any time or from
time to time and without  request by the Borrower,  but upon 5 days prior notice
to Borrower, to make an Advance or Advances in such amount as shall be necessary
to pay principal and accrued  interest  amounts and any fees,  costs or expenses
from time to time due to the Lender hereunder or under the Security Documents.

         Section 2.10 PAYMENT ON  NON-BANKING  DAYS.  Whenever any payment to be
made  hereunder  shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Banking  Day,
such payment may be made on the next succeeding  Banking Day, and such extension
of time shall in such case be  included  in the  computation  of interest on the
Advances or the fees hereunder, as the case may be.

         Section  2.11 USE OF  PROCEEDS.  The  proceeds of  Advances  under each
Facility  shall be used by the  Borrower  for  applicable  purposes set forth in
Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 above.

         Section 2.12  LIABILITY  RECORDS.  The Lender may maintain from time to
time, at its  discretion,  liability  records as to any and all Advances made or
repaid and interest  accrued or paid under this  Agreement.  All entries made on
any such record shall be presumed  correct  unless  Borrower gives notice of its
exception to the same within 30 days after  receipt by the Borrower of copies of
any of such  records.  On demand by the  Lender,  the  Borrower  will  admit and
certify in writing the exact principal balance that the Borrower then asserts to
be  outstanding  to the Lender for Advances  under this  Agreement.  Any billing
statement or accounting  rendered by the Lender shall be conclusive  and binding
on the  Borrower  unless  specific  written  notice of exception is given to the
Lender by the  Borrower  within 30 days after  receipt by the  Borrower  of said
billing statement or accounting.

         Section  2.13 SETOFF.  The  Borrower  agrees that the Lender may at any
time or from time to time, at its sole discretion and without demand and without
notice to anyone,  setoff any  liability  owed to the  Borrower  by the  Lender,
against any indebtedness owed to the Lender by the Borrower (for Advances or for
any other Obligations).  In addition,  each other Person holding a participating
interest in any Advances made to the Borrower by the Lender shall have the right
to appropriate or setoff any deposit or other liability then owed by such Person
to the  Borrower,  whether or not due, and apply the same to the payment of said
participating  interest,  as fully as if such  Person had lent  directly  to the
Borrower the amount of such participating interest.

         Section 2.14 FEES.

                  (a) The  Borrower  hereby  agrees to timely pay the Lender the
fully earned and  non-refundable  origination  and commitment  fees specified in
Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 above.

                  (b) The Borrower  hereby agrees to pay the Lender,  on demand,
audit fees not to exceed $2,500 per audit and $5,000 per year in connection with
any audits or  inspections  by the Lender of any collateral or the operations or
business of the Borrower in connection  with the  Collateral,  together with all
actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in conducting any such audit or
inspection. Lender shall give at least one day's prior notice of any such audit;
provided that no prior notice is required if there is pending Event of Default.

                                       11
<PAGE>

         Section 2.15 CAPITAL  ADEQUACY.  If the Lender shall determine that the
adoption  after  the date  hereof  of any  applicable  law,  rule or  regulation
regarding  capital  adequacy,  or any change therein after the date hereof,  any
change after the date hereof in the interpretation or administration  thereof by
any governmental  authority,  central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or compliance by the Lender or its
parent  corporation  with any guideline or request  issued after the date hereof
regarding capital adequacy (whether nor not having the force of law) of any such
authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on the Lender's or the Lender's parent corporation's
capital as a consequence of the Lender's obligations  hereunder to a level below
that which the Lender or its parent corporation could have achieved but for such
adoption,  change or compliance (taking into consideration the Lender's policies
with respect to capital adequacy and those of the Lender's parent corporation by
an amount deemed to the Lender or its parent  corporation  to be material,  then
from time to time on demand by the Lender,  the Borrower shall pay to the Lender
such  additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate the Lender or its parent
corporation for such reduction.  Certificates of the Lender sent to the Borrower
from time to time claiming  compensation under this Section,  stating the reason
therefor  and  setting  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  calculation  of  the
additional  amount  or  amounts  to be paid to the  Lender  hereunder  shall  be
conclusive absent manifest error. In determining such amounts, the Lender or its
parent corporation may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                SECURITY INTEREST

         Section 3.1 GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. The Borrower hereby assigns and
grants  to the  Lender a  security  interest  (collectively  referred  to as the
"Security  Interests")  in the  Collateral,  as  security  for the  payment  and
performance  of each and every debt,  liability and obligation of every type and
description  which  the  Borrower  may now or at any time  hereafter  owe to the
Lender  (whether such debt,  liability or obligation  now exists or is hereafter
created or incurred,  whether it arises in a  transaction  involving  the Lender
alone or with the Lender as a participant with other lenders,  and whether it is
direct or indirect,  due or to become due,  absolute or  contingent,  primary or
secondary,  liquidated or  unliquidated,  or sole,  joint,  several or joint and
several, and including specifically, but not limited to, all indebtedness of the
Borrower  arising under this Agreement or any other loan or credit  agreement or
guaranty between the Borrower and the Lender, whether now in effect or hereafter
entered  into;  all  such  debts,   liabilities   and   obligations  are  herein
collectively referred to as the "Obligations").

         Section 3.2  NOTIFICATION  OF ACCOUNT  DEBTORS AND OTHER  OBLIGORS.  In
addition to the rights of the Lender under Section 6.10 hereof,  with respect to
any and all rights to payment constituting Collateral the Lender may at any time
(after the occurrence of an Event of Default) notify any account debtor or other
person  obligated  to pay the amount  due that such  right to  payment  has been
assigned or transferred to the Lender for security and shall be paid directly to
the  Lender.  The  Borrower  will join in giving  such  notice if the  Lender so
requests.  At any time after the  Borrower or the Lender gives such notice to an
account debtor or other  obligor,  the Lender may, but need not, in the Lender's

                                       12
<PAGE>

name or in the  Borrower's  name,  (a) demand,  sue for,  collect or receive any
money or property at any time payable or  receivable on account of, or securing,
any such right to payment,  or grant any  extension  to, make any  compromise or
settlement  with or  otherwise  agree to  waive,  modify,  amend or  change  the
obligations  (including  collateral  obligations)  of any such account debtor or
other obligor; and (b) as agent and attorney in fact of the Borrower, notify the
United  States  Postal  Service  to  change  the  address  for  delivery  of the
Borrower's mail to any address designated by the Lender, otherwise intercept the
Borrower's mail, and receive and, open Borrower's mail,  applying all Collateral
as permitted  under this Agreement and holding all other mail for the Borrower's
account or forwarding such mail to the Borrower's last known address.

         Section 3.3  ASSIGNMENT  OF INSURANCE.  As additional  security for the
payment and performance of the  Obligations,  the Borrower hereby assigns to the
Lender any and all monies (including, without limitation,  proceeds of insurance
and  refunds of  unearned  premiums)  due or to become due under,  and all other
rights of the Borrower with respect to, any and all policies of insurance now or
at any time  hereafter  covering the  Collateral or any evidence  thereof or any
business records or valuable papers pertaining thereto,  and the Borrower hereby
directs  the issuer of any such  policy to pay all such  monies  directly to the
Lender. At any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Lender may
(but need not),  in the Lender's  name or in the  Borrower's  name,  execute and
deliver  proof of claim,  receive  all such  monies,  endorse  checks  and other
instruments   representing  payment  of  such  monies,  and  adjust,   litigate,
compromise or release any claim against the issuer of any such policy.

          Section  3.4  OCCUPANCY.  Subject to  provisions  of any leases of the
Premise:

                  (a) The Borrower hereby  irrevocably  grants to the Lender the
right to take  possession of the Premises at any time after the  occurrence  and
during the continuance of an Event of Default.

                  (b) The Lender  may use the  Premises  only to hold,  process,
manufacture,  sell, use, store, liquidate,  realize upon or otherwise dispose of
goods that are  Collateral  and for other  purposes  that the Lender may in good
faith deem to be related or incidental purposes.

                  (c) The right of the Lender to hold the  Premises  shall cease
and  terminate  upon the  earlier of (i)  payment in full and  discharge  of all
Obligations,  and (ii)  final  sale or  disposition  of all  goods  constituting
Collateral and delivery of all such goods to purchasers.

                  (d) The Lender  shall not be  obligated  to pay or account for
any rent or other  compensation  for the possession,  occupancy or use of any of
the  Premises;  provided,  however,  in the event  that the  Lender  does pay or
account for any rent or other compensation for the possession,  occupancy or use
of any of the Premises, the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender promptly for the
full amount thereof. In addition, the Borrower will pay, or reimburse the Lender
for, all taxes, fees, duties, imposts, charges and expenses at any time incurred
by or imposed upon the Lender by reason of the execution,  delivery,  existence,
recordation,  performance  or enforcement of this Agreement or the provisions of
this Section 3.4.

                                       13
<PAGE>

         Section  3.5  LICENSE.  The  Borrower  hereby  grants  to the  Lender a
non-exclusive,  worldwide and royalty-free  license to use or otherwise  exploit
all trademarks,  franchises, trade names, copyrights and patents of the Borrower
for the  purpose  of  selling,  leasing  or  otherwise  disposing  of any or all
Collateral following an Event of Default.

         Section 3.6 VEHICLE TITLES.  The Borrower  represents and warrants that
it has  delivered to Lender all title  documents  with respect to the portion of
the  Collateral  consisting of Vehicles and Borrower will execute such documents
as Lender may  reasonably  require so that  Lender's lien is shown on such title
documents.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

         Section 4.1  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE INITIAL ADVANCE.

         The  obligation  of the Lender to make the  initial  Advance  under the
Credit  Facility  shall be subject to the  condition  precedent  that the Lender
shall  have  received  all  of  the  following,   each  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to the Lender:

                  (a)  This  Agreement,  properly  executed  on  behalf  of  the
Borrower.

                  (b) The Notes, properly executed on behalf of the Borrower.

                  (c) A true and correct copy of any and all leases  pursuant to
which the Borrower is leasing the Premises.

                  (d) Title documents with respect to all of Borrower's Vehicles
and  documentation  executed by Borrower so that  Lender's lien will be shown on
such titles..

                  (e) Current  searches of appropriate  filing  offices  showing
that (i) no state or  federal  tax liens  have been  filed and  remain in effect
against the Borrower, (ii) no financing statements have been filed and remain in
effect against the Borrower, except those financing statements relating to liens
permitted pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof and those financing statements filed by
the  Lender,  and (iii) the  Lender  has duly  filed  all  financing  statements
necessary to perfect the Security Interests granted hereunder, to the extent the
Security Interests are capable of being perfected by filing.

                  (f) Current  searches of appropriate  filing  offices  showing
that (i) no mortgages,  deeds of trust, collateral assignments or other security
interests have been filed and remain in effect  against the Borrower's  interest
in the Fixtures or the General Intangibles, except those filed by the Lender.

                                       14
<PAGE>

                  (g) A Corporate  Resolution  Regarding  Credit executed by the
Secretary of the Borrower, certifying as to (i) the resolutions of the directors
and, if required,  the shareholders of the Borrower,  authorizing the execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Security Documents,  (ii) the
articles of incorporation  and bylaws of the Borrower,  and (iii) the signatures
of the officers or agents of the Borrower authorized to execute and deliver this
Agreement,  the  Security  Documents  and  other  instruments,   agreements  and
certificates, including Advance requests, on behalf of the Borrower.

                  (h) A current  certificate issued by the Secretary of State of
the state of the Borrower's  incorporation,  certifying  that the Borrower is in
compliance with all corporate organizational requirements of such state.

                  (i) Evidence  that the Borrower is duly  licensed or qualified
to transact  business in all  jurisdictions  where the character of the property
owned or  leased or the  nature  of the  business  transacted  by it makes  such
licensing or qualification necessary.

                  (j) A  certificate  of an officer of the Borrower  confirming,
after due investigation, the representations and warranties set forth in Article
V hereof.

                  (k) An opinion of counsel to the  Borrower,  addressed  to the
Lender, together with the results of a litigation search or searches showing all
actions and  proceedings  where the Borrower is a defendant or involving a claim
against the Borrower.

                  (l) Certificates of the insurance required hereunder, with all
hazard insurance containing a loss payee endorsement in favor of the Lender ( to
the extent of its interest in the Collateral)  and with all liability  insurance
naming the Lender as an additional insured.

                  (m)  Payment of the fees due  through  the date of the initial
Advance under Article II hereof and expenses incurred by the Lender through such
date and required to be paid by the Borrower under Section 9.7 hereof (including
without  limitation  the Lender's  attorneys'  fees as provided in Section 9.7);
provided  that the  attorneys  fees of Lender  through  the date of the  initial
Advance hereunder shall be limited to $6,000;

                  (n) Such  other  documents  as the  Lender  in its  reasonable
discretion  may require,  including  without  limitation  such  documents as are
necessary to perfect any and all registered trademarks or trade names (including
without  limitation  the trade names and  trademarks  "Sunrise  Preschools"  and
"Sunrise Educational Services).

         Section 4.2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL ADVANCES. The obligation of the
Lender to make each Advance shall be subject to the further conditions precedent
that on such date:

                  (a) the representations and warranties  contained in Article V
hereof are  correct on and as of the date of such  Advance as though made on and
as of such date, except to the extent that such  representations  and warranties
relate solely to an earlier date; and

                                       15
<PAGE>

                  (b) no event has occurred and is  continuing,  or would result
from such Advance which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

         Section 4.3 SPECIAL  CONDITIONS/LANDLORD  WAIVER REQUIREMENT.  Prior to
any advance under  Facility One, and in any event within ninety (90) days of the
date of this  Agreement,  Borrower  shall have obtained from the landlords of at
least  75% of the  child  care  facilities  operated  by  Borrower  an  executed
landlord's  waiver of lien right in the form  provided  by Lender  (referred  to
herein as the "Landlord Waiver Requirement").

         Section  4.4 STOCK  WARRANT/WARRANT  REQUIREMENT.  Prior to any advance
under  Facility  One, and in any event within  ninety (90) days from the date of
this  Agreement,  Borrower shall issue to Lender a Stock Warrant with respect to
10,000  shares of the Common Stock of Borrower  (the "Stock  Warrant") in a form
prepared by Lender (the "Warrant  Requirement").  The price in the Warrant shall
be the  average  bid price for such stock for the five days prior to the closing
hereunder. The Warrant shall contain anti-dilution provisions.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:

         Section  5.1  CORPORATE  EXISTENCE  AND POWER;  NAME;  CHIEF  EXECUTIVE
OFFICE;  INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT  LOCATIONS.  The Borrower is a corporation duly
incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of  Delaware,  and is duly  licensed or  qualified  to transact  business in all
jurisdictions  where the character of the property owned or leased or the nature
of  the  business  transacted  by  it  makes  such  licensing  or  qualification
necessary.  The Borrower has all  requisite  power and  authority,  corporate or
otherwise,  to conduct its business,  to own its  properties  and to execute and
deliver, and to perform all of its obligations under, the Loan Documents. During
its corporate  existence,  the Borrower has done business solely under the names
set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto. The chief executive office and principal place of
business  of the  Borrower  is  located  at the  address  set forth in EXHIBIT B
hereto,  and all of the  Borrower's  records  relating  to its  business  or the
Collateral are kept at that location.  All Inventory and Equipment is located at
that location or at one of the other locations set forth in EXHIBIT B hereto.

         Section  5.2  AUTHORIZATION  OF  BORROWING;  NO  CONFLICT  AS TO LAW OR
AGREEMENTS. The execution,  delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan
Documents  and the  borrowings  from  time  to time  hereunder  have  been  duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not (a) require
any consent or approval of the  stockholders  of the  Borrower,  (b) require any
authorization,  consent or approval by, or  registration,  declaration or filing
with, or notice to, any  governmental  department,  commission,  board,  bureau,
agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, or any third party, except such
authorization, consent, approval, registration, declaration, filing or notice as
has been obtained,  accomplished or given prior to the date hereof,  (c) violate
any  provision of any law, rule or regulation  (including,  without  limitation,
Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System) or of any
order,  writ,  injunction or decree presently in effect having  applicability to

                                       16
<PAGE>

the Borrower or of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Borrower,  (d)
result in a breach of or  constitute  a default  under any  indenture or loan or
credit agreement or any other material  agreement,  lease or instrument to which
the  Borrower  is a party  or by  which  it or its  properties  may be  bound or
affected,  or (e) result in, or  require,  the  creation  or  imposition  of any
mortgage,  deed of trust,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest or other charge or
encumbrance  of any nature  (other  than the  Security  Interests)  upon or with
respect  to any  of the  properties  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  by the
Borrower.

         Section 5.3 LEGAL AGREEMENTS.  This Agreement constitutes and, upon due
execution by the Borrower,  the other Loan Documents will  constitute the legal,
valid and binding obligations of the Borrower,  enforceable against the Borrower
in accordance with their respective terms.

         Section 5.4  SUBSIDIARIES.  The Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than
Sunrise Preschools Hawaii, Inc. which subsidiary holds no assets. Borrower shall
notify Lender in advance of creating any other Subsidiaries.

         Section 5.5 FINANCIAL  CONDITION;  NO ADVERSE CHANGE.  The Borrower has
heretofore  furnished to the Lender audited financial statements of the Borrower
for its fiscal year ended and unaudited financial statements of the Borrower for
the month ended, and those statements fairly present the financial  condition of
the  Borrower on the dates  thereof and the results of its  operations  and cash
flows for the periods then ended and were prepared in accordance  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  Since the date of the most  recent  financial
statements,  there  has  been  no  material  adverse  change  in  the  business,
properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower.

         Section  5.6  LITIGATION.  There are no actions,  suits or  proceedings
pending or, to the  knowledge of the Borrower,  threatened  against or affecting
the Borrower or any of its  Affiliates or the  properties of the Borrower or any
of its  Affiliates  before  any court or  governmental  department,  commission,
board,  bureau,  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic  or  foreign,  which,  if
determined  adversely  to the  Borrower or any of its  Affiliates,  would have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition,  properties or operations of
the Borrower or any of its Affiliates.

         Section 5.7  REGULATION  U. The Borrower is not engaged in the business
of  extending  credit for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  margin  stock
(within the meaning of  Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal
Reserve  System),  and no part of the  proceeds of any  Advance  will be used to
purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose
of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

         Section 5.8 TAXES.  The Borrower and its Affiliates have paid or caused
to be paid to the proper authorities when due all federal, state and local taxes
required to be withheld by each of them.  The Borrower and its  Affiliates  have
filed all  federal,  state and local tax returns  which to the  knowledge of the
officers of the Borrower or any  Affiliate,  as the case may be, are required to
be filed,  and the Borrower and its Affiliates have paid or caused to be paid to
the respective  taxing  authorities all taxes as shown on said returns or on any
assessment received by any of them to the extent such taxes have become due.

                                       17
<PAGE>

         Section 5.9 TITLES AND LIENS.  The Borrower has marketable title to all
Collateral  described in the collateral  reports  provided to the Lender and all
other  Collateral,  properties and assets  reflected in the latest balance sheet
referred to in Section 5.5 hereof and all  proceeds  thereof,  free and clear of
all mortgages, security interests, liens and encumbrances, except in the case of
any such property  which is not  Collateral,  covenants,  restrictions,  rights,
easements and minor  irregularities  in title which do not materially  interfere
with the  business or  operations  of the Borrower as  presently  conducted.  No
financing statement naming the Borrower as debtor is on file in any office.

         Section 5.10 PLANS.  Except as disclosed to the Lender in writing prior
to the date hereof,  neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates maintains or
has maintained any Plan. Neither the Borrower nor any Affiliate has received any
notice or has any knowledge to the effect that it is not in full compliance with
any of the  requirements  of  ERISA.  No  Reportable  Event  or  other  fact  or
circumstance which may have an adverse effect on the Plan's tax qualified status
exists  in  connection  with  any  Plan.  Neither  the  Borrower  nor any of its
Affiliates has:

                  (a) Any accumulated  funding  deficiency within the meaning of
ERISA; or

                  (b) Any liability or knows of any fact or circumstances  which
could result in any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation,  the
Internal  Revenue  Service,  the  Department  of  Labor  or any  participant  in
connection with any Plan (other than accrued  benefits which or which may become
payable to participants or beneficiaries of any such Plan).

         Section 5.11 DEFAULT. The Borrower is in compliance with all provisions
of all agreements,  instruments, decrees and orders to which it is a party or by
which it or its  property is bound or  affected,  the breach or default of which
could have a material adverse effect on the financial  condition,  properties or
operations of the Borrower.

         Section 5.12  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION.  The Borrower has obtained all
permits,  licenses and other  authorizations  which are required  under federal,
state and local laws and regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases
of  pollutants,  contaminants,  hazardous  or toxic  materials,  or wastes  into
ambient air, surface water,  ground water or land, or otherwise  relating to the
manufacture,   processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,
transport  or  handling  of  pollutants,  contaminants  or  hazardous  or  toxic
materials or wastes  ("Environmental  Laws") at the Borrower's  facilities or in
connection  with the  operation of its  facilities.  The Borrower  shall provide
copies of all such permits, licenses and other authorizations to the Lender upon
the Lender's  request.  The Borrower  also shall provide to the Lender copies of
all environmental investigation and inspection reports available to the Borrower
that pertain to the Borrower's facilities,  upon the Lender's request. Except as
previously  disclosed to the Lender in writing,  the Borrower and all activities
of the  Borrower at its  facilities  comply in all  material  respects  with all
Environmental  Laws and with all terms and  conditions of any required  permits,
licenses and  authorizations  applicable to the Borrower  with respect  thereto.
Except as previously disclosed to the Lender in writing, the Borrower is also in
compliance   with  all   limitations,   restrictions,   conditions,   standards,
prohibitions,  requirements,  obligations, schedules and timetables contained in

                                       18
<PAGE>

Environmental Laws or contained in any plan, order,  decree,  judgment or notice
of which the Borrower is aware. Except as previously  disclosed to the Lender in
writing,  the Borrower is not aware of, nor has the Borrower received notice of,
any events, conditions, circumstances, activities, practices, incidents, actions
or plans which may interfere with or prevent continued compliance with, or which
may  give  rise to any  liability  under,  any  Environmental  Laws.  Except  as
previously  disclosed  to the Lender in writing,  the  Borrower  has received no
inquiry  from any  federal,  state or local  agency  concerning  the  Borrower's
facilities  or  any  adjacent   properties   involving  possible   environmental
contamination or violations of any  Environmental  Laws, and has no knowledge of
any such  inquiry  to any party  concerning  the  Borrower's  facilities  or any
adjacent  properties.  The  Borrower  agrees to notify  the Lender  promptly  in
writing of any inquiries by third parties or regulatory  agencies concerning the
possible presence of environmental contamination on the Borrower's facilities or
any adjacent  properties or concerning any possible  violations of Environmental
Laws involving the Borrower's facilities or any adjacent properties.  The Lender
shall  have the right to enter the  Borrower's  facilities  for the  purpose  of
conducting  environmental  investigations,   including  taking  soil  and  water
samples, during the Borrower's normal business hours of operation.

         Section  5.13  SUBMISSIONS  TO THE  LENDER.  All  financial  and  other
information provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection
with the Borrower's  request for the credit  facilities  contemplated  hereby is
true and correct in all material respects and, as to projections,  valuations or
proforma  financial  statements,  present  a  good  faith  opinion  as  to  such
projections, valuations and proforma condition and results.

         Section  5.14  FINANCING  STATEMENTS.  The Borrower has provided to the
Lender signed financing statement(s) (and in the case of vehicles,  signed title
documents) sufficient when filed to perfect the Security Interests and the other
security  interests  created  by the  Security  Documents.  When such  financing
statements  (or title  documents  with  respect  to  Vehicles)  are filed in the
offices  noted  therein,  the Lender  will have a valid and  perfected  security
interest in all  Collateral and all other  collateral  described in the Security
Documents  which is capable of being perfected by filing  financing  statements.
None of the Collateral or other collateral  covered by the Security Documents is
or will become a fixture on real estate,  unless a sufficient  fixture filing is
in effect with respect thereto.

         Section  5.15 RIGHTS TO PAYMENT.  Each  instrument,  document,  chattel
paper  and  other  agreement  constituting  or  evidencing  Collateral  or other
collateral covered by the Security  Documents and each obligation  thereunder is
(or, in the case of all future Collateral or such other collateral, will be when
arising or issued)  the  valid,  genuine  and  legally  enforceable  obligation,
subject to no defense,  setoff or  counterclaim,  of the account debtor or other
obligor named therein or in the Borrower's  records  pertaining thereto as being
obligated to pay such obligation.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

         So long as the Note shall remain unpaid or the Credit Facility shall be
outstanding,  the Borrower will comply with the following  requirements,  unless
the Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

         Section 6.1 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. The Borrower will deliver, or cause
to be delivered, to the Lender each of the following, which shall be in form and
detail acceptable to the Lender:

                  (a) as soon as  available,  and in any event  within  120 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower,  audited financial statements
of the Borrower with the  unqualified  opinion of independent  certified  public
accountants  selected by the Borrower and acceptable to the Lender, which annual
financial  statements  shall include the balance sheet of the Borrower as at the
end of such fiscal year and the related statements of income,  retained earnings
and cash flows of the Borrower for the fiscal year then ended,  prepared, if the
Lender so requests,  on a consolidating  and  consolidated  basis to include any
Affiliates,  all in reasonable  detail and prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with the accounting
practices applied in the financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 hereof,
including  a note  signed  by  such  accountants  stating  that  in  making  the
investigations necessary for said opinion they obtained no knowledge,  except as
specifically  stated,  of any  Default  or Event of  Default  hereunder  and all
relevant facts in reasonable  detail to evidence,  and the  computations  as to,
whether or not the Borrower is in compliance with the  requirements set forth in
Sections  6.12 through 6.15 and Section 7.10 hereof and  including a certificate
of the chief  financial  officer of the  Borrower  stating  that such  financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles applied on a basis consistent with the accounting practices reflected
in the annual financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 hereof and whether
or not such officer has  knowledge of the  occurrence of any Default or Event of
Default  hereunder  and,  if so,  stating  in  reasonable  detail the facts with
respect thereto;

                  (b) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after
the end of each quarter,  an unaudited  internal balance sheet and statements of
income  and  retained  earnings  of the  Borrower  as at the end of and for such
quarter  month and for the year to date  period  then  ended,  prepared,  if the
Lender so requests,  on a consolidating  and  consolidated  basis to include any
Affiliates, in reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the figures for
the  corresponding  date and  periods in the  previous  year,  all  prepared  in
accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied on a basis
consistent with the accounting  practices reflected in the financial  statements
referred to in Section 5.5 hereof,  subject to year-end audit  adjustments;  and
accompanied  by a certificate  of the chief  financial  officer of the Borrower,
substantially  in the form of Exhibit D hereto  stating (i) that such  financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles applied on a basis consistent with the accounting practices reflected
in the  financial  statements  referred  to in Section  5.5  hereof,  subject to
year-end  audit  adjustments,  (ii) whether or not such officer has knowledge of
the  occurrence  of any Default or Event of Default  hereunder  not  theretofore

                                       20
<PAGE>

reported and remedied and, if so,  stating in  reasonable  detail the facts with
respect thereto,  and (iii) all relevant facts in reasonable detail to evidence,
and the  computations  as to, whether or not the Borrower is in compliance  with
the  requirements  set forth in Sections  6.12  through  6.15 and  Section  7.10
hereof;

                  (c) within 30 days after the end of each month,  agings of the
Borrower's  accounts  receivable  and  its  accounts  payable  and an  inventory
certification report as at the end of such month;

                  (d) at least 30 days before the  beginning of each year of the
Borrower,  the projected  balance  sheets and income  statements for the ensuing
twelve  months,   each  in  reasonable  detail,   representing  the  good  faith
projections  of the Borrower and  certified by the  Borrower's  chief  financial
officer as being identical to the projections  used by the Borrower for internal
planning  purposes,  together with such supporting  schedules and information as
the Lender may in its discretion require;

                  (e)  immediately  after the  commencement  thereof,  notice in
writing of all  litigation and of all  proceedings  before any  governmental  or
regulatory  agency  affecting the Borrower of the type  described in Section 5.6
hereof or which seek a  monetary  recovery  against  the  Borrower  in excess of
$25,000;

                  (f) as  promptly  as  practicable  (but in any event not later
than five (5) business days) after an officer of the Borrower obtains  knowledge
of the occurrence of any breach,  default or event of default under any Security
Document or any event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default hereunder,
notice of such occurrence,  together with a detailed  statement by a responsible
officer of the  Borrower of the steps  being  taken by the  Borrower to cure the
effect of such breach, default or event;

                  (g) as soon as possible  and in any event within 30 days after
the Borrower knows or has reason to know that any Reportable  Event with respect
to any Plan has occurred,  the statement of the chief  financial  officer of the
Borrower  setting forth details as to such Reportable Event and the action which
the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto,  together with a copy of the
notice of such Reportable Event to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;

                  (h) as soon as possible, and in any event within 10 days after
the Borrower fails to make any quarterly  contribution  required with respect to
any Plan under Section 412(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
the  statement  of the chief  financial  officer of the Borrower  setting  forth
details as to such failure and the action  which the  Borrower  proposes to take
with  respect  thereto,  together  with a copy of any  notice  of  such  failure
required to be provided to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;

                  (i)  promptly  upon  knowledge  thereof,  notice  of  (i)  any
disputes or claims by customers of the Borrower of a material  nature;  and (ii)
any  change in the  persons  constituting  the  officers  and  directors  of the
Borrower;

                                       21
<PAGE>

                  (j) promptly upon  knowledge  thereof,  notice of any material
loss of or material damage to any Collateral or other collateral  covered by the
Security  Documents or of any  substantial  adverse  change in any Collateral or
such other collateral or the prospect of payment thereof;

                  (k) promptly upon their distribution,  copies of all financial
statements,  reports and proxy  statements which the Borrower shall have sent to
its stockholders;

                  (l) promptly  after the sending or filing  thereof,  copies of
all regular and periodic  financial  reports which the Borrower  shall file with
the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any national  securities  exchange,
including without limitation the Borrower's  Quarterly 10Q Reports no later that
45 days after the quarterly  period ending and the Borrower's  Annual 10K Report
no later than 90 days after the fiscal year period ending;

                  (m) promptly upon knowledge  thereof,  notice of the violation
by the Borrower of any law, rule or regulation,  the  non-compliance  with which
could materially and adversely  affect its business or its financial  condition;
and

                  (n) from time to time, with reasonable promptness, any and all
receivables schedules, collection reports, deposit records, equipment schedules,
copies of invoices to account debtors,  shipment documents and delivery receipts
for goods sold, and such other material,  reports, records or information as the
Lender may reasonably request.

                  (o) at the time of a requested  Advance  under  Facility One a
report  showing the Pro Forma Cash Flow  Coverage  Ratio taking into account the
Advance and the acquisition for which the request is made.

         Section 6.2 BOOKS AND RECORDS; INSPECTION AND EXAMINATION. The Borrower
will keep  accurate  books of record and  account for itself  pertaining  to the
Collateral and pertaining to the Borrower's business and financial condition and
such other matters as the Lender may from time to time request in which true and
complete entries will be made in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles consistently applied and, upon request of the Lender, will permit any
officer, employee,  attorney or accountant for the Lender to audit, review, make
extracts from or copy any and all  corporate and financial  books and records of
the Borrower at all times during  ordinary  business  hours, to send and discuss
with account  debtors and other obligors  requests for  verification  of amounts
owed to the Borrower, and to discuss the affairs of the Borrower with any of its
directors,  officers,  employees or agents. The Borrower will permit the Lender,
or its employees,  accountants,  attorneys or agents, to examine and inspect any
Collateral,  other  collateral  covered by the  Security  Documents or any other
property of the Borrower at any time during ordinary business hours.

         Section 6.3 ACCOUNT  VERIFICATION.  The  Borrower  will at any time and
from  time  to  time  as  Lender  may  reasonably  request,  send  requests  for
verification  of accounts or notices of assignment to account  debtors and other
obligors.

                                       22
<PAGE>

         Section 6.4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY. The Borrower
will (a) comply with the  requirements of applicable laws and  regulations,  the
non-compliance  with which would materially and adversely affect its business or
its financial condition,  (b) comply with all applicable  Environmental Laws and
obtain  any  permits,  licenses  or  similar  approvals  required  by  any  such
Environmental  Laws, and (c) use and keep the Collateral,  and will require that
others use and keep the Collateral,  only for lawful purposes, without violation
of any federal,  state or local law,  statute or  ordinance.  The Borrower  will
indemnify, defend and hold the Lender harmless from and against any claims, loss
or damage to which the Lender may be subjected as a result of any past,  present
or future existence, use, handling,  storage,  transportation or disposal of any
hazardous  waste or substance or toxic  substance by the Borrower or on property
owned,  leased or  controlled by the Borrower.  This  indemnification  agreement
shall survive the termination of this Agreement and payment of the  indebtedness
hereunder.

         Section 6.5 PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS. The Borrower will pay or
discharge,  when due, (a) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied
or imposed upon it or upon its income or profits,  upon any properties belonging
to it (including,  without  limitation,  the  Collateral) or upon or against the
creation, perfection or continuance of the Security Interests, prior to the date
on which  penalties  attach  thereto,  (b) all  federal,  state and local  taxes
required to be withheld  by it, and (c) all lawful  claims for labor,  materials
and  supplies  which,  if unpaid,  might by law become a lien or charge upon any
properties of the Borrower; provided, that the Borrower shall not be required to
pay any such tax,  assessment,  charge or claim whose amount,  applicability  or
validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and so long
as the Collateral and the Lender's lien thereon is not in any manner impaired by
any enforcement  remedy available to the tax levying entity during the period of
such contest.

         Section 6.6  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.

                  (a) The Borrower  will keep and maintain the  Collateral,  the
other  collateral  covered  by the  Security  Documents  and  all  of its  other
properties  necessary  or useful in its business in good  condition,  repair and
working order (normal wear and tear excepted) and will from time to time replace
or repair any worn, defective or broken parts;  provided,  however, that nothing
in this Section 6.6 shall prevent the Borrower from  discontinuing the operation
and  maintenance  of any of its  properties  if such  discontinuance  is, in the
judgment of the Lender,  desirable in the conduct of the Borrower's business and
not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lender.

                  (b) The Borrower will defend the Collateral against all claims
or demands of all persons (other than the Lender) claiming the Collateral or any
interest therein.

                  (c) The Borrower will keep all Collateral and other collateral
covered by the  Security  Documents  free and clear of all  security  interests,
liens  and  encumbrances  except  the  Security  Interests  and  other  security
interests permitted by Section 7.1 hereof.

                                       23
<PAGE>

         Section  6.7  INSURANCE.  The  Borrower  will  obtain  and at all times
maintain  insurance with insurers believed by the Borrower to be responsible and
reputable,  in such  amounts and against  such risks as may from time to time be
required by the Lender, but in all events in such amounts and against such risks
as is usually  carried by  companies  engaged  in  similar  business  and owning
similar  properties  in the same general  areas in which the Borrower  operates.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will at all times
keep all tangible Collateral insured against risks of fire (including  so-called
extended  coverage),  theft,  collision  (for  Collateral  consisting  of  motor
vehicles) and such other risks and in such amounts as the Lender may  reasonably
request, with any loss payable to the Lender to the extent of its interest,  and
all policies of such insurance shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement
for the benefit of the Lender.  All  policies of  liability  insurance  required
hereunder shall name the Lender as an additional insured and liability insurance
shall be maintained in the following minimum amounts: $1,000,000 per occurrence,
$2,000,000 in aggregate and $10,000,000 in umbrella coverage.

         Section 6.8  PRESERVATION  OF CORPORATE  EXISTENCE.  The Borrower  will
preserve and maintain its corporate existence and all of its rights,  privileges
and franchises  necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and
shall conduct its business in an orderly, efficient and regular manner.

         Section 6.9 DELIVERY OF  INSTRUMENTS,  ETC. Upon request by the Lender,
the  Borrower  will  promptly  deliver to the Lender in pledge all  instruments,
documents and chattel papers constituting Collateral,  duly endorsed or assigned
by the Borrower.

         Section  6.10  PERFORMANCE  BY THE LENDER.  If the Borrower at any time
fails to perform or observe any of the  foregoing  covenants  contained  in this
Article VI or elsewhere herein,  and if such failure shall continue for a period
of ten (10)  calendar  days after the Lender gives the Borrower  written  notice
thereof (or in the case of the  agreements  contained  in Sections  6.5, 6.7 and
6.10 hereof,  immediately upon the occurrence of such failure, without notice or
lapse of time),  the Lender may, but need not,  perform or observe such covenant
on behalf and in the name,  place and stead of the Borrower (or, at the Lender's
option,  in the  Lender's  name) and may,  but need not,  take any and all other
actions which the Lender may  reasonably  deem necessary to cure or correct such
failure (including,  without limitation,  the payment of taxes, the satisfaction
of security  interests,  liens or  encumbrances,  the performance of obligations
owed to account  debtors or other  obligors,  the procurement and maintenance of
insurance,  the  execution of  assignments,  security  agreements  and financing
statements,  and  the  endorsement  of  instruments);  and  the  Borrower  shall
thereupon pay to the Lender on demand the amount of all monies  expended and all
costs and expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and legal expenses)
incurred by the Lender in connection  with or as a result of the  performance or
observance  of such  agreements  or the  taking of such  action  by the  Lender,
together  with  interest  thereon  from the date  expended  or  incurred  at the
Floating Rate. To facilitate the performance or observance by the Lender of such
covenants of the Borrower,  the Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Lender,
or the  delegate of the Lender,  acting  alone,  as the  attorney in fact of the
Borrower (which appointment is coupled with an interest) with the right (but not
the duty)  from time to time to create,  prepare,  complete,  execute,  deliver,
endorse  or  file  in the  name  and on  behalf  of the  Borrower  any  and  all
instruments,  documents, assignments, security agreements, financing statements,
applications  for insurance  and other  agreements  and writings  required to be
obtained,  executed,  delivered or endorsed by the  Borrower  under this Section
6.11.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         Section 6.11 CURRENT  RATIO.  The Borrower will at all times maintain a
Current Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00 measured on a quarterly basis.

         Section  6.12  DEBT TO WORTH  RATIO.  The  Borrower  will at all  times
maintain  a Debt to Worth  Ratio of not more  than  1.50 to 1.00  measured  on a
quarterly basis.

         Section 6.13 CASH FLOW COVERAGE  RATIO.  The Borrower will at all times
maintain  a Cash Flow  Ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00  measured  on rolling
basis for the prior four quarters.

         Section  6.14  DEBT TO EBIDTA  RATIO.  The  Borrower  will at all times
maintain  a Debt to EBIDTA  Ratio of not more than  3.00 to 1.00  measured  on a
quarterly basis.

         Section 6.15 PRO FORMA CASH FLOW COVERAGE RATIO.  Each Pro Forma Report
required  hereunder  shall show that Borrower will maintain a Cash Flow Coverage
Ratio of not more than 1.50 to 1.00 for the applicable period.

         Section  6.16  SALES  PROCEEDS.  All  proceeds  from  the  sale  of the
collateral or any other assets of Borrower  shall be payable  directly to Lender
to reduce the amount of the Credit Facilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so
long as no Event of Default has  occurred and pending and so long as the sale in
question would not result in an Event of Default, Borrower may retain:

                    (i)  sales proceeds which are used to replace the Collateral
                         or other property sold with property of a similar type;

                    (ii) the  proceeds  of the sale of up to four (4) child care
                         centers in any twelve  month period not to exceed eight
                         (8) child care centers in total; and

                   (iii) the  proceeds  of the sale of any  assets  not  covered
                         under (i) or (ii)  above to Lender to the extent of 20%
                         of all such other  assets  (based on their book  value)
                         sold in any twelve month period.

         Section 6.17  WARRANT.  Borrower shall timely and fully comply with the
provisions of the Stock Warrant.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

          So long as the Note shall remain unpaid or the Credit  Facility  shall
be outstanding,  the Borrower agrees that,  without the prior written consent of
the Lender:

                                       25
<PAGE>

         Section 7.1 LIENS.  Unless approved in writing by Lender,  the Borrower
will not create,  incur or suffer to exist any mortgage,  deed of trust, pledge,
lien,  security  interest,  assignment or transfer upon or of any of its assets,
now owned or hereafter acquired,  to secure any indebtedness,  other than leases
of  Vehicles  from  non-Affiliated  third  party  lessors  and other  than liens
securing loans approved by Lender under Section 7.2(d) below. This limitation is
specifically  intended to extend to any  assignment (as collateral or otherwise)
of any of Borrower's interest in any leases of any of the Premises.

         Section 7.2 INDEBTEDNESS.  The Borrower will not incur, create,  assume
or permit to exist any  indebtedness  or  liability  on account of  deposits  or
advances or any  indebtedness  for borrowed money, or any other  indebtedness or
liability evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar obligations, except:

                  (a) indebtedness arising hereunder;

                  (b)  indebtedness  of the  Borrower in  existence  on the date
hereof and listed in EXHIBIT C hereto;

                  (c) Subordinated Debt; and

                  (d) other indebtedness  approved, in advance and in writing by
Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonable withheld.

         Section  7.3  GUARANTIES.  The  Borrower  will not  assume,  guarantee,
endorse or otherwise  become directly or contingently  liable in connection with
any  obligations  of any other  Person,  except the  endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments by the Borrower for deposit or collection or similar transactions in
the ordinary course of business; and

         Section 7.4  INVESTMENTS AND SUBSIDIARIES.

                  (a) The Borrower  will not purchase or hold  beneficially  any
stock or other  securities  or evidences of  indebtedness  of, make or permit to
exist any loans or advances to, or make any  investment  or acquire any interest
whatsoever in, any other Person,  including  specifically but without limitation
any partnership or joint venture, except:

                         (1)  investments  in direct  obligations  of the United
States of America or any agency or  instrumentality  thereof  whose  obligations
constitute  full faith and credit  obligations  of the United  States of America
having  a  maturity  of one  year  or  less,  commercial  paper  issued  by U.S.
corporations  rated "A-1" or "A-2" by Standard & Poors  Corporation  or "P-1" or
"P-2" by Moody's  Investors  Service  or  certificates  of  deposit or  bankers'
acceptances  having a  maturity  of one year or less  issued by  members  of the
Federal  Reserve  System  having  deposits  in  excess  of  $100,000,000  (which
certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances are fully insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation);

                         (2) advances in the form of progress payments,  prepaid
rent or security deposits.

                                       26
<PAGE>

                         (3) up to  $500,000 in the Eaton  Vance  Floating  Rate
Fund.

                         (4) regular bank checking and savings accounts.

                  (b) The  Borrower  will not  create  or  permit  to exist  any
Subsidiary, other than any Subsidiary in existence on the date hereof and listed
in EXHIBIT B hereto.

         Section  7.5  DIVIDENDS.  The  Borrower  will  not  declare  or pay any
dividends  on any  class of its  stock or make any  payment  on  account  of the
purchase, redemption or other retirement of any shares of such stock or make any
distribution  in respect  thereof,  either  directly or  indirectly,  during the
pendency  of any Event of  Default  if the  effect of the same  would  result in
Borrower failing to satisfy any of the financial covenants of this Agreement.

          Section  7.6  SALE OR  TRANSFER  OF  ASSETS;  SUSPENSION  OF  BUSINESS
OPERATIONS.  The Borrower will not sell,  lease,  assign,  transfer or otherwise
dispose of: the stock of any  Subsidiary,  or any of the  Collateral or other of
its assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default exists
or would result from the sale, Borrower may

                    (i)  sell tangible assets so long as the same is immediately
                         replaced  with  assets  of a  similar  type of equal or
                         greater value;

                    (ii) sell up to four (4) child  care centers  in any  twelve
                         month  period  not to exceed a total of eight (8) child
                         care centers;

                   (iii) sell  assets not  included  in (i) or (ii) above to the
                         extent  of not more than 20% of all such  other  assets
                         (based on book value) in any twelve month period.


Borrower  will not  liquidate,  dissolve  or suspend  business  operations.  The
Borrower will not in any manner  transfer any property  without prior or present
receipt of full and adequate consideration.

         Section 7.7 CONSOLIDATION AND MERGER; ASSET ACQUISITIONS.  The Borrower
will not consolidate  with or merge into any Person,  or permit any other Person
to merge into it, or acquire in a transaction  analogous in purpose or effect to
a  consolidation  or merger  all or  substantially  all the  assets of any other
Person.

         Section 7.8 SALE AND  LEASEBACK.  The Borrower  will not enter into any
arrangement,  directly or indirectly, with any other Person whereby the Borrower
shall sell or  transfer  any real or  personal  property,  whether  now owned or
hereafter acquired, and then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such property
or any part thereof or any other property which the Borrower  intends to use for
substantially  the same  purpose  or  purposes  as the  property  being  sold or
transferred.

         Section 7.9  RESTRICTIONS ON NATURE OF BUSINESS.  The Borrower will not
engage in any line of business materially  different from that presently engaged
in by the Borrower and will not purchase,  lease or otherwise acquire assets not
related to its business.

                                       27
<PAGE>

         Section  7.10  ACCOUNTING.  The  Borrower  will not adopt any  material
change in  accounting  principles  other than as required by generally  accepted
accounting  principles.  The Borrower  will not adopt,  permit or consent to any
change in its fiscal year.

         Section 7.11  DEFINED  BENEFIT  PENSION  PLANS.  The Borrower  will not
adopt,  create,  assume or become a party to any defined  benefit  pension plan,
unless disclosed to the Lender pursuant to Section 5.10 hereof.

         Section 7.12 OTHER  DEFAULTS.  The Borrower will not permit any breach,
default  or event of  default  by the  Borrower  to occur  under any note,  loan
agreement,  indenture, lease, mortgage, contract for deed, security agreement or
other contractual obligation binding upon the Borrower.

         Section 7.13 PLACE OF BUSINESS; NAME. The Borrower shall give Lender at
least  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice of any  transfer  of its chief
executive office or principal place of business, or of any move, relocation,  or
closing of any business  location.  Borrower will not sell any business location
except as  permitted  in Section  7.6 above.  The  Borrower  will not permit any
tangible Collateral or any records pertaining to the Collateral to be located in
any state or area in which, in the event of such location, a financing statement
covering  such  Collateral  would be  required  to be, but has not in fact been,
filed in order to perfect  the  Security  Interests.  The  Borrower,  shall give
Lender at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any change of its name.

         Section 7.14 ORGANIZATIONAL  DOCUMENTS. The Borrower will not amend its
certificate of incorporation,  articles of incorporation or bylaws in any manner
which  could  adversely  affect  the  obligations  to  Lender  or the  validity,
perfection  or  priority of any liens in favor of Lender,  without the  Lender's
prior written consent.  The Borrower will not become an S Corporation within the
meaning of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  or, if the Borrower
already is such an S  Corporation,  it shall not change or rescind its status as
an S Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     EVENTS OF DEFAULT, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

          Section  8.1 EVENTS OF  DEFAULT.  "Event of  Default",  wherever  used
herein, means any one of the following events:

                  (a)  Default in the payment of any  interest  on or  principal
under  any of the  Notes if not paid  within  ten (10) days of the date when the
same becomes due and payable; or

                  (b) Default in the payment of any fees, commissions,  costs or
expenses  required to be paid by the Borrower  under this  Agreement if not paid
within ten (10) days of its due date; or

                                       28
<PAGE>
                  (c)  Default  in the  performance,  or  breach,  of any  other
covenant or  agreement of the Borrower  contained  in this  Agreement  not cured
within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof from Lender to Borrower; or

                  (d)  The  Borrower  or  any  Guarantor   shall  be  or  become
insolvent,  or admit in writing  its  inability  to pay its or his debts as they
mature,  or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;  or the Borrower or
any  Guarantor  shall apply for or consent to the  appointment  of any receiver,
trustee,  or similar officer for it or him or for all or any substantial part of
its or his  property;  or such  receiver,  trustee or similar  officer  shall be
appointed  without the application or consent of the Borrower or such Guarantor,
as the  case  may be and not  dismissed  within  forty-five  (45)  days;  or the
Borrower or any Guarantor  shall  institute (by petition,  application,  answer,
consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  arrangement,
readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceeding relating to
it or him under the laws of any  jurisdiction;  or any such proceeding  shall be
instituted (by petition,  application or otherwise)  against the Borrower or any
such Guarantor and not dismissed within sixty (60) days; or any judgment,  writ,
warrant of  attachment,  garnishment  or execution or similar  process  shall be
issued or levied  against a substantial  part of the property of the Borrower or
any Guarantor and not dismissed within thirty (30) days; or

                  (e) A petition  shall be filed by or against  the  Borrower or
any  Guarantor  under the United States  Bankruptcy  Code naming the Borrower or
such Guarantor as debtor (and in the case of an involuntary petition the same is
not dismissed in sixty (60) days); or

                  (f) Any  representation  or warranty  made by the  Borrower in
this Agreement,  by any Guarantor in any guaranty  delivered to the Lender or by
the  Borrower  (or  any of its  officers)  or any  Guarantor  in any  agreement,
certificate,  instrument or financial statement or other statement  contemplated
by or made or delivered  pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any
such guaranty  shall prove to have been  incorrect in any material  respect when
made or deemed hereunder to be remade; or

                  (g) The  rendering  against the Borrower of a final  judgment,
decree  or order  for the  payment  of money in  excess  of  $50,000.00  and the
continuance of such judgment,  decree or order unsatisfied and in effect for any
period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution; or

                  (h) A  default  under  any  bond,  debenture,  note  or  other
evidence  of  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  owed to any Person  other than the
Lender, or under any indenture or other instrument under which any such evidence
of indebtedness  has been issued or by which it is governed,  or under any lease
of any of the Premises, and the expiration of the applicable period of grace, if
any, specified in such evidence of indebtedness,  indenture, other instrument or
lease; or

                  (i) Any Reportable Event,  which the Lender determines in good
faith  might  constitute  grounds  for the  termination  of any  Plan or for the
appointment  by the  appropriate  United States  District  Court of a trustee to

                                       29
<PAGE>

administer any Plan, shall have occurred and be continuing 30 days after written
notice to such effect shall have been given to the Borrower by the Lender;  or a
trustee shall have been appointed by an appropriate United States District Court
to administer any Plan; or the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  shall have
instituted  proceedings  to  terminate  any  Plan or to  appoint  a  trustee  to
administer any Plan; or the Borrower shall have filed for a distress termination
of any Plan under Title IV of ERISA;  or the Borrower  shall have failed to make
any  quarterly  contribution  required  with  respect to any Plan under  Section
412(m) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  which the  Lender
determines in good faith may by itself, or in combination with any such failures
that the Lender may determine  are likely to occur in the future,  result in the
imposition of a lien on the assets of the Borrower in favor of the Plan; or

                  (j) An  event  of  default  shall  occur  under  any  Security
Document  or under  any  other  security  agreement,  mortgage,  deed of  trust,
assignment or other  instrument  or agreement  securing any  obligations  of the
Borrower hereunder or under any note; or

                  (k) The  Borrower  shall  liquidate,  dissolve,  terminate  or
suspend its business operations or otherwise fail to operate its business in the
ordinary  course,  or sell all or substantially  all of its assets,  without the
prior written consent of the Lender; or

                  (l) The Borrower shall fail to pay, withhold, collect or remit
any tax or tax  deficiency  when assessed or due (other than any tax  deficiency
which is being  contested in good faith and by proper  proceedings and for which
it shall  have set  aside on its books  adequate  reserves  therefor)  except as
allowed by  Section  6.5 or notice of any state or  federal  tax liens  shall be
filed or issued; or

                  (m) Default in the payment of any amount owed by the  Borrower
to the Lender other than any indebtedness arising hereunder; or

         Section 8.2 RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES.  Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default or at any time  thereafter,  the Lender may  exercise  any or all of the
following rights and remedies:

                  (a) The Lender  may,  by notice to the  Borrower,  declare the
Credit Facility to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate;

                  (b) The Lender may, by notice to the  Borrower,  declare to be
forthwith due and payable the entire unpaid principal  amounts of the Notes then
outstanding,  all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, all amounts payable under
this Agreement and any other Obligations,  whereupon the Notes, all such accrued
interest and all such amounts and Obligations  shall become and be forthwith due
and payable, without presentment,  notice of dishonor, protest or further notice
of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

                                       30
<PAGE>

                  (c) The Lender may, without notice to the Borrower and without
further  action,  apply any and all money  owing by the Lender to the  Borrower,
including  without  limitation any funds on deposit with the Lender,  whether or
not matured, to the payment of the Advances, including interest accrued thereon,
and of all other sums then owing by the Borrower hereunder;

                  (d) The Lender  may,  exercise  and enforce any and all rights
and remedies available upon default to a secured party under the UCC, including,
without limitation,  the right to take possession of Collateral, or any evidence
thereof,  proceeding  without judicial process or by judicial process (without a
prior hearing or notice thereof, which the Borrower hereby expressly waives) and
the right to sell,  lease or otherwise  dispose of any or all of the Collateral,
and,  in  connection  therewith,  the  Borrower  will  on  demand  assemble  the
Collateral  and make it available to the Lender at a place to be  designated  by
the Lender which is reasonably convenient to both parties;

                  (e) The  Lender  may  exercise  and  enforce  its  rights  and
remedies under the Loan Documents; and

                  (f) The  Lender may  exercise  any other  rights and  remedies
available to it by law or agreement.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Default
described in Section 8.1(e) hereof,  the entire unpaid principal  amounts of the
Notes (whether  contingent or funded),  all interest accrued and unpaid thereon,
all other amounts payable under this Agreement and any other  Obligations  shall
be  immediately  due and  payable  automatically  without  presentment,  demand,
protest or notice of any kind.

         Section 8.3 CERTAIN NOTICES.  If notice to the Borrower of any intended
disposition of Collateral,  such notice shall be deemed commercially  reasonable
if given (in the manner  specified  in Section  9.3) at least five (5)  calendar
days prior to the date of intended disposition or other action.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 9.1 NO WAIVER;  CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No failure or delay on the
part of the  Lender in  exercising  any  right,  power or remedy  under the Loan
Documents  shall  operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial
exercise  of any such  right,  power or remedy  preclude  any  other or  further
exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  power or remedy under the
Loan Documents.  The remedies  provided in the Loan Documents are cumulative and
not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

         Section 9.2 AMENDMENTS, ETC. No amendment, modification, termination or
waiver of any  provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by the
Borrower  therefrom  or any release of a Security  Interest  shall be  effective

                                       31
<PAGE>

unless  the same shall be in writing  and  signed by the  Lender,  and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the
specific  purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any
case shall  entitle  the  Borrower  to any other or further  notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances.

         Section 9.3 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES,  ETC. Except as otherwise  expressly
provided  herein,  all  notices,  requests,  demands  and  other  communications
provided  for  under the Loan  Documents  shall be in  writing  and shall be (a)
personally  delivered,  (b) sent by first class United States mail,  (c) sent by
overnight  courier of national  reputation,  or (d) transmitted by telecopy,  in
each case addressed to the party to whom notice is being given at its address as
set forth below and, if telecopied,  transmitted to that party at its telecopier
number set forth below:

         If to the Borrower:

         Sunrise Educational Services, Inc.
         9128 East San Salvidor Drive
         Scottsdale, Arizona 85258
         Attention:  Ron O'Connor
         Telecopier:  (602) 860-4314

         With a copy to:

         Streich Lang
         Two North Central Avenue
         Phoenix, Arizona 85004-2391
         Attention:  Neil Irwin
         Telecopier: (602) 229-5690

         If to the Lender:

         Imperial Bank
         9920 South La Cienega Boulevard
         Suite 636
         Inglewood, California 90301
         Attention: General Counsel
         Telecopier: (310) 417-5695

         With a copy to:
         Imperial Bank
         4343 East Camelback Road
         Suite 444
         Phoenix, Arizona 85018
         Attention: Scott Spillman
         Telecopier:(602) 952-8643

                                       32
<PAGE>

or,  as to each  party,  at such  other  address  or  telecopier  number  as may
hereafter  be  designated  by such party in a written  notice to the other party
complying  as to  delivery  with the terms of this  Section.  All such  notices,
requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been given on
(a) the date received if personally delivered, (b) when deposited in the mail if
delivered by mail,  (c) the date sent if sent by overnight  courier,  or (d) the
date of transmission  if delivered by telecopy,  except that notices or requests
to the Lender  pursuant to any of the  provisions of Article II hereof shall not
be effective until received by the Lender.

         Section  9.4  FINANCING  STATEMENT.  A  carbon,  photographic  or other
reproduction  of this  Agreement or of any  financing  statements  signed by the
Borrower is sufficient as a financing  statement and may be filed as a financing
statement in any state to perfect the security  interests  granted  hereby.  For
this purpose, the following information is set forth:

         Name and address of Debtor:

         Sunrise Educational Services, Inc.
         9128 San Salvador Drive
         Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

         Federal Tax Identification No. 86-0532619

         Name and address of Secured Party:
         Imperial Bank, a California banking corporation
         Lending Services
         9920 South La Cienega Boulevard
         Inglewood, California 90301
         Attention: General Counsel

         Section  9.5 FURTHER  DOCUMENTS.  The  Borrower  will from time to time
execute and deliver or endorse any and all instruments,  documents, conveyances,
assignments,  security agreements, financing statements and other agreements and
writings  that the Lender may  reasonably  request in order to secure,  protect,
perfect or enforce the Security Interests or the rights of the Lender under this
Agreement  (but any  failure to request or assure  that the  Borrower  executes,
delivers  or  endorses  any such item shall not  affect or impair the  validity,
sufficiency  or  enforceability  of this  Agreement and the Security  Interests,
regardless  of  whether  any such  item was or was not  executed,  delivered  or
endorsed in a similar context or on a prior occasion).

         Section 9.6  COLLATERAL.  This Agreement does not contemplate a sale of
accounts,  contract  rights or chattel  paper,  and,  as  provided  by law,  the
Borrower is entitled to any surplus and shall remain liable for any  deficiency.
The  Lender's  duty of care with respect to  Collateral  in its  possession  (as
imposed by law) shall be deemed  fulfilled  if it exercises  reasonable  care in
physically keeping such Collateral,  or in the case of Collateral in the custody
or possession of a bailee or other third person,  exercises  reasonable  care in
the  selection  of the bailee or other  third  person,  and the Lender  need not
otherwise preserve, protect, insure or care for any Collateral. The Lender shall
not be obligated  to preserve  any rights the  Borrower  may have against  prior
parties,  to realize on the  Collateral  at all or in any  particular  manner or
order or to apply any cash proceeds of the Collateral in any particular order of
application.

                                       33
<PAGE>

         Section 9.7 COSTS AND  EXPENSES.  The Borrower  agrees to pay on demand
all costs and expenses, including (without limitation) attorneys' fees, incurred
by the Lender in  connection  with the  Obligations,  this  Agreement,  the Loan
Documents and any other document or agreement related hereto or thereto, and the
transactions  contemplated hereby,  including without limitation all such costs,
expenses and fees  incurred in  connection  with the  negotiation,  preparation,
execution, amendment, administration, performance, collection and enforcement of
the  Obligations  and all  such  documents  and  agreements  and  the  creation,
perfection, protection, satisfaction, foreclosure or enforcement of the Security
Interests.

         Section 9.8 INDEMNITY.  In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant
to Section 9.7 hereof and the  environmental  indemnity  pursuant to Section 6.4
hereof,  the Borrower agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold harmless the Lender,
and  any of its  participants,  parent  corporations,  subsidiary  corporations,
affiliated  corporations,  successor  corporations,  and all  present and future
officers, directors,  employees and agents of the foregoing (the "Indemnitees"),
from and against (i) any and all transfer taxes,  documentary taxes, assessments
or charges made by any  governmental  authority by reason of the  execution  and
delivery of this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  or the making of the
Advances,  and  (ii)  any  and  all  liabilities,  losses,  damages,  penalties,
judgments,  suits,  claims,  costs and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including,  without  limitation,  the  reasonable  fees  and  disbursements  of
counsel)  in  connection  with any  investigative,  administrative  or  judicial
proceedings, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto,
which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee, in any
manner  relating  to or arising out of or in  connection  with the making of the
Advances, this Agreement and all other Loan Documents or the use or intended use
of  the  proceeds  of  the  Advances  (the  "Indemnified  Liabilities").  If any
investigative,  judicial or  administrative  proceeding  arising from any of the
foregoing is brought  against any Indemnitee,  upon request of such  Indemnitee,
the  Borrower,  or counsel  designated by the Borrower and  satisfactory  to the
Indemnitee, will resist and defend such action, suit or proceeding to the extent
and in the manner  directed by the  Indemnitee,  at the Borrower's sole cost and
expense.  Each  Indemnitee will use its best efforts to cooperate in the defense
of any  such  action,  suit  or  proceeding.  If the  foregoing  undertaking  to
indemnify,  defend and hold harmless may be held to be unenforceable  because it
violates any law or public  policy,  the Borrower  shall  nevertheless  make the
maximum  contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified
Liabilities  which is permissible  under  applicable  law. The obligation of the
Borrower under this Section 9.8 shall survive the  termination of this Agreement
and the discharge of the Borrower's other Obligations.

         Section 9.9 PARTICIPANTS.  The Lender and its participants, if any, are
not partners or joint venturers,  and the Lender shall not have any liability or
responsibility  for any obligation,  act or omission of any of its participants.
All rights and powers specifically  conferred upon the Lender may be transferred
or delegated to any of the participants, successors or assigns of the Lender.

                                       34
<PAGE>

         Section 9.10 EXECUTION IN  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement and other Loan
Documents may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of which when so
executed  and  delivered  shall be  deemed  to be an  original  and all of which
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 9.11 BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT; COMPLETE AGREEMENT; SHARING OF
INFORMATION.  The Loan Documents  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit
of the  Borrower  and the Lender and their  respective  successors  and assigns,
except  that the  Borrower  shall  not  have the  right  to  assign  its  rights
thereunder  or any interest  therein  without the prior  written  consent of the
Lender. This Agreement, together with the Loan Documents, comprises the complete
and  integrated  agreement  of the  parties  on the  subject  matter  hereof and
supersedes all prior agreements,  written or oral, on the subject matter hereof.
Without  limitation  of the Lender's  right to share  information  regarding the
Borrower and its Affiliates with Lender's participants, accountants, lawyers and
other advisors,  the Lender may share at any time with Imperial Bancorp. and all
direct and indirect  subsidiaries of Imperial  Bancorp.  any and all information
the Lender may have in its possession regarding the Borrower and its Affiliates,
and the Borrower waives any right of confidentiality it may have with respect to
such sharing of such information.

         Section 9.12 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION,  VENUE; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
The Loan  Documents  shall be governed by and construed in  accordance  with the
substantive  laws (other than conflict laws) of the State of California,  except
to the extent Lender has greater rights or remedies  under Federal law,  whether
as a national  bank or otherwise,  in which case such choice of  California  law
shall not be deemed to deprive  Lender of any such rights and remedies as may be
available  under Federal law.  Subject to the provisions of Section 9.15 hereof,
each party consents to the personal  jurisdiction  and venue of the state courts
located in Los Angeles,  State of California in connection  with any controversy
related to this  Agreement,  waives any argument that venue in any such forum is
not  convenient  and  agrees  that any  litigation  initiated  by any of them in
connection  with this  Agreement  shall be venued in the  Superior  Court of Los
Angeles County,  California. The parties waive any right to trial by jury in any
action or proceeding based on or pertaining to this Agreement or any of the Loan
Documents.

         Section  9.13  SEVERABILITY  OF  PROVISIONS.   Any  provision  of  this
Agreement  which is  prohibited or  unenforceable  shall be  ineffective  to the
extent  of  such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without  invalidating  the
remaining provisions hereof.

         Section 9.14 HEADINGS.  Article and Section  headings in this Agreement
are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

         Section 9.15 REFERENCE PROVISION. a. Each controversy, dispute or claim
("Claim")  between  the parties  arising  out of or  relating to this  Agreement
and/or any of the Loan Documents which is not settled in writing within ten days
after the  "Claim  Date"  (defined  as the date on which a party  gives  written
notice to all other parties that a controversy,  dispute or claim exists),  will
be settled by a reference proceeding in Los Angeles,  California,  in accordance
with the  provisions  of Section  638 ET SEQ.  of the  California  Code of Civil
Procedure,  or their  successor  section  ("CCP"),  which shall  constitute  the
exclusive remedy for the settlement of any Claim,

                                       35
<PAGE>
including  whether  such Claim is subject to the  reference  proceeding  and the
parties waive their rights to initiate any legal proceedings  against each other
in any court or  jurisdiction  other than the Superior Court of Los Angeles (the
"Court").  The referee shall be a retired Judge selected by mutual  agreement of
the parties, and if they cannot so agree within thirty days (30) after the Claim
Date,  the referee  shall be selected by the Presiding  Judge of the Court.  The
referee  shall be appointed to sit as a temporary  judge,  as authorized by law.
The referee  shall (a) be requested  to set the matter for hearing  within sixty
(60) days after the Claim Date and (b) try any and all issues of law or fact and
report a statement of decision upon them,  if possible,  within ninety (90) days
of the Claim Date. Any decision  rendered by the referee will be final,  binding
and conclusive  and judgment shall be entered  pursuant to CCP 644 in the Court.
All  discovery  permitted  by this  Agreement  shall be  completed no later than
fifteen (15) days before the first hearing date established by the referee.  The
referee  may  extend  such  period in the event of a party's  refusal to provide
requested  discovery for any reason whatsoever,  including,  without limitation,
legal objections  raised to such discovery or unavailability of a witness due to
absence or  illness.  No party  shall be entitled  to  "priority"  in  conducing
discovery.  Depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written
notice,  and,  request  for  production  of  inspection  of  documents  shall be
responded  to within ten (10) days  after  service.  All  disputes  relating  to
discovery  which  cannot be resolved by the parties  shall be  submitted  to the
referee whose decision shall be final and binding upon the parties.


         b. The referee  shall be required to determine all issues in accordance
with existing case law and the statutory  laws of the State of  California.  The
rules of evidence  applicable to  proceedings  at law in the State of California
will be applicable to the reference  proceeding.  The referee shall be empowered
to enter  equitable as well as legal  relief,  to provide all  temporary  and/or
provisional remedies and to enter equitable orders that will be binding upon the
parties.  The  prevailing  party  shall be  entitled  to an award of  reasonable
attorneys'  fees and other costs  incurred,  pursuant to  California  Civil Code
Section 1717, as amended. The referee shall issue a single judgment at the close
of the  reference  proceeding  which  shall  dispose of all of the claims of the
parties  that are the subject to the  reference.  The parties  hereto  expressly
reserve the right to contest or appeal from the final judgment or any appealable
order or  appealable  judgment  entered by the  referee.  The parties  expressly
reserve the right to findings of fact,  conclusions of law, a written  statement
of  decision,  and the  right to move for a new trial or a  different  judgment,
which new trial,  if granted,  is also to be a reference  proceeding  under this
provision.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first above written.

                            SUNRISE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

                            By:
                               --------------------------------------------
                            Name:
                                  -----------------------------------------
                            Title:
                                  -----------------------------------------

                            IMPERIAL BANK, A CALIFORNIA BANKING CORPORATION

                            By:
                               --------------------------------------------
                            Name:
                                  -----------------------------------------
                            Title:
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                       36
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT B TO CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


NAMES

Sunrise Educational Services, Inc.
Sunrise Preschools, Inc.
Suncrest Private Schools
Sunburst Child Care

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE/PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS

9128 San Salvador Drive
Scottsdale, Arizona 85258

OTHER INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS

See Exhibit E

SUBSIDIARIES

Sunrise Preschools, Hawaii, Inc.


                                       37
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT C TO CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT




PERMITTED LIENS, INDEBTEDNESS AND GUARANTIES



                                       38
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D
                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
To: Imperial Bank, a California banking corporation
   ---------------------------------------------------------

Date:

Subject:     Financial Statements
        ----------------------------------------------------
             In  accordance with our Credit and Security  Agreement  dated as of
(the "Credit  Agreement"),  attached are the financial statements of ___________
(the  "Borrower") for the period ending and the  year-to-date  period then ended
(the  "Current  Financials").  All terms in this  certificate  have the meanings
given in the Credit Agreement and are given on behalf of the Borrower.

            On behalf of the  Borrower,  I certify  that the Current  Financials
have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP,   subject  to  year-end  audit
adjustments,  and fairly  present the financial  condition of the Borrower as of
the date thereof.

            EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  (Check one):

                           ___ The  undersigned  does not have  knowledge of the
            occurrence  of a  Default  or  Event of  Default  under  the  Credit
            Agreement.

                           ___ The  undersigned  has knowledge of the occurrence
            of a Default or Event of  Default  under the  Credit  Agreement  and
            attached hereto is a statement of the facts with respect to thereto.

            FINANCIAL COVENANTS.  On behalf of the Borrower, I further hereby
certify as follows:

                  A.  CURRENT  RATIO.  Pursuant to Section 6.11  of  the  Credit
Agreement,  as of the Reporting  Date, the  Borrower's  Current Ratio was ___ to
1.00, which ____ satisfies ____ does not satisfy the requirement that such ratio
be no less than 1.25 to 1.00 for the  Applicable  Period ending on the Reporting
Date.

                  B. DEBT TO WORTH RATIO. Pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Credit
Agreement, as of the Reporting Date, the Borrower's Debt to Worth Ratio was ____
to 1.00,  which ____ satisfies ____ does not satisfy the  requirement  that such
ratio be no more  than  1.50 to 1.00 for the  Applicable  Period  ending  on the
Reporting Date.

                  C. CASH FLOW COVERAGE  RATIO.  Pursuant to Section 6.13 of the
Credit  Agreement,  as of the Reporting  Date, the Borrower's Cash Flow Coverage
Ratio  was ____ to  1.00,  which  ____  satisfies  ____  does  not  satisfy  the
requirement  that  such  ratio be no less  than  1.5 to 1.00 for the  Applicable
Period ending on the Reporting Date.

<PAGE>

                  D. DEBT EBIDTA  RATIO.  Pursuant to Section 6.14 of the Credit
Agreement,  as of the Reporting Date, the Borrower's Cash Flow Ratio was ____ to
1.00, which ____ satisfies ____ does not satisfy the requirement that such ratio
be no more than 3.0 to 1.00 for the  Applicable  Period  ending on the Reporting
Date

                  Attached hereto are all relevant facts in reasonable detail to
evidence,  and the  computations of the financial  covenants  referred to above.
These computations were made in accordance with GAAP.



                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                       Printed Name:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                       Title:
                                             -----------------------------------


<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT E TO CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


PREMISES

         The  Premises  referred  to in the Credit and  Security  Agreement  are
located at the addresses specified in the attachment hereto.









© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission